Page 1

SECTIONS N to Y * CUTTING TOOLS * ELECTRICAL * CHEMICALS * ANCHORS * EQUIPMENT * SHOP SUPPLIES * MISC HARDWARE


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts

Helical Thread Inserts

I N S T A L L A T I O N P R O C E D U R E

Thread inserts are used to replace stripped out or damaged threads in most metals including aluminum. They are made from high quality stainless steel wire, with diamond-shaped cross section, wound to the shape of a spring thread. The insert, which is larger in diameter than the tapped hole, is allowed to spring back, permanently anchoring it into place. Because it is bigger, the insert has greater area to hold in and is stronger than the original threads. The inserts compensatory action shares the load over the entire bolt and hole, thus reducing stud feature, and increasing holding or pull out strength. The insert system consists of stainless steel helically wound precision inserts, high quality HSS taps and metal installation tools. Inserts are available in both individual and kit form.

Drill out old threads, including any broken bolt or stud.

• Creates superior threads with greater holding power. • Safer on heavy duty applications. • Quick and easy to use. • Suitable for new applications requiring strong threads. • Simplifies change-over from metric to U.S. threads. • Interchangeable with other brands of helically wound inserts. • Provides stronger and more efficient threads than other inserts. • Less down time due to replacement.

Tap hole for insert with tap provided in the kit.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Each kit consists of an HSS tap, inserting tool and a supply of inserts. Kits are sold in quantities of one. Install the Helical Thread Insert and the job is done!

P-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts P01

Helical Thread Inserts Coarse Thread No.

Size

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-2

Kit

Inserts

Rec.

Inserts

Drill

Per

Size

Pkg

6-32

50000 50080

25

12

8-32

50002 50082

11/64

12

10-24

50004 50084 13/64

12

12-24

50006 50086 15/64

12

17/64

12

5/16-18 50010

50090 21/64

12

3/8-16

50012

50092 25/64

12

7/16-14

50014

50094 29/64

12

1/2-13

50016

50096

17/32

12

50098 19/32

6

1/4-20 50008 50088

9/16-12 50018 5/8-11

50020

50100

21/32

6

3/4-10

50022

50102 25/32

4

Fine Thread Rec.

No.

Size Kit

Drill

Qty Inserts Qty

Size

50050

12

50130

12

13/64

1/4-28 50052

12

50132

12

17/64

5/16-24 50054

12

50134

12

21/64

3/8-24 50056

12

50136

12

25/64

7/16-20 50058

12

50138

6

29/64

1/2-20 50060

12

50140

6

33/64

9/16-18 50062

6

50142

6

37/64

5/8-18 50064

6

50144

6

41/64

3/4-16 50066

6

50146

4

49/64

10-32

ALL KITS & INSERTS SOLD AS PACKAGES ONLY! ORDER IN QUANTITIES OF ONE (1).


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts P01

Helical Thread Inserts Cont‌ Metric Helical Inserts Rec.

No.

Size Kit

Drill

Qty Inserts Qty

Size

M6 X 1.0

50160

12

50180

12

1/4

M8 X 1.25

50162

12

50182

6

21/64

M10 X 1.5

50164

12

50184

6

13/32

M12 X 1.75

50166

6

50186

6

31/64

Metric Helical Inserts For Spark Plugs Inserts No.

M14 X 1.25 Qty

50188

3/8

6

50190

7/16

6

50194

1/2

6

50196

3/4

6

50192

.472

6

50168 Metric Helical Insert Plug Kit Contains all of the above inserts, a pilot nose tap and an installation tool. ALL KITS & INSERTS SOLD AS PACKAGES ONLY! ORDER IN QUANTITIES OF ONE (1).

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Helical Thread Insert Assortments Z02

Helical Thread Insert Repair Kits 1/4-20 through 1/2-13 No. 95901 - 5 Kits Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

5/16-18

7/16-14

50010

50014

1/4-20

3/8-16

1/2-13

50008

50012

50016

Helical Thread Insert Repair Kits 9/16-12 through 3/4-10 No. 95905 - 3 Kits Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer. 9/16-12

3/4-10

50018

50022 5/8-11

50020

P-4


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts

Thread Repair Inserts Installation & Removal If necessary, thread repair inserts can be removed without damage to the parent material.

1.

Drill out old threads with a standard drill. Countersink with a standard (82째-100째) countersink. Note: Drill is oversize, see charts for proper dimensions.

3. Screw in the insert until slightly below the surface.

2.

2.

Tap new threads with a standard tap. See charts for proper size and depth.

1. Drill out material between keys and internal thread with standard drill to specified depth (refer to chart for proper dimensions). 2. Bend the keys inward and break off. 3. Remove the old insert using an EZ Out or similar tool. 4. Install replacement insert into the original tapped hole.

T O O L S

Drive keys down with several hammer taps on the proper installation tool.

Technical Notes

C U T T I N G

Locking Keys

Material: Carbon Steel Inserts - C1215 or equivalent Finish: Carbon Steel Insert - Parkerized Length

Tolerances: + 0.10 inch or + .25 mm unless specified otherwise. Dimensions: are in inches.

External Thread

Internal Thread

P-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts

Thread Repair Inserts Heavy Wall P01

No. Carbon Steel

50268

50220

50266

50218

50264

50216

50262

50214

50260

50212

1/2-13

7/16-20

7/16-14

3/8-24

3/8-16

5/16-24

5/16-18

1/4-28

1/4-20

10-32

10-24

Insert T03 Tap

Installation C'Sink

Thread Tap

Removal

Drill

Depth

Dia.

Size

1/8

Instal

7/32

1/8

Min.

.37

9/32

3/16

Size

5/16-18 51906

.37

11/32

3/16

Drill

.32

3/8-16 51910

.43

13/32

3/16

Lgth

I 50648

.38

7/16-14 51914

.50

15/32

3/16

Class 2B Depth

83838

Q 50656

.44

1/2-13 51918

.56

17/32

3/16

+.010

.31 83838

X 50647

.51

9/16-12 51722

.68

21/32

3/4-16

Tool

5/16-18 .31

83838

29/64 50765

.57

5/8-11 51926

.68

3/16

(Mod.)

3/8-16 .37

83838

33/64 51060

.63

3/4-16 51932

21/32

.81

83838

-.000

7/16-14 .43

83838

37/64 51064

.76

.94

3/4-16

.87

Size

1/2-13

.50

83838

45/64 51072

3/4-16 51932

5/16

7/8-14

83838 1-1/16 NS 16865

Part No.

9/16-12

.62

83838

.76

25/32

5/16

1.12

Class 2A

5/8-11

.62

45/64 51072

1.00

31/32

External

50222

1/2-20

83838

7/8-14 51730

1.31

Internal

50270

9/16-12

.88

1-1/8-12 16866

Thread

50224

5/8-11

53/64 51080

1.14

Thread Class 2B

50226

5/8-18

50210

50272

3/4-10

8-32

50228

1-1/8-12

P-6

3/4-16

T O O L S

50274

C U T T I N G


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts

Thread Repair Inserts ThinWall P01

No. Carbon

50244

50282

50242

50280

50240

5/16-24

5/16-18

1/4-28

1/4-20

10-32

10-24

Insert T03 Tap

Installation C'Sink Dia.

Thread Tap

Removal

Drill

Depth

Instal

Size

Min.

1/8

Size

7/32

1/8

Drill

.37

9/32

3/16

Class 2B Depth 5/16-18 51906

.43

11/32

3/16

+.010

.32

3/8-16 51910

.50

13/32

Tool

I 50648

.38

7/16-14 51914

.56

3/16

(Mod.)

83838

Q 50656

.44

1/2-13 51918

15/32

-.000

.31 83838

X 50663

.51

.62

Size

5/16-18 .37

83838

29/64 50765

9/16-12 51722

3/16

Part No.

3/8-16 .43

83838

.57

17/32

Class 2A

7/16-14

.50

33/64 51060

.68

External

50284 3/8-16 1/2-13

83838

5/8-11 51926

Internal

50246 3/8-24

.56

.63

Thread

50286 7/16-14

9/16-12

37/64 51064

Thread

50248 7/16-20

Class 2B

50288 1/2-13

83838

P-7

.62

Locking Keys

Steel

50250

T O O L S

5/8-11

Internal Thread External Thread

1/2-20

Length

50290

Lgth

C U T T I N G


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments

Thread Repair Inserts Assortments Z02 Thread Repair Kit

C U T T I N G T O O L S

No. 95906 1/4-1/2 USS Heavy Wall 7 Items 92 Pcs No. 95907 1/4-1/2 SAE Heavy Wall 7 Items 92 Pcs No. 95908 1/4-1/2 USS Thin Wall 6 Items 82 Pcs No. 95909 1/4-1/2 SAE Thin Wall 6 Items 82 Pcs Arranged in a large 24 compartment metal drawer. 1/4-28 Thin Wall 50282 Use With

5/16-24 Thin Wall 50284 Use With

Drill: Q 50656 Tap: 3/8-16 17210

Drill: X 50666 Tap: 7/16-14 17212

1/4-28 Heavy Wall 50262 Use With

5/16-24 Heavy Wall 50264 Use With

Drill: X 50666 Tap: 7/16-14 17212

7/16-20 Thin Wall 50288 Use With

5/16-18 Thin Wall 50244 Use With

Drill: Q 50656 Tap: 3/8-16 17210

Drill: X 50666 Tap: 7/16-14 17212

1/4-20 Heavy Wall 50214 Use With

5/16-18 Heavy Wall 50216 Use With

1/2-20 Thin Wall 50290 Use With

Drill: 29/64 50765 Drill: 33/64 51060 Drill: 37/64 51064 Tap: 1/2-13 17214 Tap: 9/16-12 51722 Tap: 5/8-11 17216 3/8-24 Heavy Wall 50266 Use With

7/16-20 Heavy Wall 50268 Use With

Drill: 29/64 50765 Drill: 33/64 51060 Drill: 37/64 51064 Tap: 1/2-13 17214 Tap: 9/16-12 17216 Tap: 5/8-11 17216

1/4-20 Thin Wall 50242 Use With

Drill: X 50666 Tap: 7/16-14 17212

3/8-24 Thin Wall 50286 Use With

3/8-16 Thin Wall 50246 Use With

7/16-14 Thin Wall 50248 Use With

1/2-20 Heavy Wall 50270 Use With Drill: 45/64 51072 Tap: 3/4-16 17219

5/8-18 Heavy Wall 50272 Use With Drill: 53/64 51080 Tap: 7/8-14 16316 Insert Tool 83838

1/2-13 Thin Wall 50250 Use With

Drill: 29/64 50765 Drill: 33/64 51060 Drill: 37/64 51064 Tap: 1/2-13 17214 Tap: 9/16-12 51722 Tap: 5/8-11 17216 3/8-16 Heavy Wall 50218 Use With

7/16-14 Heavy Wall 50220 Use With

Drill: 29/64 50765 Drill: 33/64 51060 Drill: 37/64 51064 Tap: 1/2-13 17214 Tap: 9/16-12 51722 Tap: 5/8-11 17219

1/2-13 Heavy Wall 50222 Use With Drill: 45/64 51072 Tap: 3/4-16 17219

5/8-11 Heavy Wall 50226 Use With Drill: 53/64 51080 Tap: 7/8-14 16316

Fill-in Assortment Segments 95910 USS Heavy Wall • 95912 SAE Heavy Wall 95911 USS Thin Wall • 95913 SAE Thin Wall Locking Keys

Insert Tool T08 No. 83838 Use for tapping down locking keys.

P-8

Length

External Thread

Internal Thread


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Screw & Pipe Extractors

Screw & Pipe Extractors P09 • • • •

Remove broken screws, bolts, threaded parts and pipe. Broken piece is extracted without damage to threads. Hi-carbon steel. Spiral style. Instructions 1. Drill a hole in broken part. 2. Insert extractor and turn to the left Screw

Screw &

Extractor

Drill

Bolt

Pipe

No.

Dia.

Size

Size

52560

1

1/8

3/32 - 5/32

52561

2

3/16

5/32 - 7/32

52562

3

1/4

7/32 - 9/32

52563

4

5/16

9/32 - 3/8

1/8

52564

5

7/16

3/8 - 5/8

1/4

52565

6

5/8

5/8 - 7/8

3/8

52566

7

7/8

7/8 - 1-1/8

1/2

52567

8

11/32

1-1/8 - 1-3/8

3/4

52568

9

1 - 9/32

1-3/8 - Up

1

No.

Bolt Removal Kit Z02 No. 95924 µ 10 pcs. µ µ µ µ

A unique combination of left hand spiral drills and screw extractors. Fast and easy stud removal. Left hand spiral drills often eliminate the need for screw extractors. Drill may loosen bolt stud with counter clockwise rotation.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Internal Pipe Wrench Kit (Nipple Extractor) No. 95936

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-10

µ 4 sizes - 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 & 1 in a nylon pouch. µ Eliminates the possibility of damage to threads, walls & external nickel or chrome finish. µ Exclusion "Cam Action" provides non-slipping grip on the inside of nipples, pipe & fittings and can be turned either way. µ Made of zinc-coated, heat treated alloy steel.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Screw Extractors

25 Piece Hex Head Spline Drive Screw Extractor Set No. 95934 • Sizes 1/8 - 7/8. • Designed to remove broken studs, bolts & socket screws from #12 - 1-3/4. • For use with sockets and flat wrenches. • Packaged in a sturdy red plastic box for easy storage and organization. • Made in the U.S.A.

10 Piece Hex Head Spline Drive Screw Extractor Set No. 95935 • Sizes 1/8 - 13/32. • Designed to remove broken studs, bolts & socket screws. • For use with sockets and flat wrenches. • Packaged in a sturdy red plastic box for easy storage and organization. • Made in the U.S.A.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Screw Extractors P09

Hex Head Multi-spline Screw Extractors Drill

Hex

C U T T I N G T O O L S

No.

• Designed to remove broken studs, bolts, socket screws and fittings. • For use with sockets and flat wrenches. • Made in the U.S.A.

Size

Hd

Bolt

Bit

Size

Dia.

Dia.

52460

1/8

1/2

#12

1/8

52461

5/32

1/2

1/4

5/32

52462

3/16

1/2

5/16

3/16

52463

7/32

1/2

3/8

7/32

52464

1/4

1/2

7/16

1/4

52465 9/32

1/2

1 /2

9/32

52466

5/16

1/2

9/16

5/16

52467

11/32

1/2

5/8

11/32

52468

3/8

1/2

11/16

3/8

1/2

3/4

13/32

52469 13/32 52470

7/16

5/8

13/16

7/16

52471

15/32

5/8

7/8

15/32

52472

1/2

5/8

15/32

1/2

52473 17/32

3/4

1

17/32

9/16

3/4

1-1/16

9/16

3/4

1-1/8

19/32

3/4

1-3/16

5/8

7/8

1-1/4

21/32

7/8

1-5/16

11/16

7/8

1-3/8

23/32

7/8

1-7/16

3/4

52481 25/32

1

1-1/2

25/32

52482 13/16

1

1-9/16

13/16

52483 27/32

1

1-5/8

27/32

1

1-11/16

7/8

52474

52475 19/32 52476

5/8

52477 21/32 52478

11/16

52479 23/32 52480

52484

3/4

7/8

ALL SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF ONE (1).

P-12


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Speeds and Feeds for Drill Bits The speed of a drill bit is usually measured in terms of the rate at which the outside or periphery of the tool moves in relation to the work being drilled. The common term for this is Surface Feet per Minute (SFM). The relation of SFM and Revolutions per Minute (RPM) is indicated by the following formula: RPM = 3.8 X SFM

[

]

Drill Diameter in inches The most economical speed for operating a drill bit will depend on variables, some of which are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Composition and hardness of material being drilled. Depth of the hole being drilled. Use of cutting fluids. Type and condition of drilling equipment. Quality of holes desired.

Speeds shown in the accompanying table of cutting speeds include a range in feet per minute. In most drilling situations it is usually better to start with a slower speed and build up to the maximum after a trial hole may indicate the drill bit can be run faster. The following information provides widely recommended drill bit speeds in feet per minute for a wide range of materials. These speeds give the user a good starting point but may be adjusted to slower or faster depending on the variables listed previously and the resulting performance. The optimum speed must be established through trial. Standard drill bit feed information is provided below to help establish the proper feed rate of different diameters. This is particularly useful when a drill press, etc. is being used.

Drill Bit Feeds DIAMETER OF DRILL BIT (INCHES)

NORMAL FEED

HEAVY FEED

from 1/16 to 1/8 over 1/8 to 1/4 over 1/4 to 1/2 over 1/2 to 1 over 1

.001 -.002 .002 -.004 .004 -.008 .008 -.016 .016 -.024

.002 -.004 .004 -.008 .008 -.016 .016 -.024 .024 -.032

C U T T I N G T O O L S

The following charts convert surface feet per minute to revolutions per minute for fractional, letter and number drills. To use these charts, locate the drill bit diameter to be used on the left side of the chart and the desired surface feet per minute at the top (reference the following chart for the material to be drilled). The point where the two columns meet will give you a good guide regarding the revolutions per minute to be used as a starting point. P-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Surface Cutting Speeds For Various Materials Reference the chart below to determine the proper surface speed for use in the following charts. Material

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Aluminum and its alloys Common brass and bronze High tensile bronze

40 to 50 200 to 300 70 to 150

Magnesium and its alloys

250 to 400

Plastics

100 to 150

Plastics containing glass fibers

70 to 90

Formica

70 to 100

Hardwoods

300 to 400

Die castings (zinc base)

300 to 400

Copper

70 to 100

Automotive steel forgings

40 to 50

Nickel steel (3/2%)

20 to 50

Spring steel

30 to 40

Mild steel (.2 - .3 carbon)

80 to 110

Medium steel (.4 - .5 carbon)

70 to 80

Alloy steel - manganese (7 -13%)

30 to 40

Molybdenum steel

60 to 70

Monel

50 to 60

Titanium (RC 32 - RC 34)

20 to 50

Tool steel (annealed 1.2 carbon)

20 to 50

Permalloy (77% nickel)

50 to 60

Soft cast iron

100 to 150

Medium hard cast iron

70 to 100

Hard cast iron

30 to 70

Malleable iron

80 to 90

Stainless steel 200 series

50 to 70

18-8 stainless and 300 series

20 to 60

Stainless steel 400 series

20 to 60

Zamak P-14

Speed: Ft/Min

Hard rubber

200 to 300 90 to 100


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Surface Cutting Speeds For Various Materials Reference the chart below to determine the proper surface speed for use in the following charts. Material

Speed: Ft/Min

Bakelite

90 to 100

Alleghany metal

40 to 50

Manganese copper

20 to 30

Chromalloy

40 to 50

Magnet steel (soft)

40 to 50

Tool steel (RB80)

40 to 60

Tool steel (RB 32 - 34)

40 to 50

Nitralloy 135

50 to 60

Waspalloy

12 to 15

Crucible HY-Tuf (AMS 6418)

15 to 25

Crucible UHS-260

7 to 15

Timken HS 220

15 to 25

Inco Tricent

10 to 20

Vascojet X4 and 1000

7 to 15

Thermold J

7 to 15

Trinidur

12 to 15

Discalloy AMS 5733

12 to 15

Vitallium

10 to 12

Udimet 500

12 to 15

Inconel 700

7 to 15

Rene 41

7 to 15

Armco(17-4 PH and 17-7 PH)

15 to 20

Inconet AMS 5685

10 to 12

SAE 4340, 4360 and AMS 6415

7 to 15

USS Strux - Mod. 98BV40

7 to 15

SAE 4330 - Mod. AMS 6407 H-11 AMS 6485

C U T T I N G T O O L S

15 to 25 7 to 15

A 286 AMS 5736

15 to 20

S-816AMS 5765

12 to 15 P-15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Fractional Drill Cutting Speeds in RPM Feet Per Minute Drill

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-16

10

12

15

20

1/64 2445 2934 3667 4889 1/32

1222

3/64

815

25 6112

30

35

40

45

1222

60

70

80

90

100

7334 8556 9778 11001 12223 14668 17112 19557 22001 24446

1467 1833 2445 3056 3667 4278 4889 5500 978

50 6112

7334 8556 9778

11001 12223

1630 2037 2445 2852 3259 3667 4074

4889 5704 6519

7334

8149

3667 4278 4889 5500

6112

1/16

611

733

917

1222

1528

1833

5/64

489

587

733

978

1222

1467

3/32

407

489

611

815

1019

1222

1426 1630 1833

2037

2445 2852 3259

3667

4074

7/64

349

419

524

698

873

1048

1222 1397 1572

1746

2095 2445 2794

3143

3492

1/8

306

367

458

611

764

917

1070 1222 1375

1528

1833

2139 2445

2750

3056

9/64

272

326

407

543

679

815

951

1086 1222

1358

1630

1901

2173

2445

2716

5/32

244

293

367

489

611

733

856

978

1100

1222

1467

1711

1956

2200 2445

11/64

222

267

333

444

556

667

778

889

1000

1111

1333

1556

1778

2000 2222

3/16

204

244

306

407

509

611

713

815

917

1019

1222

1426

1630

1833

2037

13/64

188

226

282

376

470

564

658

752

846

940

1128

1316

1504

1692

1880

2139 2445 2750 3056 1711

1956 2200 2445 2934 3422

3911

4400 4889

7/32

175

210

262

349

437

524

611

698

786

873

1048

1222

1397

1572

1746

15/64

163

196

244

326

407

489

570

652

733

815

978

1141

1304

1467

1630

1/4

153

183

229

306

382

458

535

611

688

764

917

1070

1222

1275

1528

9/32

136

163

204

272

340

407

475

543

611

679

815

951

1086

1222

1358

5/16

122

147

183

244

306

367

428

489

550

611

733

856

978

1100

1222

11/32

111

133

167

222

278

333

389

444

500

556

667

778

889

1000

1111

7/16

87

105

131

175

218

262

306

349

393

437

524

611

698

786

873

15/32

81

98

122

163

204

244

285

326

367

407

489

570

652

733

815

1/2

76

92

115

153

191

229

267

306

344

382

458

535

611

688

764

9/16

68

81

102

136

170

204

238

272

306

340

407

475

543

611

679

5/8

61

73

92

122

153

183

214

244

275

306

367

428

489

550

611

11/16

56

67

83

111

139

167

194

222

250

278

333

389

444

500

556

3/4

51

61

76

102

127

153

178

204

229

255

306

357

407

458

509

13/16

47

56

71

94

118

141

165

188

212

235

282

329

376

423

470

7/8

44

52

65

87

109

131

153

175

196

218

262

306

349

393

437

15/16

41

49

61

81

102

122

143

163

183

204

244

285

326

367

407

1

38

46

57

76

95

115

134

153

172

191

229

267

306

344

382


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Letter Drill Cutting Speeds in RPM Feet Per Minute 10

12

15

20

25

30

A

163

196

245

326

408

B

160

193

241

321

401

C

158

189

237

316

D

155

186

233

E

153

183

229

Drill

60

70

80

818

982

1145

1309

1472

1636

803

963

1124

1284

1445

1605

789

947

1105

1262

1420

1578

699

778

934

1089

1245

1400

1556

687

764

917

1070

1222

1375

1528

35

40

45

490

571

653

735

481

562

642

722

395

473

552

631

710

311

388

466

543

621

306

386

458

535

611

50

90

100

F

149

178

223

297

372

446

520

595

669

743

892

1040

1189

1337

1486

G

146

176

220

293

366

439

512

585

659

732

878

1024

1170

1317

1463

H

144

172

215

287

359

431

503

574

646

718

862

1005

1149

1292

1436 1404

I

140

169

211

281

351

421

492

562

632

702

842

983

1123

1264

J

138

165

207

276

345

414

483

552

621

690

827

965

1103

1241

1379

K

136

163

204

272

340

408

476

544

612

680

815

951

1087

1223

1359

L

132

158

198

263

329

395

461

527

593

659

790

922

1054

1185

1317

M

129

155

194

259

324

388

453

518

583

648

777

907

1036

1166

1295

N

126

152

190

253

316

379

442

506

569

633

759

886

1012

1139

1265

0

121

145

181

242

302

363

423

484

544

605

725

846

967

1088

1209

P

118

142

177

237

296

355

414

473

532

592

710

828

946

1065

1183 1150

Q

115

138

173

230

288

345

403

460

518

575

690

805

920

1035

R

113

135

169

225

282

338

394

451

507

564

676

789

902

1014

1127

S

110

132

165

220

274

329

384

439

494

549

659

769

878

988

1098

T

107

128

160

213

267

320

373

427

480

533

640

746

853

959

1066

U

104

125

156

208

259

311

363

415

467

519

623

727

830

934

1038

V

101

122

152

203

253

304

355

405

456

507

608

709

810

912

1013

W

99

119

148

198

247

297

346

396

445

495

594

693

792

891

989

X

96

115

144

192

240

289

337

385

433

481

576

672

769

865

962

Y

95

113

142

189

236

284

331

378

425

473

567

662

756

851

945

Z

92

111

139

185

231

277

324

370

416

462

555

647

740

832

925

NOTE: For speeds higher than tabulated, multiply all values by ten and for speeds lower divide by ten.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-17


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Number Drill Cutting Speeds in RPM Feet Per Minute

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-18

Drill

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

60

70

80

90

100 1675

1

168

201

251

335

419

503

586

670

754

838

1005

1173

1340

1508

2

173

207

259

346

432

519

605

691

778

864

1037

1210

1382

1555

1728

3

179

215

269

359

448

538

628

717

807

897

1076

1255

1434

1614

1793

4

183

219

274

366

457

548

640

731

822

914

1097

1280

1462

1645

1828

5

186

223

279

372

465

558

651

743

836

930

1115

1301

1487

1673

1859

6

187

225

281

374

468

562

655

749

843

936

1123

1310

1498

1685

1872

7

190

228

285

380

475

570

665

760

855

950

1140

1330

1520

1710

1900

8

192

230

288

384

480

576

672

768

864

960

1151

1343

1535

1727

1919 1949

9

195

234

292

390

487

585

682

780

877

975

1169

1364

1559

1754

10

197

237

296

395

494

592

691

790

888

987

1184

1382

1579

1777

1974

11

200

240

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

12

202

243

303

404

505

606

707

808

909

1010

1213

1415

1617

1819

2021

13

206

248

310

413

516

619

723

826

929

1032

1239

1450

1652

1859

2065 2099

14

210

252

315

420

525

630

735

839

944

1050

1259

1469

1679

1889

15

212

255

318

424

531

637

743

849

955

1064

1276

1489

1802

1914

2127

16

216

259

324

432

540

647

755

863

971

1079

1295

1511

1726

1942

2158 2208

17

221

265

331

442

552

662

773

883

994

1104

1325

1546

1766

1987

18

225

270

338

451

563

676

789

901

1014

1130

1356

1582

1808

2034 2260

19

230

276

345

460

575

690

805

920

1035

1151

1381

1611

1841

2071

20

237

285

356

474

593

712

830

949

1068

1186

1423

1660

1898

2135

2372

21

240

288

360

480

601

721

841

961

1081

1201

1441

1681

1922

2162

2402

2301

22

243

292

365

487

608

730

852

973

1095

1217

1460

1703

1946

2190

2433

23

248

298

372

496

620

744

868

992

1116

1240

1488

1736

1984

2232

2480

24

251

302

377

503

628

754

880

1005

1131

1257

1508

1759

2010

2262

2513

25

255

307

383

511

639

766

894

1022

1150

1276

1533

1789 2044

26

260

312

390

520

650

780

909

1039

1169

1299

1559

1819

2078

2338 2598

27

265

318

398

531

663

796

928

1061

1194

1327

1592

1857

2122

2388 2653

2175

2300 2555

28

272

326

408

544

680

816

952

1087 1223

1360

1631

1903

29

281

337

421

562

702

843

983

1123

1264

1405

1685

1966 2247

30

297

357

446

595

743

892

1040

1189

1338

1487

1784

2081 2378

2676

2973

31

318

382

477

637

796

955

1114

1273 1432

1592

1910

2228 2546

2865

3183

32

329

395

494

659

823

988

1153

1317

1482

1647

1976

2305 2634

2964 3293

33

338

406

507

676

845

1014

1183

1352

1521

1690

2028 2366 2704

3042 3380

34

344

413

516

688

860

1032 1204 1376 1549

1721

2065 2409 2753

3097

3442

35

347

417

521

694

868

1042

1215

1736

2088 2430 2778

3125

3472

36

359

430

538

717

898

1076

1255 1435

1614

1794

2152

2511

2870

3228

3587

37

367

441

551

735

918

1102

1285 1469 1653

1837

2204

2571 2938

3006

3673 3763

1389 1563

2447

2719

2528 2809

38

376

452

564

753

941

1129

1317

1505 1693

1882

2258 2634 3010

3387

39

384

461

576

768

960

1152

1344 1536 1728

1920

2303 2687

3071

3455 3839

40

390

468

585

780

974

1169

1364 1559 1754

1949

2339 2729

3118

3508 3898


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Metric Drill Cutting Speeds in RPM SUGGESTIONS FOR MAXIMUM DRILL PERFORMANCE 1. A reduced speed is recommended to start the drill. 2. The harder the material the slower the speed. 3. The larger the diameter the slower the speed. 4. Do not force feed. Let the drill cut at its own pace. 5. Once the bore is started, either keep the drill cutting or remove it. Idling of the cutting edge will harden the steel and dull the bit. 6. At the point of breakthrough, lighten the feed pressure. 7. Avoid side pressure on the drill bit whenever possible.

Feet Per Minute 30

50

Drill

20

0.5

3878

1.0

1939 2908 4847

1.5

1293

70

80

100

5817 9695 13573 15512 19389 6786

7756

9695

1939 3232 4524

5171

6463

2.0

971

1456 2427

3397

3883

4854

2.5

776

1165

1941

2717

3105

3882

3.0

647

970

1617

2264

2587

3234

3.5

554

832

1386

1940

2218

2772

4.0

485

728

1213

1698

1940

2425

4.5

431

647

1078

1509

1724

2156

5.0

388

582

970

1359

1552

1940

6.0

323

485

809

1132

1294

1617 1386

7.0

277

415

693

970

1109

8.0

243

364

605

849

970

1213

9.0

216

323

539

755

862

1075

10.0

194

291

485

679

776

970

11.0

176

265

441

617

706

882

12.0

162

243

404

566

647

809

13.0

149

224

373

522

597

749

14.0

139

208

346

485

554

693

15.0

129

194

323

453

517

647

16.0

121

182

303

424

485

606

17.0

114

171

285

399

457

571

18.0

108

162

269

377

431

539

19.0

102

153

255

357

409

511

20.0

97

146

243

340

388

485

22.0

88

132

221

309

353

441

24.0

81

121

202

283

323

404

26.0

75

112

187

261

299

373

28.0

69

104

173

243

277

346

30.0

65

97

162

226

259

323

NOTE: For speeds higher than tabulated, multiply all values by ten and for speeds lower divide by ten.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-19


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Re-sharpening Procedure 1. SET-UP FOR POINTING 12°

GRINDING WHEEL TOOL REST

HORIZONTAL

C U T T I N G T O O L S

67.5°

• • • •

Clamp guide block on tool rest at 67.5°. Set tool rest below center line. Dress wheel for parallel edges and true face. Use an 80 to 100 grit semi-friable grinding wheel.

GUIDE BLOCK

2. GRIND POINT ANGLE Forming Primary Cutting Edge EQUAL 12°

135°

• • • • •

Pre-grind to remove all damaged edges. Place frill on tool rest parallel to guide block. Align cutting lip parallel to machine axis. Push into wheel. Repeat for second cutting edge.

3. POINT SPLIT Forming Secondary Cutting Edges 40°

10° HORIZONTAL 40°

• Grind secondary cutting edges. • Feed into wheel until center is reached. • Repeat for other side.

P-20

NOTE: ALL DAMAGED SECTIONS ON THE POINT AND MARGINS MUST BE GROUND AWAY PRIOR TO ANY ABOVE RESHARPENING PROCEDURE.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Decimal Equivalent Chart For Drill Sizes

Drill

Dec.

Drill

Dec.

Drill

Dec.

Drill

Dec.

Size

mm

In.

Size

mm

In.

Size

mm

In.

Size

mm

In.

0.10

.0039

45

2.08

.0820

5

5.22

.2055

7/16

11.11

.4375

0.20

.0079

44

2.18

.0860

4

5.31

.2090

29/64

11.51

.4531

0.25

.0098

43

2.26

.0890

3

5.41

.2130

15/32

11.91

.4688

0.30

.0118

42

2.37

.0935

7/32

5.58

2188

12.00

.4724

80

0.34

.0135

3/32

2.38

.0938

2

5.61

.2210

31/64

12.30

.4844

79

0.37

.0145

41

2.44

.0960

1

5.79

.2280

1/2

12.70

.5000

1/64

0.40

.0156

40

2.50

.0980

A

78

0.41

.0160

39

2.53

.0995 15/64

77

0.46

.0180

38

2.58

5.94

.2340

13.00

.5118

5.95

.2344

33/64

13.10

.5156

13.49

.5312 .5469

.1015

6.00

.2362

17/32

0.50

.0197

37

2.64

.1040

B

6.05

.2380

35/64

13.89

76

0.51

.0200

36

2.71

.1065

C

6.15

.2420

14.00

.5512

75

0.53

.0210

7/64

2.78

.1094

D

6.25

.2460

9/16

14.29

.5625

74

0.57

.0225

35

2.70

.1100

1/4

6.35

.2500

37/64

14.68

.5781 .5906

0.60

.0236

34

2.82

.1110

E

6.35

.2500

15.00

73

0.61

.0240

33

2.87

.1130

F

6.53

.2570

19/32

15.08

.5938

72

0.64

.0250

32

2.95

.1160

G

6.63

.2610

39/64

15.48

.6094

71

0.66

.0250

3.00

.1181

17/64

6.75

.2656

5/8

15.88

.6250

0.70

.0276

31

3.05

.1200

H

6.76

.2660

16.00

.6299 .6406

70

0.71

.0280

1/8

3.18

.1250

I

6.91

.2720

41/64

16.27

69

0.74

.0292

30

3.26

.1285

7.00

.2756

21/32

16.67

.6562

0.75

.0295

29

3.45

.1360

J

7.04

.2770

17.00

.6693

68

0.79

.0310

28

3.57

.1405

K

7.14

.2810

43/64

17.07

.6719

1/32

0.79

.0313

9/64

3.57

.1406

9/32

7.14

.2812

11/16

17.46

.6875

0.80

.0315

27

3.65

.1440

L

7.37

.2900

45/84

17.86

.7031

67

0.81

.0320

26

3.73

.1470

M

7.40

.2950

18.00

.7087

66

0.84

.0330

25

3.80

.1495

19/64

7.54

.2969

23/32

18.26

.7188

65

0.89

.0350

24

3.86

.1520

N

7.67

.3020

47/64

18.65

.7344

0.90

.0354

23

3.91

.1540

5/16

7.94

.3125

19.00

.7480

64

0.91

.0360

5/32

3.97

.1562

8.00

.3150

3/4

19.05

.7500

63

0.94

.0370

22

3.99

.1570

O

8.03

.3160

49/64

19.45

.7656

62

0.97

.0380

4.00

.1575

P

8.20

.3230

25/32

19.84

.7812

61

0.99

.0390

21

4.04

.1500

21/64

8.33

.3281

20.00

.7874 .7969

1.00

.0394

20

4.09

.1610

Q

8.43

.3320

51/64

20.24

60

1.02

.0400

19

4.22

.1660

R

8.61

.3390

13/16

20.64

.8125

59

1.04

.0410

18

4.31

.1695

11/32

8.73

.3438

21.00

.8268

58

1.07

.0420

11/64

4.37

.1719

S

8.84

.3480

53/64

21.02

.8281

57

1.09

.0430

17

4.39

.1730

9.00

.3543

27/32

21.43

.8438

T

.8594

56

1.18

.0465

16

4.50

.1770

9.09

.3580

55/64

21.84

3/64

1.19

.0469

15

4.57

.1800 23/64

9.13

.3594

22.00

.8861

55

1.32

.0520

14

4.62

.1820

U

9.35

.3680

7/8

22.23

.8750

54

1.40

.0550

13

4.70

.1850

3/8

9.53

.3750

57/64

22.62

.8906

53

1.51

.0595

3/16

4.76

.1875

V

9.55

.3770

23.00

.9055

1/16

1.59

.0625

12

4.80

.1890

W

9.80

.3860

29/32

23.02

.9062

52

1.61

.0635

11

4.85

.1910

25/64

9.92

.3906

59/64

23.42

.9219

51

1.70

.0670

10

4.91

.1935

10.00 .3937

15/16

23.81

.9375

50

1.78

.0700

9

4.98

.1960

X

10.08 .3970

24.00

.9449

49

1.85

.0730

5.00

.1968

Y

10.26 .4040

61/64

24.21

.9531

48

1.93

.0760

8

5.05

.1990

13/32

10.32 .4062

31/32

24.61

.9688

7

5/64

1.98

.0781

5.11

.2010

Z

10.40

.4130

25.00

.9842

47

1.99

.0785 13/64

5.16

.2031

27/64

10.72

.4219

63/64

25.00

.9844

2.00

.0787

6

5.18

.2040

11.00

.4331

1

25.40

1.000

46

2.06

.0810

25.50

1.039

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-21


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

NITRO-CARB DRILL BITS WHAT SETS THEM APART FROM THE REST

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Tighter Tolerances

Nitro-Carburized Flute

Nitro-carb drill bits are manufactured with a special high molybdenum tool steel for a more consistent drill bit with a higher than average hardness and more resistance to wear. The flutes are ground to 1/2 of industry standard tolerances-which means more accuracy and more consistency in grinding operations. The flutes also feature a nitro-carburized surface to provide extra wear resistance along the cutting edge of the point.

DISCOVER THE NITRO-CARB DIFFERENCE!

135° Split Point

Nitro-carb drill bits feature a split point which provides the drill bit with self-centering/nonwalking characteristics, and reduces the thrust required to penetrate a work piece. A low temperature surface treatment relieves stress; produces a gold color and improves lubricity. Our mechanic's length drill bits as well as our 1/2" reduced shank drill bits have 3 flats on the shank. These flats allow for a strong positive chuck grip of the shank and virtually eliminate the potential for the drill to slip into the chuck.

Radial

Conventional

NITRO-CARB DRILL BITS Nitro-Carb Drill Point

Easily Cuts: 1/2" Reduced Shank

Mechanics

P-22 Cobalt Web Nitro-Carb Web

• • • •

Stainless Steels Tool Steels Exotic Steels Standard Steels

#1 Cutting Lip Chisel Edge

Margin #3 Cutting Lip

Heavy Duty Web #2 Cutting Lip

#4 Cutting Lip

More Holes Per Drill! Lower Cost Per Hole!


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

NITRO-CARB DRILL BITS

Super Premium High Performance Drills These heavy duty drill bits are recommended for use in work hardening grades of stainless steel and other tough metal drilling applications. Heavy duty construction and the nitro-carburized, hi-molybdenum tool steel means: • Substantially longer cutting life The nitro-carburized flute has an increased Rockwell hardness. • Cuts harder materials The flatter point takes a smaller chip. More torque is directed to a smaller area. This allows drilling into materials with hardness of over 30 on the Rockwell “C” scale. • Stops drill walking The split point design gives accurate starting without the use of a center punch. • Holds tighter hole size The split point design is self centering. This limits the normal oversize drilling characteristics. • Outstanding quality appearance The rich amber gold color sets it apart from commodity cutting tools. • Runs cooler, uses less torque Nitro-Carb Drill Bits -Discover the Difference! MORE HOLES PER DRILL BIT 135° point takes a smaller chip resulting LOWER COST PER HOLE! in less heat. Amber gold surface treatment reduces friction.

C U T T I N G

NITRO-CARB VS. COBALT The Nitro-carb bits will substantially out perform cobalt drill bits in work hardening stainless steel applications. This performance advantage is the result of the construction difference between the two types of bits. Cobalt bits, manufactured to Type J NAS 907 specs, have a very thick web. A thick web provides the strength needed to limit breakage of the cobalt steel. Nitro-carb bits are made of special hi-moly tool steel, which is much tougher than cobalt steel. The resulting strength of the Nitro-carb bit allows the bit to be manufactured with a considerably thinner web. (See photo A).

A Nitro-carb bit with it’s thin web will penetrate the work hardening stainless fast enough to continually cut beneath the chip which is hardening from deformation. This means the drill bit is cutting softer steel. The cobalt bit, with it’s thick web, cannot be fed at a fast enough rate to cut beneath the area which is hardening. As a result the cobalt bit is continually drilling into hardened steel.

T O O L S

Photo A Web Nitro-Carb

Web Cobalt

P-23


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills

Jobber Length Metric Magnum Super Premium, Heavy-Duty, Metric No. 16701 Metric Drill Index 1.0mm-13.0mm x .5mm

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-24

No.

Desc.

No.

Desc.

No.

Desc.

No.

Desc.

No.

Desc.

51280

.25

51332

2.9

51354

5.0

51388

8.4

51420

11.5

51285

.30

51334

3.0

51355

5.1

51390

8.5

51425

12.0

51304

1.0

51336

3.2

51359

5.5

51430

12.5

51315

1.5

51337

3.3

51364

6.0

51395

9.0

51435

13.0

51322

1.9

51339

3.5

51369

6.5

51400

9.5

51438

14.0

51319

2.0

51342

3.8

51371

6.7

51405

10.0

51440

14.5

51320

2.05

51344

4.0

51374

7.0

51407

10.2

51443

16.0

51324

2.5

51346

4.2

51379

7.5

51410

10.5

51330

2.6

51349

4.5

51384

8.0

51415

11.0

1/2" & 3/8” Reduced Shank Drills P03 • • • • •

Hi-Molybdenum tool steel. Heavy duty construction. 135° split point - Sizes larger than 3/4" have 118° split point. 3 flats on shank individually tubed. Gold surface treated body and clearance for maximum lubricity. 1/2

3/8 Drill

Drill

Drill

Drill

No.

Size

No.

Size

No.

Size

51060 33/64

51073

23/32

51086 59/64

17/32

51074

47/64

51087

15/16

51261

13/32

51062 35/64

51075

3/4

51088

61/64

51262

27/64

31/32

51263

7/16

No. 51061

Size

51260 25/64

51063

9/16

51076

49/64

51089

51064

37/64

51077

25/32

51090 63/64

51065

19/32

51078

51/64

51091

1

51265

15/32

51066 39/64

51079

13/16

51092

1-1/16

51266

31/64

51080 53/64

51093

1-1/8

51267

1/2

51264 29/64

51067

5/8

51068

41/64

51081

27/32

51096

1-1/4

51069

21/32

51082 55/64

51098

1-3/8

51070

43/64

51083

7/8

51097

1-5/16

51071

11/16

51084

57/64

51099

1-1/2

51072

45/64

51085 29/32


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills P02

Mechanic’s Length Drills

• Special Hi-Molybdenum tool steel.

C U T T I N G

• 135° split point for fast penetration and accurate starting without center punch. • Precision ground point, flutes, body clearance and drill diameter for the ultimate in accuracy and performance. • Body and clearance are gold surface treated for maximum lubricity. • Heat treated at 2185°F and then nitro-carburize finished at 950°F to be measurably harder than high speed steel. • Space age nitro-carburized steel withstands substantial drilling temperatures while maintaining sharpness. • Especially designed for hand-held drills. • Flats on shank give positive grip. • Recommended for use in work hardening grades of stainless steel and other hard metal drilling applications. Mechanics Length Drill Bits – Fractional Sizes No.

Size

Qty

No.

Size

Qty

No.

Size

Qty

50740

1/16

6

50751

7/32

6

50760

3/8

3

50741

5/64

6

50752

15/64

6

50761

25/64

2

50743

3/32

6

50742

1/4

3

50762

13/32

2

50744

7/64

6

50753

17/64

3

50763 27/64

2

50745

1/8

6

50754

9/32

3

50764

50746

9/64

6

50755

19/64

3

50765 29/64

1

50747

5/32

6

50756

5/16

3

50766

15/32

1

50748

11/64

6

50757

21/64

3

50767

31/64

1

50749

3/16

6

50758

11/32

3

50768

1/2

1

50750

13/64

6

50759 23/64

7/16

1

T O O L S

3 P-25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drills P02

Number Drills • Sizes #1 through #52 are 135° split point. • Sizes #53 through #80 are non-split point. • Sizes #61 through #80 are high speed steel.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-26

Size

No.

Size

50340

#1

50360 #21

50380 #41

50400 #61

50341

#2

50361 #22

50381 #42

50401 #62

50342

#3

50362 #23

50382 #43

50402 #63

50343

#4

50363 #24

50383 #44

50403 #64

50344

#5

50364 #25

50384 #45

50404 #65

50345

#6

50365 #26

50385 #46

50405 #66

50346

#7

50366 #27

50386 #47

50406 #67

50347

#8

50367 #28

50387 #48

50407 #68

50348

#9

50368 #29

50388 #49

50408 #69

50349 #10

50369 #30

50389 #50

50409 #70

No.

No.

Size

No.

Size

50350

#11

50370

#31

50390 #51

50410

#71

50351

#12

50371

#32

50391 #52

50411

#72

50352 #13

50372 #33

50392 #53

50412

#73

50353 #14

50373 #34

50393 #54

50413

#74

50354 #15

50374 #35

50394 #55

50414

#75

50355 #16

50375 #36

50395 #56

50415 #76

50356 #17

50376 #37

50396 #57

50416

#77

50357 #18

50377 #38

50397 #58

50417

#78

50358 #19

50378 #39

50398 #59

50418

#79

50359 #20

50379 #40

50399 #60

50419 #80

Letter Drills No.

Size

No.

Size

No.

Size

No.

Size

50640

A

50647

H

50654

O

50660

U

50641

B

50648

I

50655

P

50661

V

50642

C

50649

J

50656

Q

50662

W

50643

D

50650

K

50657

R

50663

X

50644

E

50651

L

50658

S

50664

Y

50645

F

50652

M

50659

T

50665

Z

50646

G

50653

N


Nirto-Carb Drill Bits

95914 (in a 15 hole index) 95915 (in a 29 hole index) No.

Size

Qty

No.

Size

Qty

53640

1/16

1

53650

7/32

1

53641

5/64

1

53651

15/64

1

53642

3/32

1

53652

1/4

1

53643

7/64

1

53653

17/64

1

53644

1/8

1

53654

9/32

1

53645

9/64

1

53655 19/64

1

53646

5/32

1

53656

5/16

1

53647

11/64

1

53658

11/32

1

53648

3/16

1

53660

3/8

1

53649

13/64

1

53664

7/16

1

53668

1/2

1

Features:

03.27.07

• Ideal for pop rivet applications, truck and auto bodies and any thin sheet metal applications. • Self centering 135° split point. • Nitro-Carburized Hi-Molybdenum tool steel. • 2 drills in one means twice the holes per drill and lower costs per hole.

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

No.

Size

Qty

53930

1/8

1

53932

5/32

1

53934

3/16

1

53936

7/32

1

53938

1/4

1

53940

#20

1

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

| P-27 |

Nitro-Carb Double Ended Hand Drill Bits

CUTTING TOOLS

Nitro-Carb Left Hand Drill Bits


CUTTING TOOLS

Drill Bits Tapcon Drill Bits No.

Size

No.

Size

53500

5/32 x 3-1/2

53492

3/16 x 4-1/2

53502

5/32 x 4-1/2

53496

3/16 x 5-1/2

53504

5/32 x 5-1/2

53498

3/16 x 6-1/2

53490

3/16 x 3-1/2

Nitro-Carb Drill Assortments Jobber Length Drill Sets Jobber Length Number Drill Set Numbers #1 through #60 No. 95919 - 60 Piece Jobber Length Letter Drill Set Letters A through Z No. 95920 - 26 Piece

Fractional, Letter & Number Jobber Length Drill Set No. 95923 - 115 Piece

Complete with metal index

Complete with metal index

Extended Length Drill Bits — 12" Long Aircraft Drill Bits

Features: • • • •

Ideal For Drilling Where Extra Reach Is Needed. 135° Point Bright Finish High Speed Steel

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

No.

Drill Size Qty

53830

1/4x 12

1

53838

5/16x 12

1

53842

3/8x 12

1

53846

7/16x 12

1

53850

1/2x 12

1

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.27.07

| P-28 |

Complete with metal index


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drill Assortments Z02

Nitro-Carb Drill Assortments Mechanics Length Drill Sets 51 Piece

29 Piece

Mechanics Length Drill Set

Mechanics Length Drill Set

No. 95926

No. 95927

Sizes 1/16" to 1/2" by 64ths. Complete with 3 drawer cabinet.

Sizes 1/16" to 1/2" by 64ths. Complete with index.

15 Piece

13 Piece

Mechanics Length Drill Set

Mechanics Length Drill Set

No. 95940

No. 95929

Sizes 1/16" to 1/2" by 32nds. Complete with index.

Sizes 1/16" to 1/4" by 64ths. Complete with index.

21 Piece Mechanics Length Drill Set

No. 95930 Sizes 1/16" to 3/8" by 64ths. Complete with index.

Jobber Length Metric

C U T T I N G

Magnum Super Premium, Heavy-Duty, Metric No. 95937 Metric Drill Index 1.0mm-13.0mm x .5mm

Reduced Shank Drill Sets 8 Piece

15 Piece

1/2" Reduced Shank Drill Set

Nitro-Carb Starter Set

No. 95903

No. 95921

Sizes 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16, 7/8, 15/16, 1" Complete with metal index .

Sizes 1/16" to 1/2" by 32nds. 3/8" shank on drill sizes larger than 3/8" In a 29 piece index.

T O O L S

P-29


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Drill Assortments Z02

Fractional Drill Organizer

C U T T I N G T O O L S

No. 95926 • 51 Nitro-Carb Drills The perfect drill for all maintenance jobs.

• Stores 100's of drills • 29 of the most popular in one place. Eliminates drill sizes for professional misplaced drills. mechanics.

Size

Qty

Size

Qty

Size

Qty

Size

Qty

1/16

3

3/16

4

5/16

1

7/16

1

5/64

3

13/64

1

21/64

1

29/64

1

3/32

3

7/32

1

11/32

1

15/32

1

7/64

3

15/64

1

23/64

1

31/64

1

1/8

5

1/4

3

3/8

1

1/2

1

9/64

3

17/64

1

25/64

1

5/32

3

9/32

1

13/32

1

11/64

2

19/64

1

27/64

1

Fractional, Letter, Number Drill Assortment No. 95923 • 115 Pieces

• Fractional drills 1/16 to 1/2 by 64ths. • Letter Drills A to Z. • Number Drills #1 through #60.

Contains Fractional, Letter and Number Drills. All Drills Are Nitro-Carbs and Arranged In One Convenient Case.

P-30


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Miscellaneous Drill Bits

Step Drills Step Drills are in a class unto themselves. Step drills include as many as 13 different hole sizes in a single bit, eliminating the need for an entire tool box full of specific sized drill bits. And its built-in differences result in a tool that cuts faster and cleaner and gives true, round hole every time. Single flute design means a true hole and allows greater speed control on soft material. Double fluted drill bits tend to chatter and vibrate at low feed rates and high RPM's, resulting in a less than round hole. This can also chip cuting edges, shortening the life of the tool. Multiple stepped for your multiple drilling needs - includes as many as 13 different hole sizes in a single bit, eliminating the need for specific sized drill bits. Proper hole size is achieved by counting the steps as they penetrate the work and stopping the pressure when the desired hole size is reached. Deburring is automatic once the proper hole diameter is attained, the hole is automatically deburred by the cutting edge of the next larger step. Hardened steel for long life - each step drill is constructed of industrial grade high speed molybdenum steel, heattreated to a Rockwell of between 61 and 63 on the "C"

Easy-to-sharpen, non-skid tip.

Single fluted cutting edge.

Provides clean, round holes, time after time. Multiple stepped up to 13 hole sizes.

scale and tempered to assure maximum strength for long life. Easy to sharpen, nonskid tip - the single flute virtually eliminates skidding and the need for center punching. The tip gives sure starts even on curved surfaces such as pipe and conduit. If the tips is broken or otherwise marred, the correct cutting is easily restored with a grinding stone by simply following the contour of the factory grind.

Ideal for a variety of industrial uses.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Sure starts even on curved surfaces.

P-31


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Miscellaneous Drill Bits

Step Drills P20 53860

C U T T I N G

53868 53862

53864

53870 4 Piece Set Contains: 1/8-1/2 3/16-7/8 1/4-3/4 1/4-1-1/8

53939

53866 No. of Holes

Hole

1 53860

13

1/8 - 1/2

1/32

1/4

2 53862

6

3/16 - 1/2

1/16

1/4

3 53864

9

3/16 - 7/8

1/16

3/8

4 53866

12

1/4 - 3/4

1/16

3/8

5 53868

10

1/4 - 1-1/8

1/8

3/8

6 53870

8

9/16 - 1

1/8

1/2

No

T O O L S

Increments Shank

4 pc set 8 95939 #1,#3,#4 Z02

& #5 Step Drills

Recomended Drill Speeds

DO P-32

DON'T

DO

allow point to apply side watch out for a cut. Don't force. pressure. Apply second layer of Do keep sharp. pressure straight material. on.

Hole Size

RPM

Up to 1/4

1500 - 1750

1/4 - 1/2

1000 - 1250

1/2 - 3/4

500 - 1000

3/4 - 1

300 -500


Masonry Drills

Applications: µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ µ

Resharpen by dressing only these two flat angles.

Special negative back grinding enables the tip to bore through materials with a filling action rather than a cutting action.

Masonry Ceramic Tile Concrete Brick Fiberglass Plexiglass Glass Granite Marble Woods Porcelain Baked Ceramic Plastics

High-tech bonding allows bit to withstand drilling temperatures up to 1900 degrees Farenheit.

The tip is a blend of Cobalt and Tungsten Carbide designed for maximum hardness and resistance to heat and wear. The Chrome Vanadium Steel Shank provides extra hardness and enormous strength.

Features: • Rotary or Percussion • Chrome Vanadium Steel Shank for Enormous Strength • Resharpenable on a High Quality Grinding Wheel. • No Center Punch Needed — Eliminates "walking" • Outlasts Regular Carbide Tipped Bits • Ideal for Cordless Drills, Corded Drills and Drill Presses • Available in an Assortment of Popular Sizes

CERAMIC TILE AND MARBLE

MASONRY, CONCRETE AND GRANITE

PORCELAIN AND BAKED CERAMIC

GLASS, CRYSTAL, AND MIRROR

WOODS AND PLASTICS

The Same Bit For Every Job

Masonry Drill Bits

03.27.07

No.

Diameter

Overall

Flute

Overall

Flute

Length

Length

No.

Diameter

Length

Length 2-3/8

53882

1/8

3

1-1/2

53898

9/32

4-3/8

53884

5/32

3-1/2

1-7/8

53900

5/16

4-1/2

2-3/8

53886

5/32

5-1/2

3-3/4

53902

5/16

6

4-1/16

53888

3/16

3-1/2

1-7/8

53906

3/8

5-3/16

3-1/8

53890

3/16

5-1/2

3-3/4

53910

7/16

6

3-7/8

53892

7/32

3-3/4

1-15/16

53912*

1/2

6

3-5/8

53894

1/4

4-1/4

2-3/8

53914*

5/8

9

5-3/4

53896

1/4

6

3-9/16

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

* 3/8 Shank

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

| P-33 |

Please be advised that the TMC, Inc. Drill Bit is not recommended to be used on mild steel. For example: Angle Iron, Galvanized Pipe, Copper, Aluminum, Brass, Stainless Steel, etc.

CUTTING TOOLS

Masonry Drill Bit


X-Plode™ Hammer Drills Masonry Drills

TMC's X-Plode™ Hammer Drills provide faster, more aggressive drilling and longer life in all concrete and masonry applications. The superior design of the carbide tip and other unique features of these drills are optimized to give the best performance and wear resistance of any masonry drill.

Features:

Applications:

• Special SDS Shank — Fits all SDS Hammer Drills • Premium Grade Carbide — Assures Durability and Long Life • Heat Treated and Shot Peaned Shank — For Tighter, More Secure Fit • Slow Spiral Flute — For Efficient dust Extraction • Small Flute Land — Minimizes Friction and Speeds Drilling • Made to Exacting ANSI standards

• • • • • •

Description

No.

Size

Qty

No.

Size

53943

5/32 x 4

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53980

5/8 x 18

53944

5/32 x 5

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53982

53946

5/32 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53984

53948

3/16 x 4

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53950

3/16 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

53952

3/16 x 7

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

53994

7/32 x 6

53953 53954 53956

Description

Qty

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

3/4 x 9-1/2

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

3/4 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53986

3/4 x 18

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1

53995

7/8 x 9-1/2

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1

53996

7/8 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53997

1/4 x 4

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1/4 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1/4 x 8

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

54000

53958

1/4 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53960

5/16 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53962

5/16 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53964

3/8 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53965

3/8 x 10

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53966

3/8 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1 1

53967

3/8 x 18

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

53969

7/16 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53968

1/2 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53970

1/2 x 10

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53972

1/2 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53974

1/2 x 18

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1 1

54002

9/16 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

54004

9/16 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53975

5/8 x 6

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53976

5/8 x 9-1/2

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53978

5/8 x 12

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

Concrete Masonry Brick Hard Aggregate Granite Marble

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1 x 10

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53998

1 x 18

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

53999

1-1/8 x 10

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

1-1/8 x 18

SDS Masonry Drill Bit

1

NOTE: Items in italics are non-stock and will take slightly longer for delivery.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.27.07

| P-34 |

CUTTING TOOLS

Masonry Drills


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Spiral Reamers P17

Nitro-Carb Spiral Reamers ¬ Spiral design for excellent control & safety. Easy operation, means reduced downtime & fewer errors. ¬ Nitro-carburized hi-tungsten tool steel ensures faster, cleaner, more precise holes than drilling. The right tool for the right job means less re-work and labor savings. ¬ Gold surface treated body and clearance for maximum lubricity. Fast, cool cutting means longer tool life; more holes per reamer & lower cost per hole. ¬ Constructed with left hand spiral and right hand cut prevents hogging into holes and eliminates the need for stop collars. ¬ 3 Flats on the Shank for positive grip means reamers won't slip or spin. Applications: Specially designed for reaming structural steel plate commonly found in truck frames, rail cars, bridges and pressure vessels. Ideal For: ¬ Enlarging misaligned holes. ¬ Fuel tank mounting.

Shank Flute

¬ Tool box & accessory mounting. ¬ Spring hangers.

Drill

Part No.

4-3/8

5/32

50746

2-3/4

4-5/8

3/16

50748

3/8

2-3/4

4-5/8

7/32

50750

7/16

3-1/2

5-3/8

1/4

50752

Length Length

No.

Dia.

Dia.

53760*

1/4

1/4

2-1/2

53762* 5/16

5/16

53764

3/8

53766* 7/16

¬ Truck frame drilling.

Drill

Overall Pilot

¬ Trailer hitch, 5th wheel 53768 & tow hook mounting. 53770

1/2

1/2

4

5-7/8

5/16

50756

9/16

1/2

4-1/2

5-7/8

3/8

50760

53772

5/8

1/2

5

6-3/8

3/8

50760

53774

3/4

1/2

5

6-7/8

53778

7/8

1/2

5

6-7/8

9/16

51063

53780

1

1/2

5

6-7/8

11/16

51061

13/32 50762

* available as a non-stock non-nitro-carb

Nitro-Carb Spiral Reamers Z02 No. 95938 4 Piece Assortment Specially packaged assortment featuring 4 popular sizes of nitro-carb spiral reamers. Shank Flute No.

Dia.

Dia.

53764

3/8

3/8

2-3/4

53768

1/2

1/2

53772

5/8

53774

3/4

Overall Pilot

T O O L S

Drill

Drill

Part No.

4-5/8

7/32

50750

4

5-7/8

5/16

50756

1/2

5

6-3/8

3/8

50760

1/2

5

6-7/8

Length Length

C U T T I N G

13/32 50762

P-35


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro Carb Spiral Reamers

Nitro-Carb Reamers/Hole Enlargers Hole Hog™ Super Premium Core Drills P17

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Made of special Hi-Molybdenum tool steel, these reamers feature a gold surface treated body and clearance for maximum lubricity, close tolerance construction, three flats on the shank and four flutes. They are designed exclusively to enlarge existing holes. This high performance tool is designed to enlarge existing holes by as much as 160% of the existing hole’s diameter. The four flute design and modified “Hole Hog” point prevent the catching and hogging-in commonly experienced when standard S & G drills break through thinner material such as truck frames. The flatted 1/2” shank makes this tool extremely useful in portable drilling.

Hole Hog™ Reamers 4-5/16” Overall Length, 1-7/8” Flute Length

Pilot

No.

(in.)

Drill

Qty

53790

3/8

1/4

1

53792

1/2

5/16

1

53794

5/8 25/64

1

53796

3/4

15/32

1

Reamer/Pilot Drill Sets Z02 This set contains an assortment of the reamers described above with an accompanying mechanics length Nitro-Carb drill bit in a metal index. The reamers have flats along the shank for ease of use with portable drilling. No. 95933

P-36

Dia.

Description

Reamer Sizes

8 Piece Set 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4

Drill Sizes 1/4, 5/16, 25/64, 15/32


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nitro-Carb Spiral Hole Cutter

Nitro-Carb Hole Cutter The Ultimate Hole Cutting for Thick Steel

Cutting quick, accurate holes in pipe or drilling through thick steel are no longer a problem with the triple edge cutting power of the Nitro-Carb Hole Cutter

Applications:

¬ For cutting holes in steel plate, iron, aluminum, copper, cast iron and stainless steel up to 1" thick. ¬ Perfect for drilling holes (5/8" to 2 diameter) in pipe, steel plates, metal studs, electrical appliances, auto and truck body repair and more. ¬ Produce overlapping and interrupted holes easily.

Time Saving Features:

¬ Built-in ejector spring and pilot drill provide quick, smooth discharge of metal slug for greater productivity. ¬ Less clutter resistance for up to three times longer drilling per battery charge. ¬ Three-flatted shank for faster loading and better concentricity.

Tool Box Assortments No. 95116 Includes: 5/8", 3/4", 7/8" and 1"

No.

Size

55786

9/16

55787

5/8

55791

11/16

55789

3/4

55793

7/8

55819

1"

55821

1-1/16

55823

1-1/8

55825

1-1/4

55831

1-3/8

55837

1-1/2

55845

1-3/4

55851

2"

55861

2-1/4

55865

2-3/8

55867

2-1/2

55770

Pilot Drill 1/4 shank

55771

Pilot Drill 1/4 shank (short)

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-37


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Speed Taps P08

High Alloy Taps The HI-ALLOY tap is a professional quality cutting tool for maintenance and repair applications. It is made of the same quality alloys as our drills (Chromium, Vanadium, and Molybdenum), which allows for faster cutting and longer tap life.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-38

• • • • •

Requires 30% less torque to provide faster cutting. 30% heavier web than regular taps - For less tap breakage. Cuts materials up to 55 Rockwell on the "C" scale. Thread tolerances are to .0005 gives perfect threads every time. Ground threads - triple heat treated - special alloys. Gives a 200% higher breaking torque over ordinary taps. • Out lasts ordinary taps 3 to 1. HI-ALLOY taps will reduce your "tapped hole" costs tremendously - saving time, labor and money. Taper, Plug, and Bottoming styles differ only in the number of chamfered threads at the tip.

Pipe Taps No.

Size

Rec. Drill

51860

1/8-27

"R"

51862

1/4-18

7/16

51864

3/8-18

37/64

51866

1/2-14

45/64

51868

3/4-14

59/64

51870

1-11-1/2

1-5/32

• High Speed Steel. • Used for hand and machine tapping of taper pipe threads. • Heat treated to resist breakage and thread wear. • Strong precise threads are accurately formed for longer life. • Ground thread.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Speed Taps P08

High Alloy High Speed Taps

Taper

Plug

Bottom

Rec.

Taper

Plug

Bottom

Thread

Drill

Tap

Tap

Tap

Size

Size

No.

No.

No.

4-40

43

51610

51710

51760

6-32

34

51612

51712

51762

8-32

29

51614

51714

51764

10-24

23

51616

51716

51766

10-32

20

51618

51718

51768

12-24

16

51620

51720

51770

1/4-20

7

51622

51902

51772

1/4-28

3

51624

51904

51774

5/16-18

"G"

51626

51906

51776

5/16-24

"I"

51628

51908

51778

3/8-16

"O"

51630

51910

51780

3/8-24

"R"

51632

51912

51782

7/16-14

3/8

51634

51914

51784

7/16-20

25/64

51636

51916

51786

1/2-13

27/64

51638

51918

51788

1/2-20

29/64

51640

51920

51790

9/16-12

31/64

51642

51722

51792

9/16-18

1/2

51644

51724

51794

5/8-11

17/32

51646

51926

51800

5/8-18

9/16

51648

51928

51802

11/16-11

51652

51726

51804

3/4-10

21/32

51654

51930

51806

3/4-16

11/16

51658

51932

51808

7/8-9

49/64

51660

51728

51810

7/8-14

13/16

51662

51730

51812

1-8

7/8

51664

51732

51814

1-14

59/64

51666

51734

51818

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-39


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Speed Taps

Hi-Alloy Taps Changing The Way Holes Are Tapped

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-40

Before the Hi-Alloy “Gun” Tap it was said that all taps broke before they wore out. But now that has all changed. Called a “Gun” tap because of the way it “shoots” the chips out ahead of the tap, its design is radically different from that of the ordinary tap. This change is most noticeable when tapping stringy materials, where before the flutes would become loaded and cause the tap to break. The Hi-Alloy “Gun” Tap design makes it possible to use shallower flutes which translates to a stronger tap. This all adds up to a tap which requires less power to drive and, for some classes of work (through holes and blind holes with sufficient clearance at the bottom, most notably), are much more economical to use than ordinary hand taps.

A B Hi-Alloy “Gun” Tap Design The cutting edges A at the point of the tap are ground at an angle B to the axis for a distance of four or five threads. This angle, in conjunction with the hook on the cutting edge of the land and the special flute form, produces the long curling chips. These chips, instead of passing out or backing in the flutes, are “shot” out ahead of the tap. Stronger

Less Power Needed

Accuracy

A Hi-Alloy "Gun " Tap does not need the deep flutes that an ordinary tap requires for the elimination of chips. Thus fewer and shallower flutes can be used giving the tap a larger cross sectional area and extra strength.

The metal is sheared by the angular cutting edge with a hook on the land instead of being torn or pulled off with a scraping action. Much less power is needed for this shearing action than is required for hand taps.

The first few teeth of the HiAlloy "Gun" Tap do all the cutting. The remainder of the threaded section serves as a lead screw, steadying the tap and insuring a more accurately tapped hole.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Speed Taps P08

Hi-Alloy Taps Professional Quality Cutting Tools for Maintenance & Repair Applications • Made of high quality alloys • Vanadium • Molybdenum

C U T T I N G

• Chromium • Cobalt

• 30% less torque required for faster cutting. • 30% heavier web prevents tap breakage. • Cuts material up to 55 Rockwell on the “C” scale. A true maintenance tap for all shops. • Thread tolerances are to .0005. Perfect threads every time. • Special point allows you to tap straight through without backing out. Saves time and labor. • Ground threads triple heat treated special alloys combine to give you a 200% higher breaking torque over ordinary taps. • Hi-Alloy “Gun” Taps will reduce your tapped hole cost tremendously saving you time, labor and money!

National Coarse

National Fine

Metric Rec

Rec

Rec

Drill

No.

Size

Drill

51890

4-40

#43

51898 10-32

#21

51996 M4-0.7

#30

51892

6-32

#36

51904 1/4-28

#3

52004 M6-1.0

#8

51894

8-32

#29

51908 5/16-24

"I"

52010 M8-1.25

"H"

51896 10-24

#25

51912 3/8-24

"Q"

52016 M10-1.5

"Q"

51900 12-24

#16

51916 7/16-20 25/64 52022 M12-1.75 13/32

51902 1/4-20

#7

51920 1/2-20 29/64

51906 5/16-18

"F"

51928 5/8-18

9/16

51910 3/8-16

5/16

51932 3/4-16

11/16

51914 7/16-14

3/8

51918 1/2-13

27/64

51926 5/8-11

17/32

51930 3/4-10 21/32

No.

Size

No.

Size

Drill

T O O L S

P-41


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Speed Taps

Miscellaneous Tools T06 Tapping Tool & Guide Stops tap breakage.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-42

NO. 83337

• Carbonitrided jaws for long life. • Center drill on stem for floating center. • Sliding T-wrench handle. • 120° vees on aligner body base to accept round parts. • Slotted body serves as wrench for tightening when changing jaws.

Perfect alignment provided for by close tolerances and perpendicularity between hardened sleeve of tapper and inside of tapping guide.

Spiral Pointed Plug High Performance CPM Tungsten Vanadium High Speed Steel H-Limit Flutes

No.

Size

52090

4-40

H3

2

52092

6-32

H3

2

52094

8-32

H3

3

52096

10-24

H3

3

52098

10-32

H3

3

52102

1/4-20

H3

3

52104

1/4-28

H3

3

52106 5/16-18

H3

3

52108 5/16-24

H3

3

52110

3/8-16

H3

3

5212

3/8-24

H3

3

5214

7/17-14

H3

4

52116

7/16-20

H3

4

52118

1/2-13

H3

4

52120

1/2-20

H3

4

The geometry of these taps is specifically designed for difficult-to-machine materials. The spiral point forces the chips ahead of the tap, thereby preventing clogging and recutting of chips. Long holes, in excess of 1-1/2 diameters, can be tapped as a result. They can be used by hand or under power and are suitable for tapping most materials. The neck allows for less drag and increased coolant flow into the hole.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Carbon Hex Dies

Carbon Steel Hex Dies P10 • Smooth, precise threads are accurately formed for longer tool life. • Polished Face. • 6-32 through 1/2" have a 1" O.D.; 9/16 through 3/4" have a 1-7/16" O.D. Fine Thread

Coarse Thread

No.

Size

52630 3/8-16

52618

10-32

6-32

52634 7/16-14

52624

1/4-28

52614

8-32

52638

52628 5/16-24

52616

10-24 52642 9/16-12

52632 3/8-24

52620

12-24 52646

52636 7/16-20

No.

Size

52610

4-40

52612

No.

Size

1/2-13 5/8-11

52622 1/4-20 52650 3/4-10

52640

52626 5/16-18 52654

52644 9/16-18

Pipe Dies No.

Size

52590

1/8-27

52592

1/4-18

52594

3/8-18

52596

1/2-14

52600

1-11-1/2

1-8

1/2-20

52648

5/8-18

52652

3/4-16

52656

1-12

52658 1-1/4-12

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-43


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hole Saws P28

Hole Saws

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Variable pitch bi-metal hole saws offer new features and benefits. A high speed cutting edge is welded to a tough alloy back for a totally shatter-proof product. Mandrels are interchangeable with other name brands. • Variable pitch design reduces tooth chipping, and strippage resulting in a smoother, cleaner cut and up to three times longer life. • Large, strong teeth dissipate heat increasing saw life. • Positive rake angle means faster cutting by up to 35%. • Gullet design ejects chips for improved efficiency. • High concentricity for safe control. The end result is fast, smooth cuts and longer life in aluminum, brass, copper, cast iron, stainless steel, wood and plastic.

Hints for application The centering of the saw is done by the pilot drill (1/4" dia.). The drill should extend 1/8" beyond the teeth of the hole saw. Use TOOL COOL when sawing in metals. An exception is cast iron, which is cut dry. Use kerosene instead of oil when cutting aluminum. TOOL COOL allows chatter free work and gives longer life. Avoid overheating of the saw. Uniform pressure should be applied to all teeth in order to avoid teeth breakage. No.

No.

Dia.

Arbor

55870

9/16

LSS 4 55900

55871 55872

Dia.

Arbor

No.

Dia.

Arbor

LSS 2 55917

3-1/8

LSS 2

5/8

LSS 4 55901 1-11/16 LSS 2 55918

3-1/4

LSS 2

3/4

LSS 4 55902

LSS 2 55919

3-3/8

LSS 2

55873 13/16 LSS 4 55903 1-13/16 LSS 2 55920

3-1/2

LSS 2

55874

7/8

LSS 4 55904

1

1-3/4 1-7/8

LSS 2 55921

LSS 2

LSS 4 55906 2-1/16 LSS 2 55923 3-7/8

LSS 2

2

55878 1-1/16 LSS 4 55907

2-1/8

LSS 2 55924

4

LSS 2

LSS 4 55908

2-1/4

LSS 2 55925

4-1/8

LSS 2

55880 1-3/16 LSS 4 55909 2-5/16 LSS 2 55926

4-1/4

LSS 2

55879 55881

1-1/8 1-1/4

LSS 2 55910

2-3/8

LSS 2 55928

4-1/2

LSS 2

55911

2-1/2

LSS 2 55929 4-3/4

LSS 2

55883 1-5/16 LSS 2

55884 1-3/8 LSS 2 55912 2-9/16 LSS 2 55930 55886 1-7/16 LSS 2 55913

2-5/8 LSS 2 55932

LSS 2 55914

2-3/4

55889 1-9/16 LSS 2 55915

2-7/8

55887 P-44

3-5/8 LSS 2

LSS 2 55922 3-3/4

55875 15/16 LSS 4 55905 55876

1-5/8

1-1/2

55916

3

LSS 2 55934

5

LSS 2

5-1/2

LSS 2

6

LSS 2


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hole Saws

Hole Saw Kits Z02 19 Piece Hole

13 Piece Hole

Saw Kit

Saw Kit

No. 95102

No. 95101

Industrial Fifteen of the most popular sizes used in installation, maintenance and repair work. One each of the hole saws: 3/4, 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-3/8, 1-1/2, 1-3/4, 2, 2-1/4, 2-1/2, 3, 3-1/4, 3-5/8, 3-3/4, 4-1/4 and 4-1/2. One each of the arbors 1/4 round, 7/16-1/2-20 hex and 7/16-5/8-18 hex and one 12" extension.

Maintenance Nine of the most popular sizes used in plumbing and electrical jobs. One each of the hole saws : 3/4, 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-3/8, 1-1/2, 1-3/4, 2, 2-1/4, and 2-1/2. One each of the arbors 1/4 round, 7/16 Hex 1/2-20 and 7/16 Hex 5/8-18, one pilot drill and one 12" extension, in a plastic case.

Hole Saw Arbors P28 No.

Description

Thread

Fits Hole Saws

55144

Hole Saw Arbor - 7/16 Hex

5/8-18

1-1/4" to 6"

55746

Hole Saw Arbor - 1/4 Round

1/2-20

9/16" to 1-3/16"

55143

Hole Saw Arbor - 3/8 Hex

5/8-18

1-1/4" to 6"

55764

Pilot Drill - 4-5/16 x 1/4

Arbor #55144, 55764

55765

Pilot Drill - 3-1/16 x 1/4

Arbor # 55143

6 Piece Hole Saw Kit

No. 96100

Arbor Adaptor No. 55774 Threaded adaptor allows arbors with 1/2-20 thread to use saws with 5/8-18 thread. Use with 1-1/4 through 1-1/2 hole saws.

55144

55746

Mechanics Five of the most popular sizes used in construction, industrial and automotive jobs. One each of hole saws : 7/8, 1, 1-1/8, 1-1/4, 1-1/2. One 3/8-hex arbor.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

8 Piece Hole Saw Kit

Pilot Drill No. 55764 The hole saw arbors are supplied with 1/4 HSS-drills.

No. 95103 Electricians Six of the most popular sizes used in electrical work. One each of the hole saws : 7/8, 1-1/8, 1-3/8, 1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2. One each of the arbors LSS-2 and LSS-4.

P-45


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hole Saws

Hole Saw Recommended RPM Cutting Speeds

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-46

Note: When sawing ferrous metals, always use a cutting fluid to insure smooth operations and prolong saw life. (Do not use cutting fluids with cast iron.)

Tool & Mild

Size (Inches) Aluminum Brass

Cast

Stainless

Steel

Iron

Steel

9/16

900

790

580

400

300

5/8

825

730

550

365

275

11/16

750

665

500

330

250

3/4

690

600

460

300

230

13/16

635

560

425

280

210

7/8

585

520

390

260

195

15/16

555

495

370

245

185

1

525

470

350

235

175

1-1/16

480

435

325

215

160

1-1/8

450

400

300

200

150

1-3/16

425

380

285

190

145

1-1/4

410

360

275

180

140

1-5/16

390

345

260

175

135

1-3/8

375

330

250

165

125

1-7/16

360

315

240

160

120

1-1/2

345

300

230

150

115

1-9/16

330

290

220

145

110

1-5/8

315

280

210

140

105

1-11/16

305

270

205

135

100

1-3/4

295

260

195

130

95

1-13/16

285

250

190

125

95 90

1-7/8

270

240

180

120

2

255

230

170

115

85

2-1/16

245

220

165

110

80

2-1/8

240

210

160

105

80

2-1/4

225

200

150

100

75

2-5/16

225

195

145

100

75

2-3/8

220

190

140

95

70

2-1/2

205

180

135

90

65

2-9/16

200

175

130

85

65

2-5/8

195

170

130

85

65

2-3/4

185

160

125

80

60

2-7/8

180

160

120

80

60

3

170

150

115

75

55

3-1/8

165

140

110

70

55

3-1/4

155

140

105

70

50

3-3/8

150

130

100

65

50

3-1/2

145

130

95

65

45

3-5/8

140

120

95

60

45

3-3/4

135

120

90

60

45

3-7/8

135

120

90

60

45

4

130

110

85

55

40

4-1/8

120

110

80

55

40

4-1/4

120

110

80

55

40

4-3/8

120

100

80

50

40

4-1/2

105

100

75

50

35


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hacksaw

Hi-Alloy Hacksaw Blades P11 Hi-ALLOY: The only blade that will cut ANYTHING that can be cut! The Hi-Alloy hand hacksaw Length Width Teeth No. blade is the ideal combination 32/26 1/2 12 53038 of high, red heat hardness Hi-Alloy Varied Pitch Tooth on the cutting edge, joined to a tough, alloy steel 18/14 1/2 12 53034 back with great strength and 24/20 1/2 12 53036 stretch resistance. This combination, made possible by SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF 10 (TEN) ONLY electron beam welding, gives performance never before attainable in any hand hacksaw blade. It’s bi-metal design creates a shatter resistant blade with the ability to cut faster and longer because it stays sharper. The best blade possible for cutting all materials, including stainless steel hardened alloys or ANYTHING that can be cut. Manufactured in standard tooth forms and varied pitch.

C U T T I N High Tension Hand Hacksaw Frame T06 G No. 83351 • Self adjusting tension, generates up to 32,000 psi. • Rugged die-cast aluminum frame with chromeplated steel tube. Tube stores up to 10 extra blades. • Adjusts to 4 different cutting positions • Flush • Sideways • 45° Angle • Jab saw - reposition blade using set screw to hold in position. • Designed for 12" blades.

T O O L S

P-47


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Reciprocating Saw Blades P11

Bi-Metal Reciprocating Saw Blades

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Reciprocating Saw Blades are designed to fit all popular machines that take 1/2" shank. Bi-metal blades consist of a high speed cutting edge welded to a flexible alloy steel back. Faster cutting with sharper, harder teeth and extra strength shank. Bi-metal blades reduce breakage and last longer than conventional carbon and all high speed blades. Recommended for cutting steel, stainless steel, nail-embedded wood, hardwood flooring, reinforcing bar, cast iron and pipe.

Plaster with metal lathe, plaster board, sheet rock, plaster walls. Tooth design cuts both forward and on back stroke. No. 53146 6 x 3/4 x .035 6 tpi

Wood, nail-embedded wood, compositions plastic, cast aluminum, light gauge metals. No. 53136 6 x 3/4 x.035 10 tpi

Fast cutting in all woods or nail-embedded wood. General roughing-in work. No. No. No. No. No.

53132 6 x 3/8 x .050 5/8 tpi 53134 6 x 3/4 x .050 6 tpi 53152 9 x 3/4 x .050 6 tpi 53114 12 x 3/4 x .050 6 tpi 53116 x 3/4 x .050 10/14 tpi

Metal 18 gauge and under. Trim and tubing. Galvanized pipe under 18 gauge. No. 53128 4 x 3/4 x .035 24 tpi No. 53144 6 x 3/4 x .035 24 tpi Heavy gauge metals of 18 gauge to 1/8" thick conduit, pipe, channels and tubing. No. 53126 4 x 3/4 x .035 18 tpi No. 53142 6 x 3/4 x .035 18 tpi No. 53150 8 x 3/4 x .035 18 tpi No. 53118 12 x 3/4 x .035 18 tpi Heavy gauge metals 1/8" thick and above. Barstock and angles. No. 53124 4 x 3/4 x .035 14 tpi No. 53140 6 x 3/4 x .035 14 tpi

All woods, plastic, cast aluminum, nail-embedded wood, soil pipe. No. 53122 4 x 3/4 x .035 10/14 tpi No. 53138 6 x 3/4 x .050 10/14 tpi No. 53148 8 x 3/4 x .050 10/14 tpi

Cutting irregular curves, metal under 1/8 thick, scroll cuts in wood and cast aluminum. Light gauge non-ferrous metals. No. 53094 3 x 1/4 x .035 18 tpi No. 53120 3 x 5/16 x .032 24 tpi

ALL SOLD IN PACKAGES OF FIVE (5). P-48


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hacksaw/Reciprocating Saw Blades P11

Bi-Metal Sabre/Jig Saw Blades Sabre/Jig Saw Blades cut faster, cut straight, and last many times longer than high speed blades. Bi-metal construction consists of extra sharp teeth milled in high speed steel welded to alloy back for longer life, and fewer changes. Tough sharp shatterproof bi-metal blades recommended for cutting steel, nail-embedded wood, masonite, conduit composition material and laminated counter tops.

1/4" Universal Shank

Bosch Shank

Wood, fiber board, asbestos, coarse-cut. No. 53096 3-5/8 x 3/8 x .035 6 tpi

Steel and non-ferrous metal 1/8 thick and up. No. 53070 3 x 3/8 x .035 14 tpi

Wood, plywood, hard-board, smooth finish of wood, plastic. No. 53098 3-5/8 x 3/8 x .035 10 tpi

Metals over 18 gauge, tubing, conduit. No. 53072 3 x 3/8 x .035 18 tpi

C U T T I N G

Wood, metal. No. 53100 3-5/8 x 3/16 x .035 12 tpi Thin metals, plastic - fine cuts under 18 gauge. No. 53074 3 x 3/8 x .035 24 tpi Mild steel, non-ferrous metals, fiberglass, hard rubber, nail-embedded wood. No. 53102 3-5/8 x 3/8 x .035 14 tpi

Metal 18 gauge and under. No. 53090 2-3/4 x 3/8 x .035 18 tpi

T O O L S

Metal and non-ferrous metal up to 1/8". No. 53092 2-3/4 x 3/8 x 035 24 tpi

ALL SOLD IN PACKAGES OF FIVE (5). P-49


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hacksaw/Reciprocating Saw Blades Z02

Bi-Metal Reciprocating Saw Blade Assortments Contractor General Use 96203 6 Item 42 pc

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-50

6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

18 TPI 14 TPI 10/14 TPI 10 TPI 5/8 TPI 6 TPI

Contractor Heavy Duty 96204 5 Item 30 pc 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

18 TPI 14 TPI 10 TPI 5/8 TPI 6 TPI

Contractor Heavy Duty 96205 5 Item 27 pc 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"

5/8 TPI 14 TPI 10 TPI McRipper 6 TPI 10 TPI McRipper


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Reciprocating Saw Blades

Bi-Metal Reciprocating Saw Blade Assortment Z02 No. 96202 13 Items • 65 Pieces Cutting irregular curves, metal 3"x1/4"x.035 under 1/8", scroll cuts in wood and cast 18 tpi aluminum. Lt ga. 53094 non-ferrous metals.

Fast cutting all woods or nail-embedded wood. General roughing in.

12" x 3/4" x .050 6 tpi 53114

All woods, plastic, cast aluminum, nail-embedded wood, soil pipe.

8" x 3/4" x .050 10/14 tpi 53148

Heavy gauge metals 1/8" and above. Barstock and angles.

6" x 3/4" x .035 14 tpi 53140

Heavy gauge metals 18 ga. to 1/8" thick conduit, pipe, channels and tubing.

6" x 3/4" x .035 18 tpi 53142

Wood, nail-embedded wood, compositions plastic, cast aluminum, light gauge metals.

6" x 3/4" x .035 10 tpi 53136

All woods, plastic, cast aluminum, nail-embedded wood, soil pipe.

6" x 3/4" x .050 10/14 tpi 53138

Fast cutting all woods or nail-embedded wood. General roughing in.

6" x 3/4" x .050 14 tpi 53134

Plaster with metal lathe, plaster board, sheet rock, plaster walls. Tooth design cuts both forward and on back stroke.

6" x 3/4" x .035 6 tpi 53146

Heavy gauge metals 1/8" and above. Barstock and angles.

4" x 3/4" x .035 14 tpi 53124

4"x3/4"x.035 18 tpi 53126

4" x 3/4" x .035 24 tpi 53128

Metal 18 ga. and under. Trim & tubing. Galv. pipe under 18 ga.

Hvy 18 ga. to 1/8" conduit, pipe, channels & tubing

Metal 18 ga and under. Trim & tubing. Galv. pipe under 18 ga.

6" x 3/4" x .035 24 tpi 53144

3 Blade Utility Knife No. 83358 T06

• • • • •

Serrated screwdriver blade Clip point blade One locking blade 3-3/4 closed All stainless steel

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-51


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hacksaw/Recipricating Saw Blades P11

Bi-Metal Air Saw Blades

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-52

• Specially designed for use in pneumatic saws. • Very popular within autobody/ muffler shops or other metal fabrication shops. • Fine teeth for cutting metal.

No.

Size

53470

3 x 14 TPI

53472

3 x 18 TPI

53474

3 x 24 TPI

53476

3 x 32 TPI

53478

4 x 14 TPI

53480

4 x 18 TPI

53482

4 x 24 TPI

53484

4 x 32 TPI

ALL SOLD IN PACKAGE QUANTITIES OF FIVE (5).

McRipper® Demolition Blades • General demolition work. • Cuts all woods, nail embedded wood, walls, metal studs, wallboard, plaster, lath. • Extra wide, extra thick blades for stability and control when cutting through structure like walls and roofs. No.

Size

Teeth per in.

53250

6 x 7/8 x .062

6

53252

6 x 7/8 x .062

10

53254

9 x 7/8 x .062

6

53256

9 x 7/8 x .062

10

53258

12 x 7/8 x .062

6

53260

12 x 7/8 x .062

10

ALL SOLD IN PACKAGE QUANTITIES OF THREE (3).


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Saw Blades P11

Portable Band Saw Blades No. 53210 • 10/14 tpi • Blade dimensions: 44-7/8 x 1/2 x .020 • Matrix II cutting edge combines the best metallurgical properties resulting in an excellent shock resistant blade. • Contains 8% cobalt for improved frictional heat resistance prolonging blade life. • Recommended for applications such as cutting structural steel, pipe, tubing and other metals in a wide range of ferrous and nonferrous materials. • Fits most machines including: Black & Decker, Milwaukee, Ridgid, Porter-Cable, Skil, Ensley and Greenlee machines.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-53


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hacksaw/Reciprocating Saw Blades

Heavy Duty Retractable 8 Point Breakaway Knife T06

C U T T I N G T O O L S

• Unique internal blade storage. • Strong steel shank molded into durable plastic handle. • Blade lock and "snap cap" included. No. 83349 • Accepts all standard 8 point blades. • Ideal for cutting cardboard, wood, leather and more. MADE IN U.S.A.

Replacement blade for 8 point retractable knife No. 53050 Pkg Qty = 10 .017 Gauge

Single Edge Razor Blades P11 • • • • •

.009 Gauge. Double honed for extra sharp edge. Strong steel back will not bend. Fits all standard single edge tools. Wrapped in special rust preventive paper.

MADE IN U.S.A.

No. 53052 Pkg Qty = 100

3 Notch Heavy Duty Utility Blade P11 • .025 Gauge. • Fits all standard knives. No. 53054 Pkg. Qty = 5

MADE IN U.S.A.

2.250"

ALL BLADES SOLD IN PACKAGE QUANTITIES ONLY! NO BROKEN PACKAGES!

P-54


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rotary Burs/Mounted Points

Solid Carbide Burs Double Cut • 1 /4 Shank FEATURES/BENEFITS • • • • •

Higher cutting capacity than standard cuts. Smoother finish for surface treatments. Lower axial force than standard cuts. Non-clogging. Smaller chips, reduced slivers.

MATERIALS/APPLICATIONS • For hardened and tough materials, super alloys and stainless steel, alloyed cast steel and fiber reinforced plastics. • Edge and surface working. • Working on castings, also with robots. • Built up welds of high-tensile strength in mold and die-making.

Centrally Fluted All teeth run centrally to the middle of the bur. This configuration gives smoother operation and good cutting action.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-55


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Hi-Alloy Rotary Burs Gen’l Info

Surface Feet Conversion Chart Surface Feet Per Minute (SFM) to Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) Cutter Diameter

C U T T I N G T O O L S

SFM

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1

10

305

153

102

76

61

51

44

38

15

458

229

153

115

92

76

65

57

20

611

305

204

153

122

102

87

76

25

763

382

254

191

153

127

109

95

30

916

458

305

229

183

153

131

115

35

1,069

534

356

267

214

178

153

134

40

1,221

611

407

305

244

204

174

153

45

1,374

687

458

344

275

229

196

172

50

1,527

763

509

382

305

254

218

191

60

1,832

916

611

458

366

305

262

229

70

2,137

1,069

712

534

427

356

305

267

80

2,443

1,221

814

611

489

407

349

305

90

2,748

1,374

916

687

550

458

393

344

100

3,053

1,527

1,018

763

611

509

436

382

150

4,580

2,290

1,527

1,145

916

763

654

573

200

6,107

3,053

2,036

1,527

1,221

1,018

872

763

250

7,634

3,817

2,545

1,908

1,527

1,272

1,091

954

300

9,160

4,580

3,053

2,290

1,832

1,527

1,309

1,145

350

10,687

5,344

3,562

2,672

2,137

1,781

1,527

1,336

400

12,214

6,107

4,071

3,053

2,443

2,036

1,745

1,527

450

13,740

6,870

4,580

3,435

2,748

2,290

1,963

1,718

500

15,267

7,634

5,089

3,817

3,053

2,545

2,181

1,908

600

18,321

9,160

6,107

4,580

3,664

3,053

2,617

2,290

700

21,374

10,687

7,125

5,344

4,275

3,562

3,053

2,672

800

24,427

12,214

8,142

6,107

4,885

4,071

3,490

3,053

900

27,481

13,740

9,160

6,870

5,496

4,580

3,926

3,453

1000 30,534

15,267

10,178

7,634

6,107

5,089

4,362

3,817

1100

33,588

16,794

11,196

8,397

6,718

5,598

4,798

4,198

1200

36,641

18,321

12,214

9,160

7,328

6,107

5,234

4,580

1300 39,695

19,847

13,232

9,924

7,939

6,616

5,671

4,962

42,748

21,374

14,249

10,687

8,550

7,125

6,107

5,344

1400

1500 45,802

22,901

15,267

11,450

9,160

7,634

6,543

5,725

1600 48,855

24,427

16,285

12,214

9,771

8,142

6,979

6,107

51,908

25,954

17,303

12,977

10,382

8,651

7,415

6,489

1800 54,962

27,481

18,321

13,740

10,992

9,160

7,852

6,870

58,015

29,008

19,338

14,504

11,603

9,669

8,288

7,252

2000 61,069

30,534

20,356

15,267

12,214

10,178

8,724

7,634

1700 1900

P-56

Formulas SFM = RPM X Diameter X .262 RPM = (SFM x 3.82) + Diameter


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rotary Burs/Mounted Points P29

Cylinder Shape

Tree - Radius End

Tool Cutter Length Tool

of Cut

56022 SA-1

1/4

1/4

56024 SA-3

3/8

56026 SA-5 56028 SA-6

No.

No.

Tool Cutter Length Tool

of Cut

56042 SF-1

1/4

5/8

3/4

56044 SF-3

3/8

3/4

1/2

1

56046 SF-5

1/2

1

5/8

1

No.

No.

Cylinder - Rad. End 14째 Taper - Radius

Tool Cutter Length

Tool Cutter Length

No.

No.

Tool

of Cut

Tool

of Cut

56084 SC-1

1/4

5/8

56062 SL-1

1/4

5/8

56086 SC-3

3/8

3/4

56064 SL-3

3/8

1

56088 SC-5

1/2

1

56066 SL-4

1/2

1-3/16

56090 SC-6

5/8

1

56068 SL-5

5/8

1-1/4

No.

No.

Tree - Pointed End Oval Shape

Tool Cutter Length

Tool Cutter Length

No.

No.

Tool

of Cut

Tool

of Cut

56122 SG-1

1/4

5/8

56102 SE-1

1/4

3/8

56124 SG-3

3/8

3/4

56104 SE-3

3/8

5/8

56126 SG-13

1/2

3/4

56106 SE-5

1/2

7/8

56128 SG-5

1/2

1

No.

No.

Cone Shape

Ball Shape

Tool Cutter Length Incl'd No.

No.

Tool

of Cut Angle

C U T T I N G T O O L S

Tool Cutter Length No.

No.

Tool

of Cut

56144 SM-3

1/4

1

100째

56741 SD-1

1/4

7/32

56154 SM-4

3/8

5/8

28째

56176 SD-2

5/16

1/4

56156 SM-5

1/2

7/8

28째

56178 SD-3

3/8

5/16

56180 SD-5

1/2

7/16 P-57


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rotary Burs/Mounted Points P29

Cylinder - Aluminum Tool

Tool

of Cut

56194 SA-1NF

1/4

5/8

56196 SA-3NF

3/8

3/4

56198 SA-5NF

1/2

1

No.

C U T T I N G

No.

Tree-Radius/Aluminum Tool

P-58

Cutter Length Tool

of Cut

56234 SF-3NF

3/8

3/4

56236 SF-5NF

1/2

1

56238 SF-6NF

5/8

1

No.

No.

Cylinder-Rad/Aluminum Tool

T O O L S

Cutter Length

Cutter Length Tool

of Cut

56214 SC-3NF

3/8

3/4

56216 SC-5NF

1/2

1

No.

No.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Bur Assortments

Top 8 Rotary Burs Assortment Z02 No. 96004(With Index Only) No. 96005(With Index & Die Grinder)

82034 (empty Index)

5602

56024

56026

56062

21/4 x 1/4 Cylinder Bur

3/8 x 3/4 Cylinder Bur

1/2 x 1 Cylinder Bur

1/4 x 5/8 14째 Taper Radius

56086

56088

56042

56044

3/8 x 3/4 Cylinder Rad.

1/2 x 1 Cylinder Rad.

1/4 x 5/8 Tree Radius

3/8 x 3/4 Tree Radius

1/4 Air Die Grinder No. 99500

Speed (RPM)

22,000

Air Pressure (PSI) 90

Collet Size

1/4

Air Consumption

6

Air Inlet (NPT) 1/4

Length

6-5/8

Hose Size (ID) 3/8

Weight (Lbs)

1-1/4

This rugged, lightweight grinder is designed for tough, tight quarter jobs that require fast metal removal. Very maneuverable and perfect for those hard-to-reach areas. Applications include: die contouring and repair, weld cleaning, casting and forging cleanup, deburring, blending and smoothing. Teasing throttle lever permits adjustable speed control. Features rear exhaust. 1/4 capacity collet with two collet wrenches included.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-59


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments

Burs for Aluminum Assortment Z02 No. 96007 (With Index Only)

No. 96006 (With Index & Die Grinder)

C U T T I N G

82034 (empty Index)

T O O L S

P-60

56941

56196

56198

1/4 x 3/4 Alum. Cylinder

3/8 x 3/4 Alum. Cylinder

1/2 x 1 Alum. Cylinder

56214

56216

56236

3/8 x 3/4 Alum. Cyl. Rad

1/2 x 1 Alum. Cyl. Rad

1/2 x 1 Alum. Tree Radius

1/4 Air Die Grinder No. 99500

Speed (RPM)

22,000

Air Pressure (PSI) 90

Collet Size

1/4

Air Consumption

6

Air Inlet (NPT) 1/4

Length

6-5/8

Hose Size (ID) 3/8

Weight (Lbs)

1-1/4

This rugged, lightweight grinder is designed for tough, tight quarter jobs that require fast metal removal. Very maneuverable and perfect for those hard-to-reach areas. Applications include: die contouring and repair, weld cleaning, casting and forging cleanup, deburring, blending and smoothing. Teasing throttle lever permits adjustable speed control. Features rear exhaust. 1/4 capacity collet with two collet wrenches included.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rotary Burs/Mounted Points P29

Mounted Points Aluminum Oxide • Vitrified Bonded These mounted points are very versatile with a holding edge and stable form. They are ideal for use on carbon and heat treated steel and cast steels. They are typically used in structured steel fabrications and die making foundries. All sizes feature a 1/4" shank. No.

Shape

Type Dia x Length

RPM*

Grain Size

56256

A1

3/4 x 2-1/2

17000

30

56258

A2

1 x 1-1/4

28000

30

56260

A3

1 x 2-3/4

13000

30

56262

A4

1-1/4 x 1-1/4

20000

30

56264

A11

7/8 x 2

19000

30

56266

A13

11/16 x 1-1/4

34000

30

56268

A12

1-1/8 x 1-1/8

20000

30

56272

A15

1/4 x 1-1/16

81000

60

56274

A21

1x1

34000

30

56276

A24

1/4 x 3/4

93000

60

56278

A25

1x1

34000

30

56280

A26

5/8 x 5/8

53000

30

56282

A32

1 x 5/8

34000

30

56284

A34

1-1/2 x 3/8

22000

30

56286

A37

1-1/4 x 1/4

26000

60

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-61


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rotary Burs/Mounted Points P29

Mounted Points Aluminum Oxide • Vitrified Bonded

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-62

These mounted points are very versatile with a holding edge and stable form. They are ideal for use on carbon and heat treated steel and cast steels. They are typically used in structured steel fabrications and die making foundries. All sizes feature a 1/4" shank. No.

Type

Dia. x Length

RPM*

Grain Size

56288 W188

1/2 x 1-1/2

40000

46

56290 W195

5/8 x 3/4

53000

30

56292 W203

3/4 x 1/2

43000

30

56294 W207

3/4 x 1-1/2

N/A

30

56296 W215

1 x 1/8

34000

60

56298 W220

1x1

34000

30

56300 W222

1x2

N/A

30

56302 W231

1-1/4 x 2

N/A

30

56304 W242

2x1

17000

30

Dressing Stone No. 56404 For profiling and dressing of Mounted Points and other style points. It has a rubber back to prevent slipping.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Files All Purpose

The built-in handle provides maximum Bastard Cut Size versatility for a wide range of applications. 55300 8 in/200 mm All-Purpose Files feature a double cut on one side, a single cut on the other side, have one 55302 10 in/250 mm edge cut and one edge safe (uncut) for shoulder filing, and are parallel in width and thickness.

Flat Files

Excellent for "hogging" or rapid stock removal; Flat Files are double cut on both sides, single cut on the edges and taper toward the point in width.

Size

Bastard Cut Smooth Cut

4 in/100mm

55090

55110

6 in/150 mm

55092

55112

8 in/200 mm

55094

55114

10 in/250 mm

55096

55116

12 in/300 mm

55098

55118

14 in/350 mm

55100

55120

Half-Round Files

Great for rounding out holes, corners and crevices. HalfRound Files are double cut on both sides and taper toward the point in width and thickness. Files feature a "twist & roll" action on the half-round side produced by a spiral-cut design and have the "Wavy Tooth" design on the flat side.

Size

Bastard Cut Smooth Cut

4 in/100mm

55170

55190

6 in/150 mm

55172

55192

8 in/200 mm

55174

55194

10 in/250 mm

55176

55196

12 in/300 mm

55178

55198

14 in/350 mm

55180

55200

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-63


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Files Continued Mill Files

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-64

Excellent for a wide range of applications such as sharpening, draw filing, lathe work and general shop use; Mill Files are single cut on the sides and edges and toward the point in width.

Mill Files- Second Cut

Second Cut Files have two round cut edges and are parallel in width and thickness. Second Cut Files are available in bastard cut only.

Bastard

Smooth

Second

Size

Cut

Cut

Cut

4 in/100 mm

55070

55030

55050

6 in/150 mm

55072

55032

55052

8 in/200 mm

55074

55034

55054

10 in/250 mm

55076

55036

55056

12 in/300 mm

55078

55038

55058

14 in/350 mm

55080

55040

55060

Multi-Kut Flat Files

Obtain almost any required finish simply by changing the feed pressure. "Multi-Kut" Flat Files are single cut coarse tooth files that taper toward the point in width. Design features allow for fast stock removal while leaving a smooth finish. Combines the performances of flat and mill files.

Size

Bastard Cut

8 in/200 mm

55280

10 in/250 mm

55282


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Files Continued Round Files

Intended for enlarging and rounding out circular openings or concave surfaces; Round Files are double cut and taper toward the point in width and thickness.

Bastard Cut Smooth Cut

Size 4 in/100 mm

55130

55150

6 in/150 mm

55132

55152

8 in/200 mm

55134

55154

10 in/250 mm

55136

55156

12 in/300 mm

55138

55158

14 in/350 mm

55140

55160

Tapered Saw Files

Designed for filing all types of saws with 60째 angle teeth. Taper Saw Files are triangular in shape, have cut edges and taper toward the point in width and thickness.

Size

No.

Type

4 in/100 mm

55210

Slim

6 in/150 mm

55218

Regular

6 in/150 mm

55212

Slim

6 in/150 mm

55216

Extra Slim

8 in/200 mm

55214

Slim

3-Square Files

Excellent for cleaning out corners or for use on cutters, taps, and flat surfaces. Three Square Files are double cut and taper toward the point in width and thickness.

Size

Bastard Cut

4 in/100 mm

55230

6 in/150 mm

55232

8 in/200 mm

55234

10 in/250 mm

55236

12 in/300 mm

55238

14 in/350 mm

55240

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-65


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files

5 Pc. 8" General Purpose File Set Z02 No. 96314 Description

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-66

Round File - Bastard Cut Square File - Bastard Cut Half-Round File - Bastard Cut Mill File - Bastard Cut Flat File - Multi-Kut

A handy assortment of commonly used handled files packaged in a convenient cloth roll pouch. Covers a vast array of uses around the shop or home. Great for maintenance and repair operations.

3-in-1 File All Portable Tool P26 No. 55320

A unique and convenient portable tool featuring a selection of three different files - round, mill, square - in a case that becomes the handle when in use.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Tungsten 6 - Point File

Used for cleaning contact points in magnetos, switches, electric bells and distributor points and spark plugs in engines. Tungsten Point also available with a handy pocket clip.

Size

No.

5 in.

55250

Chainsaw Files

Used for sharpening and maintaining proper tooth shape on chain saws. Round Chain Saw Files have a fast, smooth cutting action that leaves an excellent "keen" edge cutting finish.

Size

No.

1/4 x 8

55262

3/16 x 8

55260

7/32 x 8

55264

Skroo-Zon速 File Handles

Handle

Size

No.

The best name in file handles, SkrooZon速 wooden file handles have a threaded insert for "easy on, easy off." Reusable and long lasting. Be safe and reduce the risk of injury. use a SkrooZon速 file handle.

T2

4 in. Files

55340

T4

6 in. Files

55342

T5

8 in. Files

55344

T6

10 in. Files

55346

T7

12 in. Files

55348

T8

14 in. Files

55350

File Brush No. 55352 Used to clean files. Files last longer when properly cleaned. Excess buildup can cause clogging, resulting in slipping, scratching, or other filing inefficiencies.

C U T T I N G T O O L S

P-67


SpeedThreader The Innovative Solution to Cutting and Repairing Threads Applications:

Features:

• Designed for professionals who need to • Single piece high speed die, permanently get the job done quickly and correctly integrated into the die handle • Ideal for mechanics, maintenance and • No more time wasted hunting repair, plumbing, fasteners specialists, for the right die equipment and vehicle repair • “Easy-grip” handle is comfortable to use and eliminates slipping • Self-centering guide eliminates cross threading and ensures proper alignment every time • Premium quality high speed steel die cuts new threads and repairs damaged threads • Ranges from #6 machine screw through 1/2” with metric sizes also available • Available in five and seven piece sets • Each SpeedThreader can thread up to 13 linear feet of rod MACHINE SCREW SIZES No. Size Qty 52843 6-32 NC 1 52844 8-32 NC 1 52845 10-24 NC 1 52846 10-32 NF 1 52847 12-24 NC 1 52858 1/8-27 NC 1

No. 52848 52850 52852 52854 52856 52867

FRACTIONAL SIZES No. Size Qty Size Qty 52849 1/4-28 NF 1 1/4-20 NC 1 52851 5/16-24 NF 1 5/16-18 NC 1 52853 3/8-24 NF 1 3/8-16 NC 1 52855 7/16-20 NF 1 7/16-14 NC 1 52857 1/2-20 NF 1 1/2-13 NC 1 52868 5-PC NF SET 1 5-PC NC SET 1

Self-Centering Guide No more crossed threads! 1. Self-centering guide ensures proper alignment. 2. Simply insert rod or damaged bolt into guide 3. Turn clockwise to begin threading.

060107

P-68

CUTTING TOOLS

Taps and Dies


Metric Taps and Dies

The Innovative Solution to Cutting and Repairing Threads Applications:

Features:

52864 52865

Self-Centering Guide

060107

No more crossed threads! 1. Self-centering guide ensures proper alignment. 2. Simply insert rod or damaged bolt into guide 3. Turn clockwise to begin threading.

M10 x 1.5 M12 x 1.75

1 1

P-69

• Designed for professionals who need to • Single piece high speed die, permanently get the job done quickly and correctly integrated into the die handle • Ideal for mechanics, maintenance and • No more time wasted hunting repair, plumbing, fasteners specialists, for the right die equipment and vehicle repair • “Easy-grip” handle is comfortable to use and eliminates slipping • Self-centering guide eliminates cross threading and ensures proper No. Size Qty alignment every time 52859 M3 x .5 1 • Premium quality high speed steel 52860 M4 x .7 1 die cuts new threads and repairs damaged threads 52861 M5 x .8 1 • Ranges from M3 to M12 metric sizes with fractional sizes also available 52862 M6 x 1 1 • Each SpeedThreader can thread up to 13 linear feet of rod 52863 M8 x 1.25 1

CUTTING TOOLS

Metric SpeedThreader


Tungsten Carbide Grit Hole Saws Super Shock Resistance Features:

Applications:

• Super resistance to heat, wear and abrasion with shock resistant back • Tungsten carbide grains are bonded to alloy backs with a gulleted, snag resistant edge • 1-1/2” cutting depth

• The long-lasting choice for cutting holes in materials too hard or abrasive for standard bi-metal saws, or so thin they would strip bi-metal or chip carbide teeth • Ideal for cutting ceramics, fiberglass, hardwoods, cast iron, composites, etc.

No. 56305 56306 56307 56308 56309 56310 56311 56312 56313 56314 56315 56316 56317 56318 56319 56320 96463

56355 56356 55766 55768 56358 56357

Pipe Pipe No. Size Size Entrance No. Size Entrance 56337 3-1/4 56321 1-3/4 1-1/4 3/4 3/8 56338 3-3/8 56322 1-13/16 – 13/16 – 56339 3-1/2 56323 1-7/8 – 7/8 1/2 56340 3-5/8 56324 2" 1-1/2 15/16 – 56341 3-3/4 56325 2-1/16 – 1" – 56342 3-7/8 56326 2-1/8 – 1-1/16 – 56343 4" 56327 2-1/4 – 1-1/8 3/4 56344 4-1/8 56328 2-5/16 – 1-3/16 – 56345 4-1/4 56329 2-3/8 – 1-1/4 – 56346 4-3/8 56330 2-1/2 2" 1-5/16 – 56347 4-1/2 56331 2-9/16 – 1-3/8 1" 56348 4-3/4 56332 2-5/8 – 1-7/16 – 56349 5" 56333 2-3/4 – 1-1/2 – 56350 5-1/2 56334 2-7/8 – 1-9/16 – 56351 5-3/4 56335 3" 2-1/2 1-5/8 – 56352 6" 56336 3-1/8 – 1-11/16 – 13-Piece Carbide Grit Hole Saw Assortment Kit Includes popular sizes for plumbing, electrical and industrial maintenance jobs. Saws (1 each): 3/4", 7/8", 1-1/8", 1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2" Arbors (1 each): M24K, M44, M45P and 12" Extension (1)

Pipe Entrance – – – 3" – – – 3-1/2 – – 4" – – – – –

Arbor - 3/8" x 1/2-20 Hex Shank (Fits Saws 3/4" to 1-3/16") Arbor - 7/16" x 5/8-18 Hex Shank (Fits Saws 1-1/4" to 6") Pilot Drill - HSS Standard - 1/4" x 4" (Fits 7/16" Arbor) Pilot Drill - HSS Short - 1/4" x 3-1/4" (Fits 3/8" Arbor) Pilot Drill - Carbide Standard - 1/4" x 4" (Fits 7/16" Arbor) Pilot Drill - Carbide Short - 1/4" x 3-1/4" (Fits 3/8" Arbor)

Numbers in Bold Italic are non-stock items. Allow up to 2 weeks for delivery.

100507

P-70

CUTTING TOOLS

Hole Saws


Drills

Single Flute 82 Degree HSS Features:

Applications:

• Designed for machine use and light, portable work • Single flute construction and low controlled relief provide chatterless operation • Best results obtained using high speeds and low feeds

• The single flute styles are designed for machine and light portable work and work at higher speeds and lower feeds. Other applications include chamfering, deburring, and hole enlarging.

010108

Body Dia. 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1"

Shank 3/16" 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2"

Length 1-7/16" 1-21/32" 1-27/32" 2-3/32" 2-13/32" 2-13/16"

Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1

P-71

No. 53532 53534 53536 53538 53540 53542

CUTTING TOOLS

Countersink Drills


Stubby Drill Bits Nitro-Carb Super Premium, 135o Split Point Features:

Applications:

• Special Hi-Molybdenum tool steel • Gold surface treated body and clearance for maximum lubricity • Heavy-duty construction, 135o split point, no center punch needed – will not walk

• Recommended for work hardening grades of stainless steel and other hard metal drilling applications

P-72

No. 50960 50961 50962 50963 50964 50965 50966 50967 50968 50969 50970 50971 50972 50973 50974 95942

Diameter Inches

Overall Length

Flute Length

1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64 9/32

1-5/8 1-11/16 1-3/4 1-13/16 1-7/8 1-15/16 2-1/16 2-1/8 2-3/16 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-7/16 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-11/16

5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-7/16 1-1/2

No. 50975 50976 50977 50978 50979 50980 50981 50982 50983 50984 50986 50987 50988 50989

Diameter Inches

Overall Length

Flute Length

19/64 5/16 21/64 11/32 23/64 3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64 7/16 29/64 15/32 31/64 1/2

2-3/4 2-13/16 2-15/16 3 3-1/16 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-5/16 3-3/8 3-7/16 3-9/16 3-5/8 3-11/16 3-3/4

1-9/16 1-5/8 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-3/4 1-13/16 1-7/8 1-15/16 2 2-1/16 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-3/16 2-1/4

29-Piece Stubby Drill Index Includes Sizes 1/16" to 1/2" by 64ths

010108

CUTTING TOOLS

Drills


Drills

Cutting Tools for Top Performance Features:

Applications:

• 118o Standard Point - Standard Length • The cutting edge hardness of carbide ranges from 77 to 81 HRC • Thermally stable and offers high resistance to abrasive wear • Carbide is brittle, however, and rough handling, misuse, or misalignment can lead to broken tools and/or poor tool life • Rigid setups and accurate spindles are necessary for peak performance

• For drilling highly alloyed ferrous metals and for hardened or work-hardened metals. Not recommended for non-ferrous metals.

010108

Overall Length 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-3/4 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4-3/4 4-3/4

Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

P-73

No. Fractional Dia. Flute Length 51444 1/8 1-1/4 51445 5/32 1-3/8 51446 3/16 1-5/8 51447 7/32 1-3/4 51448 1/4 2 51449 9/32 2-1/8 51450 5/16 2-3/8 51451 11/32 2-1/2 51452 3/8 2-3/4 51453 13/32 2-7/8 51454 7/16 2-7/8 51455 15/32 3 51456 1/2 3 95943 4-PC Starter Index

CUTTING TOOLS

Solid Carbide Drills


CUTTING TOOLS

Taps & Dies Master Tap & Die Set in Mahogany Wood Box Standard in Wood Box 4-40 to 3/4 Features: • High speed steel taps and carbon steel dies are hardened and tempered to form quality, accurate internal and external threads in metals and other materials. • Tight tolerances assure perfect threads every time.

Applications:

Description

No.

Description

No.

Description

504000

Hex Die Handle up to 1-7/8

51610

4-40 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51720

12-24 HSS Plug Tap

51788

1/2-13 HSS Bottom Tap

51902

1/4-20 HSS Plug Tap

51792

51612

9/16-12 HSS Bottom Tap

6-32 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51906

5/16-18 HSS Plug Tap

51800

51614

5/8-11 HSS Bottom Tap

8-32 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51910

3/8-16 HSS Plug Tap

51806

3/4-10 HSS Bottom Tap

51616

10-24 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51914

7/16-14 HSS Plug Tap

52790

4-40 x 1 Round Die

51618

10-32 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51918

1/2-13 HSS Plug Tap

52794

6-32 x 1 Round Die

51620

12-24 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51922

9/16-12 HSS Plug Tap

52796

8-32 x 1 Round Die

51622

1/4-20 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51926

5/8-11 HSS Plug Tap

52798

10-24 x 1 Round Die

51626

5/16-18 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51930

3/4-10 HSS Plug Tap

52800

10-32 x 1 Round Die

51630

3/8-16 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51760

4-40 HSS Bottom Tap

52802

12-24 x 1 Round Die

51634

7/16-14 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51762

6-32 HSS Bottom Tap

52804

1/4-20 x 1 Round Die

51638

1/2-13 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51764

8-32 HSS Bottom Tap

52808

5/16-18 x 1 Round Die

51642

9/16-12 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51766

10-24 HSS Bottom Tap

52812

3/8-16 x 1 Round Die

51646

5/8-11 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51768

10-32 HSS Bottom Tap

52816

7/16-14 x 1 Round Die

51654

3/4-10 Taper HSS Starting Tap

51770

12-24 HSS Bottom Tap

52818

1/2-13 x 1 Round Die

51710

4-40 HSS Plug Tap

51772

1/4-20 HSS Bottom Tap

52830

9/16-12 x 1-1/2 Round Die

51712

6-32 HSS Plug Tap

51776

5/16-18 HSS Bottom Tap

52822

5/8-11 x 1-1/2 Round Die

51714

8-32 HSS Plug Tap

51780

3/8-16 HSS Bottom Tap

52826

3/4-10 x 2 Round Die

51716

10-24 HSS Plug Tap

51784

7/16-14 HSS Bottom Tap

83334

1/4-3/4 Tap & Reamer Wrench

51718

10-32 HSS Plug Tap

P-74

No.

96818

Tap & Die Set – Standard in Wood Box

96818T

Tap Subset Standard for 96818 – Taps & Tap Wrenches

96818D

Die Subset Standard for 96818 – Dies & Die Stock

96818B

Wood Box for Standard Tap & Die Set 96818

010108

• Ideal for new and repair tapping and threading operations in equipment, automotive and machinery applications.


Metric Taps & Dies

Metric in Wood Box M3 to M20 Features: • High speed steel taps and carbon steel dies are hardened and tempered to form quality, accurate internal and external threads in metals and other materials. • Tight tolerances assure perfect threads every time.

CUTTING TOOLS

Master Metric Tap & Die Set in Mahogany Wood Box

Applications: • Ideal for new and repair tapping and threading operations in equipment, automotive and machinery applications. Description

No.

Description

No.

Description

53398

M3 x .50 Taper Tap

534270

M14 x 2.0 Plug Tap

53004

M3 x 0.5 Round Die

M16 x 2 Plug Tap

53008

M4 x .7 x 1 Round Die

M18 x 2.5 Plug Tap

530091

M5 x 0.8 Round Die

53400 534010

M4 x .70 Taper Tap

53430

M5 x .80 Taper Tap

534330

53402

M6 x 1.0 Taper Tap

534350

M20 x 2.5 Plug Tap

53010

M6 x 1.0 Round Die

53404

M8 x 1.25 Taper Tap

534360

M3 x .50 Bottom Tap

53016

M8 x 1.25 Round Die

534060

M10 x 1.5 Taper Tap

53436

M4 x .70 Bottom Tap

53017

M10 x 1.5 Round Die

M5 x .80 Bottom Tap

53021

M12 x 1.75 x 1-1/2 Round Die

534080

M12 x 1.75 Taper Tap

534370

534100

M14 x 2.0 Taper Tap

53438

M6 x 1.0 Bottom Tap

530231

M14 x 2.0 Round Die

53412

M16 x 2 Taper Tap

53440

M8 x 1.25 Bottom Tap

53025

M16 x 2.0 x 1-1/2 Round Die

534150

M18 x 2.5 Taper Tap

534410

M10 x 1.5 Bottom Tap

530271

M18 x 2.5 Round Die

M12 x 1.75 Bottom Tap

53031

M20 x 2.5 Round Die

534160

M20 x 2.5 Taper Tap

534430

53418

M4 x .70 Plug Tap

534450

M14 x 2.0 Bottom Tap

83325

M3-0.5 x M4-0.7 Die Stock

534180

M3 x .50 Plug Tap

53448

M16 x 2 Bottom Tap

83326

M7-1.0 x M9-1.25 Die Stock

534190

M5 x .80 Plug Tap

534510

M18 x 2.5 Bottom Tap

83327

M10-1.5 x M11-1.5 Die Stock M12-1.75 x M14-2.0 Die Stock M16-2.0 x M20-2.5 Die Stock

53420

M6 x 1.0 Plug Tap

534530

M20 x 2.5 Bottom Tap

83328

53422

M8 x 1.25 Plug Tap

83331

M1 - 8 Tap Wrench

83329

534230

M10 x 1.5 Plug Tap

83332

M4 - 12 Tap Wrench

83330

M22-2.5 x M24-3 Die Stock

M11 - 27 Tap Wrench

82056

Wooden Tap and Die Case

534250

M12 x 1.75 Plug Tap

83333

96819

Tap & Die Set – Metric in Wood Box

96819T

Tap Subset Metric for 96819 – Taps & Tap Wrenches

96819D

Die Subset Metric for 96819 – Dies & Die Stock

96819B

Wood Box for Metric Tap & Die Set 96819

P-75

No.


Metric Drills & Taps Nitro-Carb Super Premium, Heavy-Duty Features:

Applications:

NITRO-CARB DRILLS • Special Hi-molybdenum tool steel • 135o split point for fast penetration and accurate starting without center punching • Precision ground point, flutes, body clearance and drill diameter for the ultimate in accuracy and performance • Body and clearance are gold surface treated for maximum lubricity • Heat treated to 2,185oF and then nitro-carburize finished at 950oF to be measurably harder than high speed steel • Space age nitro-carburized steel withstands substantial drilling temperatures while maintaining sharpness • Specifically designed for superior performance in hand-held drills • Flats on shank give positive grip

• Drills are recommended for use in work hardening grades of stainless steel, other hard metal drilling applications and general purpose drilling • Metric Taps are ideal for automotive repair and machinery where metric threads are specified

HIGH SPEED STEEL TAPS • Hardened and tempered to form quality, accurate internal and external threads in metals and other materials • Tight tolerances assure perfect threads every time No.

Description

No.

Description

51320

2.05 Jobber Length Metric Drill

51990

M2.5 x .45 HSS Gun Tap

51324

2.5 Jobber Length Metric Drill

51992

M3 x 0.5 HSS Gun Tap

51332

2.9 Jobber Length Metric Drill

51994

M3.5 x 0.6 HSS Gun Tap

51337

3.3 Jobber Length Metric Drill

51996

M4 x .07 HSS Gun Tap

51346

4.2 Jobber Length Metric Drill

52000

M5 x 0.8 HSS Gun Tap

51354

5.0 Jobber Length Metric Drill

52004

M6 x 1.0 HSS Gun Tap

51371

6.7 Jobber Length Metric Drill

52010

M8 x 1.25 HSS Gun Tap

51390

8.5 Jobber Length Metric Drill

52016

M10 x 1.50 HSS Gun Tap

51407

10.2 Jobber Length Metric Drill

52022

M12 x 1.75 HSS Gun Tap

95916

18-Piece Metric Drill/Tap Combo Set

82031

Empty Case for 18-Piece Metric Drill/Tap Set

010108

P-76

CUTTING TOOLS

Metric Drills & Taps


Midwest Snips CUTTING TOOLS

Aviation Upright Snips Performs better and lasts longer . . . from tips to grips Applications:

• Strongest – Hot drop-forged molybdenum alloy steel blades are virtually unbreakable and provide long-lasting edge life • Longest Lasting – Blades are austemper heat treated, producing a hardened cutting edge that outlasts all others • Easiest to Use – Right angle blades make cutting easier in tight spaces and overhead. Capacity to cut 24 ga. cold-rolled sheet metal and 28 ga. stainless steel sheet metal • No Slip or Scar – 40 blade serrations per inch (2.54cm) grip without slip or scar • Heavy-Duty Spring – Unbreakable double overwind spring is guaranteed forever • Stays Adjusted – Grade-8 hardened center pivot bolt threaded into back blade maintains adjustment for optimum cutting • No-Bend Handles – Heavy gauge steel handles maximize force into cutting power at blades • Optimum Handle Opening – 5-1/2" spread is easiest to grip in hand allowing user to maximize length of cut per cutting stroke • Comfortable Grips – Soft and durable copolymer grips won’t twist or wear through • Exceed all ASME Standards

• Canvas • Cardboard • • • • • • • • • • • •

Carpet Cloth Gasket Materials Linoleum Plastic P6900R Roofing Material Rubber Screening Sheet Metal Strapping Vinyl and Aluminum Siding Other Similar Materials No.

Description

P6900R

Aviation Snips – Upright Right Cut

P6900L

Aviation Snips – Upright Left Cut

P6716S

Aviation Snips – Regular Straight Cut

P6716L

Aviation Snips – Left Cut

P6510L

Aviation Snips – Offset Left Cut

P6510R

Aviation Snips – Offset Right Cut

M1200

MagSnips – Regular Straight Cut

M2110

MagSnips – Offset Left Cut

M2210

MagSnips – Offset Right Cut

P127S

Tinner Snips – Straight Cut

Numbers in Bold Italic are non-stock items. Allow up to 2 weeks for delivery.

M2110

M2210 P6900L

P6716L P6716S

M1200

P6510L

P6510R

P127S

P-77

Features:


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Grinding and Cut-Off Wheels • Made with aluminum oxide for rapid metal removal. • Wheels generate less heat than standard wheels. This helps to avoid heat cracks due to over heating. • Outlasts ordinary wheels by up to 300%. Grinding Wheel Safety DO

A B R A S I V E S

P-68

1. Always handle and store wheels in a careful manner. 2. Always visually inspect all wheels before mounting for possible damage in transit. Resinoid can only be checked visually for possible damage. 3. Always check maximum operating speed established for wheel against machine speed. 4. Always check mounting flanges for equal and correct diameter. 5. Always use a machine guard covering at least onehalf of the grinding wheel. 6. Always allow newly mounted wheels to run at operating speed, with guard in place, for at least one minute before grinding. 7. Always wear protective goggles or other protective eye-wear when grinding.

DON'T 1. Don't use a wheel that has been dropped. The impact may result in breakage. 2. Don't force a wheel onto the machine or alter the size of the arbor hole. Don't use a wheel that fits the arbor too loosely. If the wheel doesn't fit the machine, get one that does. 3. Don't exceed maximum operating speed established for the wheel. 4. Don't use mounting flanges which are warped, nicked, sprung, or which are not clean. 5. Don't tighten the mounting nut excessively. On multiple screw mountings, 15 foot-pounds per screw is usually enough. 6. Don't grind on the edge of the wheel unless wheel is specifically designed for that purpose. 7. Don't start the machine unless the machine guard is in place. 8. Don't stand directly in front of a grinding wheel when a grinder is started. 9. Don't grind material for which the wheel is not designed. 10. Don't use relieved or recessed flanges with threaded hole cup wheels, cones or plugs.

Cut-off Wheel Safety and Cutting Procedures 1. Cut-off wheels should never be stored on edges. Instead they should be laid on solid flat surfaces away from excessive heat to prevent warpage. 2. Machines must have adequate power transmission and capacity, spindle speeds and proper guarding of the wheel. It is best to have extra power to insure good cutting efficiency. 3. Check the speed of the machine spindle against the maximum speed specified for the wheel by the manufacturer. The maximum specified speed for the wheel should never be exceeded. 4. Flanges should be clean and straight and of same diameter so wheel will run true. For wheel diameters above 10" it is recommended flange be at least 1/3 the diameter of the wheel. 5. The bore size of the wheel is so constructed that the wheel should fit freely on the machine spindle without any slack. Never attempt to force a wheel on the spindle! 6. Always use blotters, when supplied with wheels. 7. Be sure the flanges are tightened securely but not too tightly to avoid springing the flanges and change the pressure area. 8. Be sure work piece is securely held down, including both sides of the cut, if practical. Cut-off wheels withstand a great deal of radial stress but not any side stress. Even reinforced wheels are not completely unbreakable. Side pressure must be avoided to insure straight cuts and avoid possible wheel breakage. 9. The wheel must be brought into contact with the work without "bumping" or impact. The wheel should cut freely without forcing and the speed of the wheel should not be reduced by the cutting operation. 10. Abrasive cutting generates a great deal of localized heat which causes rapid expansion of the piece being cut. Wheels operated at speed significantly below efficient speed or if fed through the cut too slowly will generate excessive heat. Result: Rapid wheel wear fraying around edge of reinforced wheels and wheel breakage.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Safety Requirements for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. ANSI B7.1-1978 / Approved Feb.18, 1988

TYPE 1 - STRAIGHT WHEELS Flanges not matched Both the fixed and loose flanges between which a wheel is mounted must be of the same diameter (minimum 1/3 diameter of wheel) and properly relieved. See Fig. 5 for an example of correct mounting. If they are not the same diameter, the wheel is under a bending stress which is likely to cause fracture. (See Fig. 6) If they are not properly relieved, the flange pressure is concentrated on the sides of the wheel near the hole, a condition which must be avoided. Distorted Flanges Uneven flange pressures, caused by distortion of the flanges due to excessive tightening, create a dangerous condition. When flanges are sprung or distorted, the effective area of contact is reduced and the pressure is moved nearer the hole. (See Fig 7).

In Fig. 8 the outer flange has been omitted and the nut tightened directly against the wheel. This sets up a cross bending stress which is likely to break the wheel. Substitute flange A washer is a dangerous substitute for a properly relieved flange. (See Fig. 9) The bending stress imposed is likely to cause fracture of the wheel. Outer Flange Reversed The condition illustrated in Fig. 10 results in unequal bearing against the wheel, and has the same effect as using flanges of unequal diameter.

Causes of Wheel Breakage If the breakage of abrasive wheels could be prevented, there would be no need for a guard. Conversely, if all machines could be completely guarded there would be no cause for worry about wheel breakage. Outer Flange Omitted However, both must be considered. Both flanges serve a useful purpose and it Everything must be done to prevent wheel is extremely dangerous to omit either. breakage and proper guards must be used. Fig. 5 Flanges are equal in outside diameter and relieved to produce equal and opposite bearing area.

Fig. 6 Flanges are not matched in diameter or relief.

Fig. 7 "Sprung" flanges caused by excessive tightening.

Loose flange

Inner flange fixed to machine CORRECT spindle

Contact here only

Blotters

A B R A S I V E S

No contact here

INCORRECT

INCORRECT

Fig. 8 Outer flange omitted.

Fig. 9 Unsatisfactory substitute for properly relieved flange.

Fig. 10 Outer flange reversed.

INCORRECT

INCORRECT

INCORRECT

P-69


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

A.N.S.I., DSA Approvals For safety reasons grinding and cut-off wheels with high peripheral speeds can only be used in Germany if they have been tested and approved by the German Grinding Wheels Committee (DSA). These DSA standards are equal to and sometimes exceed A.N.S.I. Safety Code B7.1 1989 standards by a wide margin.

Warning! Improper use may cause property damage or serious injuries. Comply with A.N.S.I. Safety Code B7.1 and O.S.H.A. regulations. Use safety goggles and machine guards.

Proper Grinding Wheel Technique

A B R A S I V E S

Use the following grinding methods to achieve the desired aggressiveness of stock removal and quality of finish. • For fast material removal increase the grinding angle between the wheel and the work-piece. • For blending and finishing decrease the grinding angle and apply light pressure and fluid motion.

Methods of Cutting Abrasive wheels can cut materials such as steel, cast iron, non-ferrous metal, stone and ceramics, glass, fire bricks, plastics and exotic material such as Titanium, Inconel, Hastalloy, etc., fast accurately and economically. Also suited for red-hot material exceeding 1000°C e.g. rolled stock, continuous castings or forgings. Also when cooled down, this material can still be cut. In particular materials of high tensile strength which are difficult to saw, e.g. high temperature alloys, high-alloyed composite steels, but also stainless steels are the major use of abrasive cutting wheels. A properly selected wheel and a high performance cut-off machine are necessities for economical abrasive cutting.

Cut-off Machine Design 1. Adequate motor power and positive power transmission from drive to spindle. The power required depends on the wheel diameter and the crosssection being cut. 2. The feed speed should be adequately rated in order to permit efficient cutting of cold material up to 7.9"/sec. and red-hot material up to 13.8"/sec. 3. The work holding device should ensure rigid damping of work-piece 4. A well-functioning dust-extractor. 5. Wheel and belts must be well guarded. There are a number of excellent designed cut-off machines on the market, from manually operated swing frame cut-off machines (free-hand cutting operation) to remote controlled machines with automatic bar feed and all functional parts totally enclosed.

P-70


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels P27

Hi-Alloy Grinding Wheels Super-abrasive zirconia grain for rapid cutting combined with the innovative T27 & T28 design provide spectacular cut rate for maximum removal with unsurpassed wheel life. • • • •

Outlast standard aluminum oxide wheels. Allows for maximum stock removal. Fewer wheel changes means less downtime. Unique Type 28 design means less user fatigue. Type 27

Type 28

Type 27

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

55440

4 x 1/8 x 3/8

13,500

10

55444

4 x 1/4 x 3/8

13,300

10

55442

4 x 1/8 x 5/8

13,300

10

55450

4-1/2 x 3/32 x 7/8

13,300

10

55448 4-1/2 x 3/32 x 5/8-11 13,300

10

55454

4-1/2 x 1/8 x 7/8

13,300

10

55452

4-1/2 x 1/8 x 5/8-11

13,300

10

55458

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 7/8

12,000

10

55456

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

12,000

10

55462

7 x 1/8 x 7/8

8,500

5

55460

7 x 1/8 x 5/8 x 11

8,500

5

55466

7 x 1/4 x 7/8

8,600

5

55464

7 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

8,600

5

55474

9 x 1/8 x 7/8

6,600

5

55472

9 x 1/8 x 5/8-11

6,600

5

55478

9 x 1/4 x 7/8

6,600

5

55476

9 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

6,600

5

A B R A S I V E S

Type 28 55490

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

12,000

10

55492

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 7/8

12,000

10

55494

7 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

8,600

5

P-71


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Alum-Alloy Grinding Wheels P27 Specially formulated to resist loading when grinding aluminum or other nonferrous materials. This grinding wheel features aggressive material removal while providing extended wheel life. The optimum wheel for grinding soft, non-ferrous materials, such as: aluminum, copper, and brass. Type 27

A B R A S I V E S

• For use on all non-ferrous metals - excellent for a wide range of applications. • Special aluminum oxide formulation prevents loading or glazing. • Internally reinforced with fiberglass layers combines safety with controlled performance. • Soft abrasive bond to expose cutting edges - for aggressive material removal without loading.

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty Qty

55510

4 1/2 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

13,000

1

10

1/4 Air Die Grinder T03 99500

Designed for tough, tight-quarter jobs that require fast metal removal. Very maneuverable and perfect for those hard-to-reach areas. Teasing throttle lever permits adjustable speed control. Features rear exhaust. 1/4 capacity collet with two collet wrenches included.

P-72


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels P27

Hi-Alloy Type 1 Cut-Off Wheels for Die Grinders NEW & IMPROVED! MORE DURABLE FOR SAFETY & EXTENDED LIFE! Hi-alloy cut-off wheels are made of premium zirconium grain for rapid cutting and maximum life. Zirconium grain (synthetic diamond) is the toughest material available for cutting: 69308 24,200 RPM

• Resharpens as it cuts - for rapid cutting of the toughest steels including stainless. Reduces downtime. • Won't load - lasts up to 5 times longer than aluminum oxide wheels. Excellent on aluminum. Saves money. • Runs cool - won't burn up. Longer life means less replacement. Reduces labor costs associated with the time spent to replace parts. Grit Max. RPM Pkg Qty Box Qty

No.

Dimensions

55574

3 x 1/32 x 3/8

60

24,200

10

50

55576

3 x 1/16 x 1/4

60

20,400

10

50

55578

3 x 1/16 x 3/8

60

20,400

10

50

55580

4 x 1/32 x 3/8

60

19,000

10

50

55582

4 x 1/16 x 1/4

60

19,000

10

50

55584

4 x 1/16 x 3/8

60

15,300

10

50

55586 6 x 1/32 x 5/8

60

10,200

5

25

Hi-Alloy Cut-Off Wheel for Angle Grinders

A B R A S I V E S

4-1/2 T27 .045 Fast Cut for Stainless Steel Cut-Off Wheel

No. 55590 • Thin Type 27 configuration for use on right angle grinders. Easier to use with more control. • Unique bonding system allows for fast burr free cutting. • Maximum performance with minimum wear means less wheel changes and downtime. • Externally reinforced with fiberglass layers combining safety with controlled performance. P-73


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Mid Alloy Depressed Center Grinding Wheels P27 For general purpose grinding on all ferrous metals. Excellent for use on a wide range of grinding applications. Internally reinforced with fiberglass layers for long life and maximum safety. Type 27

A B R A S I V E S

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55370

3 x 3/16 x 3/8

18,000

1

10

55372

3 x 1/4 x 3/8

18,000

1

10

55380

4 x 1/4 x 5/8

15,300

1

10

55386

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 7/8

13,300

1

10

55382

4-1/2 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

13,300

1

10

55392

5 x 1/4 x 7/8

12,200

1

10

55390

5 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

12,200

1

10

55402

7 x 1/4 x 7/8

8,600

1

10

55400

7 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

8,600

1

10

55412

9 x 1/4 x 7/8

6,600

1

10

55410

9 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

8,600

1

10

Mid Alloy Depressed Center Grinding Wheels "Dish" Type 28 Special wheel for heavy duty use on steel and non-ferrous metals. Heavy surface grinding of masonry, concrete, and stone materials. Due to its shape it has 2-1/2 times greater bending strength than flat depressed center grinding wheels. A 15° angle built into the design means it can be used almost horizontally for less fatigue and less possibility of edge chipping.

P-74

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55428

9 x 1/4 x 5/8-11

6,600

1

10

Type 28 • Aluminum oxide. • Fast stock removal. • Long service life.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels P27

Chop Saw Cut-Off Wheels Cut-off wheels for cutting dry wall studs, rebar and other small cross sections on low powered chop saws. • Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Long service life.

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55632

Hi-Alloy

14 x 3/32 x 1

4,400

1

10

16 x 1/8 x 1

3,800

1

10

55636 Mid-Alloy

Mid-Alloy Type 27 Cut-Off Wheels General purpose cut-off wheel for steel, cast iron, difficult to cut materials and non-ferrous metals. Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55554

4 x 1/8 x 3/8

13,500

1

10

55484

4-1/2 x 3/32 x 7/8

13,300

1

10

55522 4-1/2 x 3/32 x 5/8-11 13,300

1

10

55556

1

10

7 x 1/8 x 5/8-11

8,600

Depressed Center Cut-off Wheel

• Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Good service life.

Cut-Off Wheels Stationary Use

A B R A S I V E S

General purpose cut-off wheel for cutting structural steel, bar stock, tubing and non-ferrous metals on stationary machines with low power. • Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Good service life. Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55652

12 x 1/8 x 1

5,100

1

20

55654

14 x 1/8 x 1

4,400

1

10

55656

16 x 1/8 x 1

3,800

1

10

P-75


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Mid Alloy Flat Cut-Off Wheels Premium Performance Premium performance cut-off wheel for steel, cast iron and non-ferrous metals.

A B R A S I V E S

Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55520

4 x 3/32 x 5/8

15,300

1

25

55524

4-1/2 x 3/32 x 7/8

13,300

1

25

• Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Long service life.

Mid Alloy Flat Cut-Off Wheel "Diamond Bore Type" Designed for portable circular saws. Features diamond bore with reusable 5/8 bushing. Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55540

7 x 1/8 x 5/8

8,600

1

10

• Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Long service life.

PowerSharp: PREMIUM Steel Cutting Blade No.

Description

Arbor

53234 7-1/4" x 36T

5/8"

53236

8" x 48T

5/8"

53220

10" X 80T

5/8"

This saw blade use special C-6 micro-grain carbide tips with titanium and tantalum to provide greater impact strength and durability. The blade body is made of high carbon steel alloy that has been heat treated and surface ground to prevent flexing, bending and distortion which results in greater blade strength and cutting accuracy.

P-76

These blades are designed to cut all ferrous metals like iron and steel pipe, angle iron, flat bar, rebar, and galvenized materials. Will cut all kinds of wood and non ferrous metals like aluminum, brass and copper.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Turbo Blades Dry Cutting Diamond Blades No. 55732 7" x .090 x DM - 7/8 - 5/8 Our continuous rim turbo style blades consist of a uniquely ribbed segment that gives a fast and smooth cut. The turbo style decreases heating with better air flow and improved dust removal. Turbo blades are recommended for cutting concrete, brick, blocks, tiles, refractory, stone, and ceramics.

Cut-Off Wheels High Speed Portable Cut-Off Wheel • Aluminum oxide. • Fast cutting action. • Long service life.

Designed for cutting of steel, non-ferrous metals on portable cut-off machines. A durable, hardworking blade for a variety of applications on the job site. Excellent for rebar, steel pipe, sheet metal and structural steel or stainless. Dimensions

Max.

Pkg Box

No.

(Dia. x Thick x Bore)

RPM

Qty

Qty

55610

12 x 1/8 x 1

5,100

1

10

55612

12 x 1/8 x 20mm

6,300

1

10

Also available: Heavy Duty Dimensions Wheels for DUCTILE, CAST No. (Dia. x Thick x Bore) IRON- designed for sewer and water construction 55614 12 x 1/8 x 20mm and maintenance. Cuts 14 x 1/8 x 1 ductile iron, cast iron and 55620 concrete lined pipe.

Max.

Pkg Box

RPM

Qty

Qty

5,100

1

10

6,300

1

10

A B R A S I V E S

Mandrels P31 Mandrels are made of high strength alloy steel, precision machined and heat treated for product safety.

No.

Arbor & Shank

57124

1/4x 1/4

57126

3/8x 1/4

P-77


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes

Safety Information Warning—In normal power brushing operations the material being removed, such as burrs, scale, dirt, weld slag, or other residue will fly off the brush with considerable force along with brush filaments which break off due to fatigue.

A B R A S I V E S

The POTENTIAL OF SERIOUS INJURY EXISTS for both the brush operator and others in the work area (possible 50 or more feet from the brush). To protect against this hazard wear SAFETY GOGGLES or FULL FACE SHIELDS WORN OVER SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS, along with PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. You must follow all operator and safety instructions, as well as all common safety practices which reduce the likelihood of physical injury, or reduce its severity. Safety Goggles—Safety goggles or full face shields worn over safety glasses with side shields MUST BE WORN by all OPERATORS and OTHERS IN THE AREA of power brush operations. Comply with the requirements of ANS Z87.1-1979 “Occupational Eye and Face Protection”. Guards—Keep all machine guards in place. Speeds—Observe all speed restrictions indicated on brushes, containers, labels, or printed in pertinent literature. “MSFS” means Maximum Safe Free Speed (RPM) - spinning free with no work applied. For reasons of safety, “MSFS” should not be exceeded under any circumstances. Safety Standard—Comply with the Safety Standards of the Industrial Division of the American Brush Manufacturers’ Association and the American National Standards Institute Standard ANS B165.1-1979—Safety Requirements—Power Brushes and ANS B165.2. Staple Set Power Brush Safety. Protective Equipment—Appropriate protective clothing and equipment must be used where there is a possibility of injury that can be prevented by such clothing or equipment. WARNING! FAILURE TO OBSERVE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MAY RESULT IN INJURY.

P-78

BRUSH USAGE RECOMMENDATIONS Pressure—Avoid excessive pressure when using a power brush. Excessive pressure causes over-bending of the filaments and heat build-up resulting in filament breakage, rapid dulling, and reduced brush life. Instead of greater pressure on a brush, it is suggested that you try: 1 ) a brush with a more aggressive cutting action (increased wire size, decreased filament length, change to a different brush type, i.e., knot type instead of crimped wire type), or 2) higher speed (increased R.P.M., increased brush diameter.) Important Note: Never exceed the recommended Maximum Safe Free Speed R.P.M. (MSFS) rating of the brush. Self-Sharpening—When using wire wheel brushes periodically reverse the direction of rotation to take advantage of the selfsharpening action that will result. This may be accomplished by removing the brush from the spindle and turning it side for side and remounting securely. Brushing Problems—Do Not Allow Unsafe Conditions To Continue. Occasionally, due to worn bearings, a bent spindle, an unusual application, operator abuse, or inappropriate use, a brush may fail. A brush which is not received in acceptable condition for troublefree operation may also fail. Do not use or continue to use a failed brush or one which is functioning improperly (i.e., throwing filaments, out-of-balance, etc.) as this increases the possibility for further brush failure and hazard of injury. The cause of the failure should be evaluated and corrected. This information is based on the collective experience of the ABMA Industrial Division members and provided solely as a public service for the guidance of the users of the members’ products. These recommendations are not necessarily complete with respect to any particular application and common sense safety considerations should be adhered to generally. Any applicable federal, state, local law or regulation, must be strictly adhered to, and is controlling over any recommendation contained herein.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes

General Information POWER BRUSH APPLICATIONS Deburring—Power brushes are widely used to remove burrs created by other machining operations. Power brushes can completely remove burrs without creating secondary burrs or leaving two sharp edges. Unlike grinding tools, brushes are selective to an edge; they will remove the burr but none of the base material. Surface Finishing—Power brushes are excellent tools for improving surface finishes to gain a desired appearance. Brushes do not remove the base metal. They remove only the metal particles left on surfaces which have been ground or abrasive polished. Power brushing also tends to relieve stress created by other machining operations. Many different surface finishes can be obtained by using power brushes. Edge Blending—Power brushes are ideal for developing a rounded corner at the juncture of two surfaces. Power brushes perform this application without removing material on the surface adjacent to the edge or changing the part tolerance. This reduces stress concentration and part fatigue, increases part life and improves the surface finish.

True selective cutting—brushes act as an impact tool removing surface contamination with millions of tiny hammer blows without cutting away any base material as abrasives will.

Power Brushes remove surface contaminates such as oxides, rust, dirt or other residuals and leave a smooth clean surface. Stress relieving and surface conditioning— brushing action produces the same effect as shot peening (a method used to increase the life of highly stressed parts in aircraft and race cars) without adding extra operations. Brushing will not change part tolerances. Brushes are nonloading—Unlike woven, bonded and coated abrasives, brushes will not load when brushing soft materials. BRUSH FILL MATERIALS WIRE TYPES

Roughening—Power brushes are uniquely suited for creating better bonds on surfaces such as rubber, leather, plastics, and nonferrous metals. Surfaces can be roughened prior to painting or bonding to achieve better adhesion.

HT - Is high tensile, heat treated steel wire which has excellent fatigue resisting and fast cutting qualities. This wire is used in all steel filled power brushes in .008 diameter and above unless otherwise indicated.

Cleaning—Power brushes are distinctly suited for removal of surface film, dirt, rust. heat treat scale, weld slag, corrosion and paint. Power brushes also remove varnish and insulation from electrical wire, motor stators, etc. Fiber, synthetic and fine stainless steel brushes can be used for wet-cleaning operations.

TC - Is hard drawn wire generally used in .005 and .006 diameter where aggressive cutting action is required for fine surface work.

ADVANTAGES OF POWER BRUSHES Rugged construction—the only surface cleaning and conditioning tool tough enough to stand up under prolonged heavy use. Easy on equipment—brushes are nonabrasive so they do not produce equipment-destroying abrasive dust.

Stainless (Type 302) - Is highly corrosion resistant and should be used where contamination or after-rust is a problem, such as in brushing aluminum or stainless steel parts. ALL STAINLESS STEEL BRUSHES ARE MADE WITH TYPE 302 STAINLESS.

A B R A S I V E S

To the layman, most stainless steel looks alike. Stainless steel brush wire is slightly magnetic because it is cold worked to make it hard. Type 302 Stainless Steel will lose its magnetic properties if a wire strand is heated red with a match. If the wire strand retains its magnetic properties after heating, it is not Type 302 Stainless Steel.

P-79


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes

Power Brush Operating Instructions BRUSHING SPEEDS 1. Power brushes as cutting tools have a most efficient speed and pressure for specific operations. In most operations the highest speed and lightest pressure will assure fastest cutting action and longest brush life.

A B R A S I V E S

2. Using as fine a wire as possible usually results in longer brush life. Increasing the speed of a brush increases the face hardness and cutting action; therefore, a fine wire brush rotating at a higher speed will often produce the same results as a coarser wire brush rotating at a slower speed. Finer wires operating at a higher speed is generally preferred and will normally provide longer brush life. 3. MSFS - Maximum Safe Free Speed (RPM) specified in this catalog and on the product are the maximum speeds which the brushes may be used safely and are not necessarily the optimum speed for a given application. Operating speed should be determined by the application, but should not exceed the MSFS (RPM) for which the brush is rated. BRUSHING PRESSURE 1. Remember...the tips of a wire brush do the work. Operate the brush with the lightest pressure so only the tips of the wire come in contact with the work. 2. If heavier pressures are used, the wires will be over-stressed, resulting in a wiping action; and if this is continued, the life of the brush will be shortened due to wire fatigue. 3. Apply the work to the face of the brush in such a way that as much of the brush face as possible is in full contact with the work. Applying the work to the side or edge of the brushing tool will result in wire breakage and shortened brush life. 4. Reversing the brush rotation periodically will tend to increase the life of the brush. This results in the re-sharpening of the wire tips or ends, insuring faster cutting action.

P-80

Brushing Action There are many variables in Power Brushing conditions. In many cases, one or more power brushes may accomplish the same results; however, if one brush does not accomplish the desired results follow the suggestions below: Brushing Results Works Too Fast

Recommended changes Increase trim length Reduce wire size Reduce fill density Reduce brush dia. or RPM

Works Too Slow

Reduce trim length Increase wire size Increase fill density Increase brush dia. or RPM

Burr Rolled or Peened

Increase fill density Decrease trim length

Short Brushing Life Increase trim length Reduce wire size Non-Uniform

Increase trim length

Brushing Action

Decrease fill density Use brushing fixture

Flexibility Long trim brushes are more flexible and are able to follow contoured surfaces. Conversely, short trim brushes are faster acting and suited for more severe brushing action. USE BRUSHES INSTEAD OF: • Abrasive Belts • Harsh Chemicals • Non-Woven Nylon Products which wear rapidly • Hand Filing • Sand Blasting • Steel Wool • Buffing Wheels • Hand Sanding • Tumbling or Vibratory Finishing • Grinding Wheels


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Brush Info Tables

Horse power The factors affecting the horse power required for power brushing are as follows: 1. Speed of the brush. 2. Brushing pressure required in application. 3. Resistance between the work and the brush. The chart to the right provides a guide for determining the horsepower required, based on medium brushing action for 1" brush face.

Brush Dia. Motor Size

RPM

4

1/4 H.P.

3450

6

1/2 H.P.

3450

8

3/4 H.P.

3450

10

1 H.P.

1750

12

1 H.P.

1750

15

1-1/2 H.P.

1750

Table of Surface Speeds (Peripheral Speed in Ft/Min.) Diameter (Inches) RPM

2

3

4

6

8

10

12

15

1000

525

785

1050

1575

2100

2625

3150

3925

1500

785

1175

1575

2350

3150

3925

4725

5900

1750

915

1375

1850

2750 3650 4550 5500

6800

2500

1300

1950

2625

3925 5250 6550

7850

9825

3000

1575

2350

3125

4725 6275

7850

9425

11775

3450

1800

2700

3600

5400 7200

9000 11000 13500

4000

2100

3150

4175

6275 8375 10475

6000

3125

4700

6275

9425

10000

5250

7850

10500

15000

7850

11775

15750

20000 10450 15700 20950

Recommended Surface Speeds for Brushing Applications Application

Surface Ft Per Min. Application

A B R A S I V E S

Surface Ft Per Min.

Removing Burrs

5500 to 7500

Cleaning (dry)

4000 to 5500

Removing Scale

7500 to 10000

Cleaning (wet)

1900 to 4000

Cleaning Welds

7200 to 9400

Surface Polishing

6400 to 8000

Edge Blending

4700 to 7500

Surface Buffing

8000 to 10000

P-81


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Brush Info Tables

Wire Gages & Decimal Equivalents in Inches and Millimeters Wire sizes in this catalog are shown in decimals of an inch. Corresponding American Steel Wire (formerly Washburn & Moen) gages and millimeter sizes are listed below.

No. of Gage

Diam. (inches) .035

.026

28

30

.023 .020 .018

.016

.014 .0128

Diam. (mm)

.89

.66

.58

.51

.46

.41

.36

.33

No. of Gage

33

34

35

36

38

43

47

Diam. (inches) .0118 .0104 .0095 .009 .008 .006 .005

A B R A S I V E S

P-82

32

26

25

24

23

20

Diam. (mm)

.24

.26

.30

.23

.20

.15

.13

Equivalent Units 1 inch = 25.4 millimeters 1 millimeter = 0.03937 in. English-Metric Equivalents Brush Diameter

Brush Face Widths

Arbor Hole Sizes

English

Metric

English

Metric

English

Metric

3

76 mm

1/8

3 mm

1/4

6.4 mm

4

102 mm

1/4

6 mm

3/8

9.5 mm

6

152 mm

3/8

10 mm

1/2

12.7 mm

7

178 mm

1/2

13 mm

5/8

15.9 mm

8

203 mm

5/8

16 mm

3/4

19.0 mm

10

254 mm

3/4

19 mm

7/8

22.2 mm

12

305 mm

7/8

22 mm

1

25.4 mm

14

356 mm

1

25 mm

1-1/8

28.6 mm

15

381 mm

1-1/8

29 mm

1-1/4

31.8 mm

16

406 mm

1-1/4

32 mm

1-1/2

38.1 mm

1-1/2

38 mm

1-3/4

44.5 mm

2

51 mm

2

50.8 mm

— —


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Brush Info Tables

Small Angle Grinder Reference Chart Make

Model Numbers

Male Thread

Model Description

RPM 10,000

Size WS601

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

WS750

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Lt. Wt. Utility Grinder 10,000

2750/4247/6147

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

10,000

4246-09

M-10 x 1.50

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

10,000

6247

M-10 x 1.50

4 Angle Grinder

10,000

4250-10/4252

5/8-11 UNC

5 Angle Grinder

10,000

3255/1377

M-14 x 2.0

4-1/2 Mini Grinder

11,000

1338

M-14 x 2.0

5 Mini Grinder

11,000

7351-103

M-14 x 2.0

4-1/2 Air Mini Grinder

11,000

G10/G10SA

M-10 x 1.50

4 Angle Grinder

11,000

PDP-115A/PDS-115A

M-10 x 1.50

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

11,000

PDM-115

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

9,500

PDM-125

5/8-11 UNC

5 Angle Grinder

9,000

8245

5/8-11 UNC

H.D. Angle Grinder

11,000

490004

M-10 x 1.25

JEG400

11,000

490045

5/8-11 UNC

JEG450

11,500

490005

5/8-11 UNC

JEG500

9,800

9501BKW

M-10 x 1.25

4 Sander Grinder

10,000

9503BHKIT

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

10,000

M-952

M-10 x 1.25

4 Angle Grinder

10,000

9005B/GA5000

5/8-11 UNC

5 Angle Grinder

10,000

9505BHKIT

5/8-11 UNC

5 Angle Grinder

10,000

AG550

M-14 x 2.0

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

10,000

AG705

M-14 x 2.0

5 Angle Grinder

10,000

EW-9150

M-14 x 2.0

6 Angle Grinder

8,500

Milwaukee

6145

1/2-13 UNC

4-1/2 Sander Grinder

10,000

Electric Tool

6146

1/2-13 UNC

5 Sander Grinder

10,000

Porter Cable

7645

5/8-11 UNC

5 Grinder

10,000

G-1150

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Super Grinder

10,000

SG-1000

3/8-16 UNC

4 Grinder

11,000

G-1155-C

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Grinder

11,000

G-1255-C

5/8-11 UNC

5 Grinder

10,000

SG-1150-C

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Angle Grinder

11,000

1240

M-10 x 1.50

4-1/2 Electric Grinder

11,000

1245

5/8-11 UNC

5 Angle Grinder

10,000

9405(915)

M-10 x 1.50

4-1/2 H.D. Disc Grinder

12,500

9611

5/8-11 UNC

4-1/2 Sander/Grinder

12,000

AEG

Black & Decker

Bosch

Hitachi

Ingersoll-Rand Jet

Makita

Metabo

Ryobi

Sioux Skil

A B R A S I V E S

P-83


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes P25

Crimped Wire Wheel Brushes • Highest quality heat treated steel wire. • Perfect balance. • Maximum wire fill provides faster cutting action and long life. • Ground face for aggressive cutting action. • For heavy-duty brushing such as deburring, weld smoothing, rust and paint removal No.

A B R A S I V E S

Diameter Wire (inches)

Size

Arbor Hole

Face

Trim

Max. Safe

Width Length Free Speed

Narrow Face 54232

6

.006 1/2-5/8

3/4

1-7/16

6,000

54236

6

.014

1/2-5/8

3/4

1-7/16

6,000

54240

8

.014

5/8

3/4

2-1/16

6,000

Medium Face 54270

6

.014

2

1

1-1/8

6,000

54272

8

.014

2

1

1-3/8

4,000

54274

10

.014

2

1-1/8

2

3,600

Knot Type Wire Wheel Brushes • High impact action. • Perfect balance. • Individually spaced holes for the knots in the internal plate-prevents knots from shifting on the brush. • Removes rust, scale, and weld splatter. • For heavy-duty cleaning, weld cleaning, surface conditioning and roughing. Standard Twist

No.

Beveled Twist

Diameter Wire (inches)

Size

Arbor Hole

Face

Trim

Max. Safe

Width Length Free Speed

Standard Twist 54310

3

.014

3/8-1/2

3/8

5/8

25,000

54312

4

.014

3/8-1/2

1/2

7/8

20,000

54314

6

.023 1/2-5/8

1/2

1-3/8

9,000

54316

8

.014

5/8

1-5/8

6,000

5/8

Beveled P-84

54390

4

.014

5/8-11

3/8

3/4

12,500

54392

4

.020

5/8-11

3/8

3/4

12,500


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes P25

Knot Type Wire Wheel Brushes Stringer Bead Twist • Very narrow face for weld cleaning. • High tensile, heat treated steel wire for max. fatigue resistance, long life, and aggressive cutting action. • Perfect balance. • For heavy-duty cleaning of weld splatter and slag, and removal of rust and scale. Dia. Wire

Arbor

Trim

Face

Max. Safe

No.

No.

Steel

Stainless

(in.)

Size

Hole

54350

4

.020

5/8-11

3/16

7/8

20,000

54352

4

.020

5/8-11

3/16

7/8

20,000

Width Length Free Speed

Wire Cup Brushes • For heavy-duty cleaning of large areas. • Perfect balance. • Excellent for deburring, roughening, removal of weld scale, paint, rust and corrosion.

Knot Type No.

No.

Dia.

Wire

Arbor

Steel

Stainless

(in.)

Size

Hole

54378

2-3/4 .020

5/8-11

7/8

14,000

54376

3-1/2

.014

5/8-11

7/8

13,000

54370

54374

4

.023

5/8-11

1-1/4

9,000

54372

6

.023

5/8-11

1-3/8

6,600

Trim

Max. Safe

Length Free Speed

A B R A S I V E S

Crimpled Wire Type No.

No.

Dia.

Wire

Arbor

Steel

Stainless

(in.)

Size

Hole

54416

3

.014

5/8-11

1

14,000

54412

54414

3-1/2

.014

5/8-11

3/4

12,000

54418

4

.020

5/8-11

1-3/8

9,000

54420

6

.020

5/8-11

1-1/4

6,600

Trim

Max. Safe

Length Free Speed

P-85


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes P25

Stem-Mounted Brushes • Mounted on a 1/4" diam. stem for use with portable tools. • For deburring, weld cleaning, scale and slag removal, rust and paint removal. No.

Dia

Wire

(in.)

Size

Trim

Max. Safe

Length Free Speed

Circular Flared

A B R A S I V E S

P-86

54210 1-1/2 .008

20,000

54212 1-1/2 .020

20,000

Conflex 54430 1-1/2 .008

20,000

54432

3

.008

20,000

54434

3

.0118

20,000

54436*

3

.014

20,000

Knot Type End 54330 1-1/8 .020

3/8

18,000

Solid End 1/2

.020

7/8

25,000

54202 3/4

.020

7/8

22,000

54200 54204

1

.020

7/8

22,000

54220*

1

.0104

7/8

22,000

* Stainless steel


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes

Polyflex® Encapsulated Brushes Encapsulated with a Specially Formulated Elastomer Features and Benefits of the Elastomer 1. The brush wires are molded into a specially formulated elastomer. • This allows for a very controlled brushing face for very aggressive cutting action. The job can be completed in fewer passes. • The elastomer wears away as the brush is used, continually exposing new tips and keeping a perpetual short trim to prevent long wire breakage. This makes the brush safer to use than regular wire brushes. • This allows for a very long brush life and fewer change-overs. • Prevents smearing of the work piece and allows for less re-work time. 2. Constructed for perfect balance. • No vibration during use allows for lower equipment maintenance and consistent performance. 3. Made with “HT” heat treated high carbon steel wire. • Provides greater tensile strength again allowing for fewer change-overs. • Fatigue resistant to provide for a longer brush life. • 100% recyclable.

Elastomers are color coded • Burgundy (Standard) – Wears away easily and is suitable for most manufacturing applications. • Orange (Heavy Duty) – Somewhat harder than the burgundy. It is used for the more demanding applications found in heavy steel fabrication environments and for demanding deburring applications. • Black (Extra Heavy Duty) – A heat stabilized elastomer that does not wear away easily. It is used primarily for cleaning pipeline welds.

A B R A S I V E S

Applications • Heavy burr removal in slots and narrow confined areas. • Surface refinement and juncture blending. • Rubber and plastic flash removal. • Heavy weld scale removal. • Heavy duty cleaning.

P-87


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes P25

Polyflex速 Encapsulated Brushes Conflex Brushes Mounted on 1/4 stems Burgundy Elastomer Encapsulated Conflex Brushes Maximum Safe Free

A B R A S I V E S

Face

Speed

Length Width

(RPM)

Dia.

Wire

Trim

No.

in.

Size

54490

2

.0118

1/2

1/4

20,000

54492

3

.0080

1

1/4

20,000

54494

3

.0118

1

1/4

20,000

Narrow & Wide Face Wheels For Use on Bench Grinders Burgundy Elastomer

35105

35260

Narrow

Wide

Narrow Face Wheels Crimped Maximum Safe Free Dia.

Arbor

Wire

No.

in.

Hole

Size

54452

6

5/8 - 1/2

.0104

Face

Speed

Pkg

Length Width

(RPM)

Qty

6,000

1

1

6,000

1

Trim 1-7/16

1/2

Wide Face Wheels Crimped 54472

6

2

.0118

1-1/8

Stringer Bead Twist

P-88

54530

4

5/8-11

.020

7/8

3/16

20,000

1

54532

6

5/8-11

.014

1-7/16

3/8

9,000

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Wire Brushes P25

Encapsulated End Brushes Mounted on 1/4 stems Hollow center with Orange Elastomer Maximum Safe Free Dia.

Wire

Trim

Speed

No.

in.

Size

Length

(RPM)

54510

1/2

.0104

7/8

18,000

54512

3/4 .0104

7/8

20,000

.0104

7/8

18,000

1

54514

Adapters Arbor Hole No.

Fixed Arbor Adapted Arbor Qty Hole Size

Hole Size

*

54250

2

1/2

1

54252

2

5/8

1

54254

2

3/4

1

54256

2

7/8

1

54258

2

1

1

54260

2

1-1/4

1

54262

2

1-1/2

1

A B R A S I V E S

* Sold by the pair

Metric No.

Fixed

Adapted

Qty

Thread Size Thread Size 54290

5/8-11 UNC

M-10 x 1.25

1

54292

5/8-11 UNC

M-10 x 1.50

1

P-89


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Maintenance Brushes P25

Hand Wire Scratch Brushes • For removing rust, scale, paint, solder, etc. • Use to clean threads, files, metal parts, and castings.

Curved Handle

A B R A S I V E S

Number

Block

Trim

Fill

No.

of Rows

Size

Length

Material

54600

3 x 19

14 x 7/8

1-3/16

Standard wire

54602

3 x 19

14 x 7/8

1-3/16

Stainless steel

Shoe Handle Number

Block

Trim

Fill

No.

of Rows

Size

Length

Material

54604

4 x 16

10 x 1-1/8 1-3/16

Standard wire

54606

4 x 16

10 x 1-1/8 1-3/16

Stainless steel

Small

P-90

Number

Block

Trim

Fill

Handle

No.

of Rows

Size

Length

Material

Material

54608

3x7

7-1/2 x 1/2

1/2

Stainless steel

Plastic

54610

3x7

7-1/2 x 1/2

1/2

Stainless steel

Wood


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Maintenance Brushes P25

Miscellaneous Brushes Chip and Oil Brushes • New and improved to resist damage due to chemicals. • Multi-purpose econoline brushes. • White china bristle with wood handle. No.

Width Thickness Bristle Length

54672

1

5/16"

1-5/8

54626

1-1/2

5/16"

1-5/8

Parts Cleaning Brush • Stiff nylon fill. • Steel ferrule. • Chisel trim.

No. 54550

Diam. : 1 Bristle: 2-3/4

Acid Brushes • Pure black horsehair. • Tin ferrule. Width Trim Overall

No. 54638

5/16

3/4

5-3/4

54640

3/8

3/4

5-3/4

54642

1/2

3/4

5-3/4

A B R A S I V E S

Counter Duster No. 54590 8" Medium - Wood Handle Trim length: 2-1/2 Great for general factory dusting and bench cleaning. Made with grey Tampico - a natural vegetable fiber from the Mexican Century plant. Provides a medium sweeping or brushing action. P-91


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Maintenance Brushes P25

Miscellaneous Brushes Cont… 4-in-1 Tube Fitting Brush One Brush Replaces Four! No. 54094 Steel Wire. Cleans the outside and inside diameters of 1/2 and 3/4 tubes and fittings. Use for soldering prep, deburring, drill hole cleaning and cleaning battery terminals.

A B R A S I V E S

Truck Wash Brush No. 54670 • • • • •

Fill - Flagged white polystyrene. Foam Block Size: 9-1/2 x 2-3/4. Trim: 2-1/2. Protective Bumper. Two handle holes - tapered and threaded.

No. 54186 - Threaded Handle No. 54650 - Tapered Handle

Floor Brushes

• Black Tampico fill. • Medium sweeping. Block Trim

No. 54570

18

3

54572*

24

3

• Black Tampico w/middle wire row. • Coarse sweeping. No. 54576*

Block Trim 24

3

* Braces included on all floor brushes 24" and larger

P-92


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Maintenance Brushes P25

Miscellaneous Brushes Cont… Floor Squeegees • Black Neoprene rubber blade. • Designed for rough, heavy use. Use with Tapered Wood Handle

No.

Length

No. 54650

54110

24

54112

36

Handles & Braces Metal handles provide a strong and durable alternative to wooden handles. Ideal for industrial and construction applications. • • • •

Plastic coat finish - for a smooth & durable scratch & crack-proof coating. Comfort foam grip - reduces user fatigue & provides a comfortable grip. Swivel hang cap - Allows a broom to be easily stored, extends broom life. Heavy duty metal tip - stronger than standard wooden thread. Metal Handle with Comfort Grip

NEW

No. 54660 Length .. 5' Type...... Metal Handle Use ....... Floor Brushes

Metal Handle with Comfort Grip

Perma-Flex Handle

Tapered Wood

#2 Hvy Duty Brace

No. 54658

No. 54650

No. 54656

Length .. 5' Type ...... Perma-Flex Use ....... Floor Brushes

Length .... 5' Type ....... Taper Squeegees

Descr. .... H.D. Steel Brace Use with No. 54576

Perma-Flex

Tapered Wood

A B R A S I V E S

Increases brush life by giving extra support to handle and block.

Hvy Duty Braces

P-93


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels P27

Bench Grinding Wheels Aluminum Oxide General Purpose Grinding and Finishing • Wheels are individually precision balanced, trued and faced for smooth operation. All wheels are speed tested. • All wheels come complete with nested bushings. Check the chart below for bushing size. • Typical usage includes hand tool sharpening, minor deburring and touching up.

A B R A S I V E S

RPM

Dia. x Th x Arb

55674

6 x 3/4 x 1

55676

6 x 3/4 x 1

Fine

4,138

55678

6x1x1

Coarse

4,138

55680

6x1x1

Medium 4,138

55682

6x1x1

55684

7x1x1

55686

7x1x1

55694

8x1x1

Coarse 3,600

55696

8x1x1

Medium 3,600

55698

8x1x1

55704

10 x 1 x 1-1/4

Coarse 2,483

55714

10 x 1 x 1-1/4

Medium 2,483

55706

10 x 1 x 1-1/4

Bushing

Wheel

Grit

No.

Bushing Guide Dia. Hole 1/2 5/8 3/4

P-94

Max

Dimensions

1

1-1/4

6

1

X

X

X

7

1

X

X

X

8

1

X

X

10

1-1/4

X

X

12

1-1/2

X

X

14

1-1/2

X

X

Medium 4,138

Fine

4,138

Coarse 3,600 Fine

Fine

Fine

3,600

3,600

2,483


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

DANGER

Do Not Use Grinding Wheels Unless You Follow These Rules Damaged Or Improperly Used Wheels Can Cause Serious Injury Do Not Overspeed Wheel DO 1. DO always HANDLE AND STORE wheels in a CAREFUL manner. 2. DO VISUALLY INSPECT all wheels before mounting, for possible damage in transit. 3. DO CHECK MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED established for wheel against machine speed. 4. DO CHECK MOUNTING FLANGES for equal and correct diameter. (Should be at least 1/3 diameter of the wheel. Relieved around hole for type 1 only.) 5. DO USE MOUNTING BLOTTERS supplied with wheels. 6. Do be sure WORK REST is properly adjusted. (Center of wheel or above; no more than 1/8" away from wheel.) 7. DO always USE A GUARD covering at least one-half of the grinding wheel. 8. DO allow NEWLY MOUNTED WHEELS to run at operating speed, with guard in place, for at least one minute before grinding. 9. DO always WEAR SAFETY GLASSES or some type of eye protection when grinding. 10.DO TURN OFF COOLANT before stopping wheel to avoid creating an out-of-balance condition.

DON'T 1. DON’T use a wheel that HAS BEEN DROPPED. 2. DON’T FORCE a wheel onto the machine OR ALTER the size of the mounting hole—if wheel won’t fit the machine, get one that will. 3. DON’T ever EXCEED MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED established for the wheel. 4. DON’T use mounting flanges on which the bearing surfaces ARE NOT CLEAN AND FLAT. 5. DON’T TIGHTEN the mounting nut EXCESSIVELY. 6. DON’T grind on the SIDE OF THE WHEEL unless wheel is specifically designed for that purpose. 7. DON’T start the machine until the WHEEL GUARD IS IN PLACE. 8. DON’T JAM work into the wheel. 9. DON’T STAND DIRECTLY IN FRONT of a grinding wheel whenever a grinder is started. 10.DON’T grind material for which the WHEEL IS NOT DESIGNED.

A B R A S I V E S

This page is designed as a guide for the individual user of grinding wheels whether he be in the employ of a large corporation or in the confines of his home work shop. It is based on the premise that grinding is a safe operation when a few basic rules are followed. These rules are based on material contained in the American Standards Association Safety Code B7.1 — “Use, Care Protection of Abrasive Wheels.” FOLLOW THEM. P-95


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files

Typical Applications • Rough and medium grinding of welded seams in one grinding operation. • Deburring. • Rust removal. • Snagging. • Edge grinding. • Surface grinding. • Working of fillet welds.

New wheel

The wheel grinds continuously as it wears.

A fully consumed POWER FLAP.

A B R A S I V E S

Grit Recommendations Grit Size Materials 36 For aggressive grinding and weld removal. 60 For alloyed and low-alloyed steels, stainless steels of low tensile strength. 80 High-alloyed, stainless, high temperature and heat treatable steels, and high tensile non-ferrous steels. 120 Recommended for a fine finish of metal surfaces. A coarser grit offers the advantage of a high stock removal rate and service life. A finer grit should only be used if a compromise is necessary for surface finish vs. stock removal rate.

Power Flap discs have a unique feature in that their glass fiber backing and abrasive material wear simultaneously during the grinding operations. Therefore the grinding efficiency is not impaired and the backing disc does not damage the surface of the work-piece. Quality and performance differences are not visible during short performance tests. The excellent performance features of the Power Flap's extremely long service life and constant high stock removal rate are only evident after long use and only after the flap disc has been consumed.

Optimum Results Using Flat and Conical Wheels The choice between using a flat or a conical wheel depends on the type of application. • The flat Power Flap wheel reaches its optimum efficiency at an angle of application between 0 - 15 degrees. Points to note for good surface finish: If a lower grinding angle is possible, the flat Power Flap wheel achieves better surface finish than the conical type with the same grit size.

P-96

• The conical Power Flap wheel offers advantages when grinding with steeper angles of 15 - 25 degrees.

• When grinding stainless and high temperature steels these angles can be slightly exceeded if necessary.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Power Flap Abrasive Products Features & Benefits of all Power Flap Products • • • • • • • •

Offers more conformability for a better finish. Lightweight design reduces operator fatigue. Easy to use - very little surface pressure required. Rigid reinforced fiberglass backing eliminates need for back-up pads. Cool cutting permits light contouring and prevents burning. One-step grind and finish reduces down time and finishing costs. Tough construction allows for aggressive edge grinding. Available in 40, 60, 80 & 120 grit.

STANDARD DENSITY POWER FLAPS Type 27 Flat Zirconium Size

Speed 120 Grit 80 Grit 60 Grit 40 Grit

4 x 5/8

13,700

54776

54774

54772

54770

4-1/2 x 7/8

13,500

54786

54784

54782

54780

4-1/2 x 5/8-11 13,500

54794

54792

54790 54788

7 x 7/8

8,600

7 x 5/8-11

8,600

54810

54796

54808 54806

HIGH DENSITY POWER FLAPS Features & Benefits • • • •

High Density design is 60% thicker than standard flap disc products. Extended life - fewer wheel change outs and reduced inventory costs. Hi-Alloy abrasive composition yields: Consistent performance - new zirconium granules continually exposed throughout the life of the product eliminates rework and saves labor. • Faster cut & longer life than aluminum oxide abrasives means fewer wheel change outs and reduces inventory costs.

HD Power Flap Discs

A B R A S I V E S

Type 27 Flat Zirconium - HIGH DENSITY Size 4-1/2 x 7/8

Speed 120 Grit 80 Grit 60 Grit 40 Grit 13,300

4-1/2 x 5/8-11 13,300 7 x 5/8-11

8,600

— 54916 —

54894 54892 54890 54912

54910

54922 54920

54918

54914

Type 29 Conical Zirconium - HIGH DENSITY 4-1/2 x 7/8

13,300

7 x 7/8

8,600

4-1/2 x 5/8-11 13,300

8,600

7 x 5/8-11

54934 54932 54930 —

54938 54936

54954 54952 54950 —

54958 54956

P-97


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Mini-Flaps The new Mini-Flap Disc represents a significant advancement in small diameter sanding technology. Constructed of overlapping flaps of premium Hi-alloy abrasive cloth on a durable one piece backing plate, this mini-flap disc offers all the performance benefits of their larger diameter counterparts.

A B R A S I V E S

Features and Benefits • • • • • • •

Simultaneously grind and finish in one operation. Consistent aggression throughout disc life. Grinds cool, reducing bluing and burning of work surface. Overlapping flap construction virtually eliminates edge wear. Coarser grits provide for rapid stock removal. Small diameters permit access to confined and hard to reach areas. Interrupted flap surface reduces glazing and loading. Zirconium Size 2

Back

MAX

40

60

80

Pkg

Up Pad

RPM

Grit

Grit

Grit

Qty

54710

54712

54714

10

54716

54718

54720

10

56998 30,000 57002

3

or

20,000

57004*

* 3 x 5/8-11 for use with 4-1/2" Angle Grinders

P-98


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Flex-Flaps Introducing the newest member of the Power Flap Family, the Flex Flap. This premium Hi Alloy product uniquely combines the power and versatility of Power Flap technology with the flexibility of Type 28 (conical) design in one durable disc. The Flex Flap is the first of its kind and represents a significant advancement in grinding technology. These discs will grind and finish all in one operation like their Power Flap counterparts, with added flexibility for use in tough-to-grind corners and edges without gouging.

Size

MAX

40

60

80

Pkg

Up Pad

RPM

Grit

Grit

Grit

Qty

54734

10

20,000 54736 54738

54740

10

56998 30,000 54730 54732

2 3

Back

5/8-11 Threaded

57004

3 x 1/4 Shank

57002

4-1/2 x 7/8

none

13,300

54974

5

4-1/2 x 5/8-11

none

13,300 54990 54992 54994

5

54970 54972

Features and Benefits • • • • • • • •

Designed to outlast cloth-backed discs up to 20-1. Simultaneously grind & finish in one application. Type 28 Design: Allows the disc to flex & contour to work surface for excellent results on tough to grind corners & edges. Ergonomic design features a built in 15% angle for reduced operator fatigue. Premium Hi-Alloy composition grinds cool for maximum disc life and minimal work surface discoloration. Overlapping flap construction virtually eliminated edge wear for maximum surface coverage & consistent aggression throughout disc life. Flap design represents a radical change in the way flaps are layered and spaced to generate maximum air flow for cooler grinding, reduced glazing and loading and extended life.

A B R A S I V E S

P-99


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Mini-Flaps & Flex-Flaps Assortment NO. 96308 • 11 ITEMS • 38 PIECES Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

A B R A S I V E S

P-100

3” Mini Flap Disc 40 Grit 54716

3” Mini Flap Disc 60 Grit 54718

3” Mini Flap Disc 80 Grit 54720

2” Mini Flap Disc 40 Grit 54710

2” Mini Flap Disc 60 Grit 54712

2” Mini Flap Disc 80 Grit 54714

2” Flex Flap Disc 40 Grit 54730 2” Flex Flap Disc 60 Grit 54732 2” Flex Flap Disc 80 Grit 54734


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives

Flap Wheels P30 Industrial Grade - Aluminum Oxide Mounted

• Non-loading. The flexibility provided by the coated abrasive flaps prevents loading which occurs with non-flexible grinding products. • Hugs concave or convex surfaces allowing access to hard to reach areas such as small diameter tubing, channels, recessed areas, small openings, etc. • Mandrel mounted on fixed 1/4 solid shank. • Full pack grit, resin bonded segments. • Remove work marks and surface imperfections. • Polishes die work, spot welds, fiberglass molds. • Deburrs stainless steel; blends and polishes.

Flap Wheels 120 Grit 80 Grit 60 Grit 40 Grit Max RPM

Diameter.

Shank

1x1

1/4

56790

56788 56786 56784

25,000

1-1/2 x 1

1/4

56798

56796 56794 56792

25,000

2x1

1/4

56806

56804 56802 56800

25,000

3x1

1/4

56822

56820

56816

25,000

6x1x1

see below

56838

56836 56834

25,000

56818

A B R A S I V E S

Adapters For 6 x 1 x 1 Flap Wheel P31 No.

Size

57104

1 x 1/2

57106

1 x 5/8

57108

1 x 3/4

P-101


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Mandrels P31

Back-Up Pads for Resin Fibre Discs

A B R A S I V E S

Back-Up Pads support the disc and properly distribute the grinding pressure to the work piece. For best disc cutting performance and durability, it is important that the appropriate back-up pad be selected. Pad nuts are included with back-up pads (5/8-11 thread for all standard spindles).

Features and Benefits • Provide disc support; distribute proper grinding pressure to the work piece. • Mounting systems designed for easy, fast disc change. • Shift clutch action assures operator safety if a pad jams during operation.

Back Up Pads No.

RPM

Size

Thread

4-1/2

5/8-11

57074 13,000

5

5/8-11

57076 13,000

7

5/8-11

57082 10,000

Adjustable Wrench

57094

• Adjustable wrench adapts to all variations of back-up pad threaded nuts.

P-102


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives

Resin Fibre Discs for Right Angle Grinders By far the most popular coated abrasive product used in industry, these resin fibre discs are constructed with a heavy vulcanized fibre back and coated with abrasive grains and bonded with a tough, heat resistant resin. • Each specific disc type has features and benefits unique to the particular application for which it was designed. • Electrostatic coating process orients the sharpest cutting edge of the grain upward and allows for uniform grain coverage, providing for maximum aggression. • Individually coated. This process assures consistent grain dispersion to the outermost edge and most important cutting area of the disc. • Completely sealed (front and back) to maintain the moisture content of the fibre, significantly extending shelf life under extreme changes of atmospheric conditions. • Preshaped to maintain proper assembly relationship between the disc and back-up pad

Applications Aluminum Oxide • For light , general purpose grinding of various metals. Ideal for rust and scale removal. • Tough and durable. Most commonly used grain for metal working applications.

Aluminum Oxide Open Cut

Zirconium

• "The Disc for Grinding • Excellent performance on Aluminum," as well as other stainless steel. non-ferrous metals and soft Recommended for heavy malleable materials. weld and metal grinding. • Patented "Island Pattern" grain configuration.

• High performance disc with a fast cut rate.

CG Ceramic Grain • For superior grinding and finishing on all types of carbon steel. • Twice the life and three to four times the performance of similar aluminum oxide discs.

• Grain configurations • Tough self-sharpening grain. virtually eliminate "loading", • This revolutionary grain, the the build-up or removed • Requires medium to heavy latest generation of • Versatile, multi-purpose material on the disc surface. operator pressure for synthetic metal cutting performance at a low optimum performance. minerals, was developed for cost. The least expensive the most demanding grinding disc in the fibre disc • Cool grinding action and finishing applications. family. reduces glazing and load • Very high rate of cut extended life expectancy.

A B R A S I V E S

• Self-sharpening grain ensures consistent performance during the entire life of the disc.

P-103


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives

Resin Fibre Discs for Right Angle Grinders

A B R A S I V E S

P-104

Resin Fibre Discs Aluminum Oxide

80 Grit 60 Grit 50 Grit 36 Grit 24 Grit

4-1/2 x 7/8

57182

57180

57178

57176

57174

5 x 7/8

57198

57196

57194

57192

57190

7 x 7/8

57214

57212

57210

57208

57206

4-1/2 x 7/8

57228

57226

57224

5 x 7/8

57238

57236

57234

7 x 7/8

57248

57246

57244

4-1/2 x 7/8

57262

57260

57258

57256

57254

5 x 7/8

57278

57276

57274

57272

57270

7 x 7/8

57294

57292

57290

57288

57286

4-1/2 x 7/8

57312

57310

57308

57306

57304

5 x 7/8

57328

57326

57324

57322

57320

7 x 7/8

57344

57342

57340

57338

57336

Alum Oxide Open Coat

Zirconium

CG Ceramic Grain


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives

1/4" Angle Air Die Grinder T03 No. 99501 Great for tight or angled grinding jobs that an inline die grinder won't reach. The rugged ball bearing motor provides up to 20,000 RPM and the efficient rear exhaust air flow system is preferred by professionals everywhere. Lever throttle action and less than 6 inches in length provide the best in mobility and control. Speed (RPM) ..... 20,000 Collet Size ............... 1/4 Air Inlet (NPT) ......... 1/4 Weight (Lbs) ........... 1-1/4 Air Pressure (PSI)..... 90 Air Consumption ....... 3 Length .................. 5-3/4

4-1/2 Resin Fibre Disc Starter Pack Assortment Z02 NO. 96304 • 12 ITEMS • 52 PIECES Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

Includes: • All four abrasive grains. • Mixture of grit sizes for a wide variety of applications. • Rubber backing pad. • Adjustable wrench.

A B R A S I V E S

96304 ALUMINUM OXIDE OPEN COAT 36 & 50 Grit for aluminum and other soft materials.

ALUMINUM OXIDE 60 & 80 Grit for light grinding of mild steels.

CERAMIC GRAIN 24, 36 & 80 Grit an aggressive grain for stainless steel welds and heat-treated hardened materials.

ZIRCONIUM 24, 36 & 80 Grit an aggressive grain for stainless steel welds and hard materials.

P-105


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Quick Change Grinding Discs P30 Hi-Alloy Zirconium Grinding Discs Size Grit Type R Type S Pkg

1-1/2

A B R A S I V E S

2

3

4

No.

No.

Qty

80

56726

10

60

56724

10

120

56734

10

80

56758

56732

10

60

56756

56730

10

36

56754

56728

10

120

56766

10

80

56764

56740

10

60

56762

56738

10

36

56760

56736

10

80

56772

5

60

56770

5

36

56768

5

• Superior grain resharpens itself during grinding. • Fast, aggressive cutting action that resists loading. • Suitable for hard materials and tough grinding applications. • Uses the same disc holders as the surface conditioning discs to change from grinding to conditioning in seconds.

Use Mandrel No. 57006 with 4 Discs

Type "R" Disc Holder

Quick Change Disc Holders P31 • Reduces down time for disc changing to seconds. • Cannot fly off at high speeds. • Half turn clockwise secures disc to pad. • Half turn counter clockwise removes disc from pad.

Density Qty

No.

Size

56994

1

Medium

1

56996

1-1/2

Medium

1

56998

2

Medium

1

57002

3

Medium

1

57006

4

Medium

1

Medium

1

57008* 4-5/8-11

* Converts Angle Grinders to Roloc system

Type "S" Disc Holder

Type "R"- Roloc Disc Holder P-106

Type "S" Disc Holder

No.

Size

Density Qty

56954

1-1/2

Medium

1

56956

2

Medium

1

56958

3

Medium

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives

Trim-Kut® Discs P30 A revolutionary abrasive disc designed to grind and finish a wide variety of materials faster and cooler than any other abrasive disc available today. The patented process of fusing premium abrasive grains to a durable polymer backing results in a highly versatile grinding tool that requires no backing pad. Trim-Kut® Discs are readily trimmable to either renew the cutting surface or reduce the diameter.

Qty

Description

Color

Grit

56854 3 / 80mm

Mid-Alloy

Red

36

28,000 25

56856 3 / 80mm

Mid-Alloy

Orange 60

28,000 25

56858 3 / 80mm

Mid-Alloy

No.

Size

Green

RPM

120 28,000 25

Each Package contains 1 (one) Mandrel TRIM-KUT Discs use Mandrel No. 57144

Trim-Kut® Discs w/Angle Air Die Grinder Z02 NO. 96306 • 5 ITEMS • 79 PIECES Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

Trim-Kut® Discs Assortment Z02 NO. 96307 • 4 ITEMS • 88 PIECES Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

A B R A S I V E S

99501 1/4” Angle Air Die Grinder 3” 36 Grit 56854

3” 60 Grit 56856

3” 120 Grit 56858

Mandrel 57144 P-107


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Top-Kut Cartridge Rolls P30 Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth Cartridge rolls fabricated from resin bond cloth are unequaled for economy and fast cutting quality. Their ability to wear through each layer of cloth while continuing to cut and polish makes them excellent for deburring, blending, and polishing applications. Base Dia. Length Mandrel Max RPM Grit Qty

No.

A B R A S I V E S

56586

3/8

1

57016

23,000

80

10

56584

1/2

1-1/2

57014

23,000

80

10

56588

3/4

1-1/2

57018

18,000

80

10

Recommended RPM is 10-20% less than max.

Cross, Square Pad, Cartridge & Taper Roll Mandrels P31 Arbor Shank

No.

Dia.

Dia.

Pilot

Pkg

Length Length Length Qty

Cross Pad & Square Mandrels 57056 1/4-20 57054

8-32

1/4

1

1/4

1

Cartridge & Taper Roll Mandrels 57016

1/8

1/4

3/4

4-1/2

6

1

57014

1/8

1/4

1

1-1/4

2-3/4

1

57018

1/4

1/4

1

1-1/4

3

1

No. 57054

No. 57056

No. 57016 P-108

O/A

Shank


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives P30

Round Serrated Discs With Quick Change Eyelets Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth • 80 Grit No. 56564

Size Mandrel Size Max RPM Pkg Qty 2

56566 2-1/2 56568

3

8-32

23,000

10

8-32

18,000

10

1/4-20

14,000

10

These discs are designed for deburring, finishing or polishing of radii and frontal areas. The quick change unit really works! Merely spin on and spin off for quick, safe attachment! No more twisting with pliers and losing of tempers and valuable time. Permits the operator to replace used pads within seconds.

10 Ply Cross Pads With Quick Change Eyelets Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth No.

Size

Eyelet

56874

2

8-32

Max RPM Pkg Qty 23,000

5

A very practical tool for deburring of lightening holes, tubing, and the polishing of inside diameters. Ideal, too, for finishing and polishing of molds, since it is possible to see through the pad in motion, like an airplane propeller, closer tolerances are held. Made of Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth. They are designed to conform to the surface, making them ideal for contour finishing. Abrasive material on both sides.

Square Pads With Quick Change Eyelets

A B R A S I V E S

Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth • 80 Grit No.

Size

56884 1-1/2

Thickness Eyelet Max RPM Qty 3/8

8-32

23,000

5

56886

2

1/2

1/4-20

23,000

5

56888

3

1/2

1/4-20

14,000

5

Square pads work on the principle that in rotating at reasonable high speeds the intermittent strokes of the corners provide both a fast cutting and buffing action. The grain provides the cutting action and the cloth backing provides the buffing effect. Does not leave a pattern on the work. These pads are great for finishing of forging dies, Kirksite dies, molds, metal patterns, fillets and corners. They conform to radii.

P-109


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Spiral Wound Bands P30 Aluminum Oxide Resin Bond Cloth Spiral Wound Bands are constructed of sharp, well-bonded mineral, coated on a strong drills cloth backing and spirally wound over a cloth inner liner. This forms an abrasivesurfaced cylinder that can rotate smoothly in either direction. This easy to use product provides a fast, continuous cut and long life performance so as to get lower costs per work piece. Bands are securely fabricated to maintain lamination.

A B R A S I V E S

P-110

Spiral Wound Bands Length

Inside

Rubber

Grit

Diameter

80

80

36

Qty

Drum

1/2

1

56676

56674

10

3/4

1

56678

10

1

1

56684

56682

56680

10

57038

1-1/2

1-1/2

56690

56688

56686

10

57040

Rubber Expanding Drums P31 These drums are designed to be used with the Spiral Wound Bands. They are balanced for maximum performance at high speeds, being fabricated from live rubber for controlled expansion. Rubber Expanding Drums Length Shank Max RPM Qty

No.

Dia.

57034

1/2

1

1/4

15,000

1

57036

3/4

1

1/4

19,000

1

57038

1

1

1/4

18,000

1

57040

1-1/2

1-1/2

1/4

10,000

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives, Bench Rolls, Files P26

Cloth Utility Rolls Made from a high grade resin bonded cotton cloth material. This combination delivers long life and flexible cutting characteristics allowing for optimum performance in a wide range of applications. • Extremely popular as a general purpose deburring, sanding, cleaning and polishing tool in all machine, maintenance & welding shops. • May be used on all types of materials. • Excellent for working on turning parts in lathes. • Supplied in a rugged corrugated storage container for easy dispensing of material. Grit

1 x 50 Yds 1-1/2 x 50 Yds 2 x 50 Yds

320

54840

240

54826

54838

54848

180

54824

54836

54846

150

54834

120

54822

54832

54844

100

54830

80

54820

54828

54842

Screen Back Cloth Wet/Dry Abrasive Bench Roll • Made of silicone carbide. • Open screen for high speed sanding. • Leaves surfaces free of lines, scratches and marks. • Can be used wet or dry. • Non-clogging, no loading, use both sides for longer life and less labor. • Ideal for body repairs, cleaning brass, copper, copper tubing and ends, removing glaze from new parts, smoothing rough spots, deburring and cleaning most surfaces.

No.

Grit

Size

54870

80

1-1/2"

54872

120

X

54874

180

25 yds.

A B R A S I V E S

P-111


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives P30

Flex Cut Hand Pads

A B R A S I V E S

P-112

Made of non-woven nylon material impregnated with abrasive grit bonded with synthetic resins. The Cost-Saving alternative to Steel Wool and Emery cloth. No.

Description

Size

Grain

Color

Qty

55010

Ultra Fine

6x9

Silicon Carbide

Gray

20

Ideal for fine finishing and light cleaning of metal, plastic, fiberglass, and wood surfaces.

55012

Medium

Ideal for general purpose hand cleaning, blending and finishing.

55014

Coarse

Ideal for demanding hand cleaning and finishing application. Long lasting and aggressive.

Use for polishing dies, fine burr removal on threaded parts, fine finishing of aluminum doors and frames, fine deburring of metal and plastic surfaces, scuffing acrylics, blending paint, etc. 6x9

Aluminum Oxide

Maroon

20

Use for satin finishing of aluminum extrusions and stainless steel, cleaning printed circuit boards, rust and corrosion removal, jitterbug sanding, etc. 6x9

Aluminum Oxide

Tan

20

Use for weld cleaning, deburring, removing heavy rust and oxides, decorative scratch finishing of aluminum, finishing stainless steel, blending, etc.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Surface Conditioning Discs P30 Velcro Backed No.

Grade

Size

Color

Qty

56468

Fine

2

Blue

10

56466 Medium

2

Maroon

10

56464

Coarse

2

Brown

10

56484

Fine

3

Blue

10

56482 Medium

3

Maroon

10

56480

Coarse

3

Brown

10

56496

Fine

4

Blue

10

56494 Medium

4

Maroon

10

56492

Coarse

4

Brown

10

56504

Fine

4-1/2

Blue

10

56502 Medium 4-1/2 Maroon

10

56500

Coarse

4-1/2

Brown

10

56510

Fine

5

Blue

10

56508 Medium

5

Maroon

10

56506

Coarse

5

Brown

10

56538

Fine

7

Blue

10

56536 Medium

7

Maroon

10

Coarse

7

Brown

10

56534

• For consistent, uniform surface preparation and high quality finishing without damage to base material. • Surface conditioning discs can clean surfaces, remove paint, rust and corrosion or condition grind lines. • Effective on metal, wood, plastics and other materials. • Discs attach quickly and securely with velcro backing pads.

Velcro Backing Pads P31 1/4 Shank No.

Size

Qty

56974

2

1

56976

3

1

56978

4

1

A B R A S I V E S

5/8 Threaded No.

1/4 Shank Velcro Backing Pad

5/8-11 Threaded Velcro Backing Pad

Size

56980 4-1/2

Qty 1

56982

5

1

56984

7

1

P-113


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives P30

4-1/2 Surface Conditioning Resin Fibre Discs for Angle Grinders Coarse - 56624 Medium - 56626 Fine - 56628 All the features and benefits of Surface Conditioning Discs specially designed for mounting on Resin Fibre Disc Rubber Back-Up Pads (No. 57074 for use on 4-1/2 angle grinders.

Surface Conditioning Discs

A B R A S I V E S

Surface Conditioning Discs have a tough reinforced nonwoven nylon web backing. It provides a longer cutting life and unequaled resistance to shedding and loading. They are designed for heavy rust and oxidation removal, blending machine tool marks and other surface imperfections. Both Type “R” Roloc® and Type "S" style disc holders makes disc change quick and easy.

Surface Conditioning Discs Type "R" Roloc® No.

Size

Grade

Color

56608

2

Fine

Blue

56606

2

56604

2

Coarse

56612

Max RPM Qty 25,000

10

Medium Maroon

23,000

10

Brown

23,000

10

3

Medium Maroon

20,000

10

56610

3

Coarse

Brown

20,000

10

56618

4

Medium Maroon

18,000

5

56616

4

Coarse

Brown

18,000

5

Type "R"- Roloc Disc Holder

Surface Conditioning Discs Type "S"

P-114

Grade

Color

Max RPM Qty

No.

Size

56446

2

Medium Maroon

23,000

10

56444

2

Coarse

Brown

23,000

10

56452

3

Medium Maroon

20,000

10

56450

3

Coarse

Brown

20,000

10

Type "S" Disc Holder


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Roloc-Style Surface Preparation Discs with Die Grinder - No. 96302 • 15 Items • 45 Pieces without Die Grinder - No. 96303 • 14 Items • 44 Pieces Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

2” Medium Surface Conditioning Disc 56606

3” Medium Surface Conditioning Disc 56612

2” Coarse Surface Conditioning Disc 56604

3” Coarse Surface Conditioning Disc 56610

2” 80 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56758

3” 80 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56764

2” 60 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56756

3” 60 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56762

2” 35 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56754

3” 36 Grit Zirconium Grinding Disc 56760

3” 80 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57364

2” 50 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57356

3” Roloc Backing Pad 57002

2” Roloc Backing Pad 56998

Angle Air Grinder 99501

Roloc™ Bristle Discs Assortments with Die Grinder - No. 96309 • 11 Items • 24 Pieces without Die Grinder - No. 96310 • 10 Items • 33 Pieces Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

1" 80 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57356 1" Roloc Back-Up Pad 1/4 Shank 56994

2" 120 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57360

3" 120 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57366

2" 80 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57358

3" 80 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57364

2" 50 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57356 2" Roloc Back-Up Pad 1/4 Shank 56998

3" 50 Grit Tapered Bristle Disc 57362 3" Roloc Back-Up Pad 1/4 Shank 57002

1/4" Angle Grinder 99501 T03

A B R A S I V E S

P-115


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specialty Abrasives P32

Bristle Discs Faster, safer, more cost-effective coatings removal, weld preparation, general maintenance cleaning and cleaning in hard to reach areas. Dia.

A B R A S I V E S

P-116

50 GRIT 80 GRIT 120 GRIT (Green)

(Yellow)

(White)

1

57354

57356

—

2

57358

57360

57362

3

57364

57366

57368

Applications: Ideal for cleaning, finishing, blending, and deburring. Use for general surface conditioning applications.

Single discs can be mounted with the Roloc™ attachment system. 1" uses Back Up Pad 56994 2" uses Back Up Pad 57002 3" uses Back Up Pad 56998 Color Coded

4-1/2 Bristle Disc Dia. 4-1/2

50 GRIT 80 GRIT 120 GRIT (Green)

(Yellow)

(White)

57384

57386

57388

Applications: Ideal for removing adhesive, paint & other coatings, stains, heavy oxides and surface contaminates.

Threaded core spins quickly onto 5/8-11 threaded shafts on electric or pneumatic right angle grinders. Color coded.

Radial Bristle Disks A new design in polishing and cleaning. These 1/16" thick abrasive impregnated discs feature flexible bristles that can be used for cleaning, prepolishing, blending, and texturing. The discs are flexible and thin enough to get into crevices and small places.

50 GRIT #57370

80 GRIT #57372


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Roloc™ Coating Removal Discs P30 Features the Coating Removal Discs web with a Roloc™ button attached. This rugged open web is virtually non-loading to make surface preparation faster and easier. Aggressively tackles the toughest cleaning applications. No.

Size

RPM

Qty.

56644

2

18,000

1

56646

3

15,000

1

56648

4

11,000

1

ROLOC™ COATING REMOVAL DISCS ASSORTMENT Z02 NO. 96305 INCLUDES ANGLE GRINDER 10 ITEMS • 20 PIECES

4-1/2 Coating Removal Discs for Angle Grinders P30 No. 56664 All the features and benefits of the Coating Removal Discs designed for mounting on Resin Fibre Disc Rubber Back-Up Pads (No. 57074) for use on 4-1/2 angle grinders.

A B R A S I V E S

Type R Extension No.

• Cleans all hard to reach surfaces.

57010

• Use with a die grinder to quickly clean surface on inaccessible applications. • The tool is equipped with a floating guide shaft so the user can steer the abrasive pad around the surface. P-117


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives P30

Roloc™ Unitized Wheels Roloc™ unitized wheels are strong, efficient products for edge deburring and finishing. They perform well in a variety of metal working applications and on intricate machined parts where close tolerances are important. Roloc™ Unitized Wheels

A B R A S I V E S

No.

Dia.

RPM

Grit

Color

56704

2

22,100

Coarse

Tan

56706

2

22,100 Medium

Tan

56708

2

22,100

Fine

Gray

Use Mandrel No. 06525 with 2" Unitized Wheels 56710

3

15,100

Coarse

Tan

56712

3

15,100

Medium

Tan

56714

3

15,100

Fine

Gray

Use Mandrel No. 57002 with 3" Unitized Wheels

Mounted Satin Wheels Aluminum Oxide Mounted satin wheels are most practical for removal of scale and oxidation. They will produce a uniform high luster finish without altering part geometry. They can be used for a wide variety of cleaning, finishing and polishing applications. They can be used with portable power tools drills presses and lathes. Mounted Satin Wheels No.

Dia.

56426 2-3/8 56430

3

56424 2-3/8 56428

3

Width Max RPM Shank

Grit

Qty

2

8000

1/4

Med.

2

2

6000

1/4

Med.

2

2

1/4

Fine

2

2

1/4

Fine

2

Recommended RPM is 10-20% less than max.

P-118


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Abrasives

Surface Prep. Type R Assortment Assortment No. 96300 Blue (very fine) 2"

Maroon (medium) 3"

Blue (very fine) 3"

56612

56614

Brown (coarse) 3"

Zirconiun 80 Grit 3" Laminated Discs

Backing Pad 3" 57002 Backing Pad 2" 56998

56608 Maroon (medium) 2" Extension Part

56606

57010

Brown (coarse) 2"

Zirconiun 80 Grit 2" Laminated Discs

56604

56610

56764

56758

A B R A S I V E S

P-119


Combo Drill-Taps CUTTING TOOLS

UltraCut™ Combo Drill-Taps

Drill and Tap in One Operation…. Simply the Fastest and Easiest Way to Go!

Features:

Applications:

• Fast and Easy — More than Twice as Fast as Drilling and Tapping in Two Operations! • Only One Tool to Use — Minimize Tool Costs and Inventory • Made of High Speed Steel — Drills and Taps the Toughest Materials • Single Operation — Increases Productivity and Effectiveness • 2-Flute Design — Effectively Removes Chips and Allows For Coolant/Lubricant • Fits All Standard Tool Holders — Ideal for Multi-Spindle Heads With Reversing Capability • 65% Thread Depth — The Ideal Value For Multiple Applications • 2B Class of Fit — For Ultimate Pitch Diameter and Thread Tolerance • Works in Most Materials — Perfect for Aluminum, Brass, Bronze, Cast Iron, Stainless Steel, Steel, Zinc and More

• • • • • • •

| P-120 |

01.02.07

Once you see how fast and easy it is to drill and tap a hole with the same tool and at the same time….you will never reach for another standard tap again! Simply insert the UltraCut™ Combo Drill-Tap into the drill motor like any ordinary drill…and as the drill breaks through the material, slow the drill down and continue forward to tap the hole!

Automotive Construction Electrical Farming Industrial Maintenance And Much More

Description

No.

Size

Overall Lgth

Drill Dia

Drill Length

53835

4-40

1-7/8

0.0910

1/4

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (4-40)

1

53836

6-32

2

0.1110

5/16

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (6-32)

1

Qty

53837

8-32

2-1/8

0.1375

3/8

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (8-32)

1

53838

10-24

2-3/8

0.1545

13/32

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (10-24)

1

53839

10-32

2-3/8

0.1635

13/32

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (10-32)

1

53840

12-24

2-3/8

0.1800

15/32

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (12-24)

1

53841

1/4-20

2-1/2

0.2080

17/32

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (1/4-20)

1

53842

5/16-18

2-27/32

0.2660

11/16

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (5/16-18)

1

53843

3/8-16

3-3/8

0.3225

13/16

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (3/8-16)

1

53844

7/16-14

3-3/4

0.3770

1

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (7/16-14)

1

53845

1/2-13

4-1/16

0.4350

1-1/8

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps (1/2-13)

1

82042

Index 1

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps – Small Set 4-40 to 12-24

1

82043

Index 2

UltraCut Combo Drill-Taps – 10-pc Set 4-40 to 1/2-13

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


CUTTING TOOLS

Saw Blades

96202

AX-IT™ Ultra Fast and Smooth Wood Cutting Blade

Cuts Wood Like a Chainsaw…..Only Smoother!

Features:

Applications:

• Large, Diamond Ground, Razor-Sharp Teeth — Provide Extremely Fast Cutting of Wood • Long 9-Inch Blade — Allows Cutting of Large Diameter Tree Branches and Thick Wood • Heavy .050 Thickness — Assures Tough, Stiff Cutting without Binding • 1/2” Conventional Shank — Fits All Standard Sawsall Machines

• • • • •

No.

Size

53246

9 x 3/4 x .050

Tree Pruning Cutting Up Pallets Rough Cutting Ideal for Hard and Soft Woods All Fast Wood Cutting Operations

Description

Qty

AX-IT™ Wood Cutting Sawsall Blade

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

01.02.07

| P-121 |

TMC’s new AX-IT Wood Cutting Sawsall Blade has such aggressive teeth, it cuts wood / lumber / trees like a chainsaw…..yet smooth as a knife. Once you try TMC’s new AX-IT Sawsall Blade, you’ll never pickup a chainsaw again.


Miscellaneous Drills TM

Glass & Tile Drills Smoothly Drill Perfect Holes in the Most Fragile Materials Features: • Spear Point Tip – Reduces Cutting Pressure for Cleaner Holes • Tungsten Carbide Tip – Assures Longer Life • Unique Design – Easily Drills Through China, Slate, Marble, Glass and Mirror

CUTTING TOOLS

Spear Head

Applications: • Glass, Mirrors, Tile, Ceramics TM

Wood Spade Bits Smooth and Fast Wood Boring

012808

TMC’s Zee-BladeTM Wood Spade Bits feature a black quench coating that increases wear resistance. The unique 15o chisel edge design is more positively angled to dig into wood, thereby drilling holes much faster and smoother than standard spade bits.

Features:

Applications:

• All bits are 6"/150mm long – The Ideal Length for Most Typical Maintenance Applications • 1/4" Quick Change Hex Shank with Power Groove – Fits All Standard Drill Motors and Screw Guns/Drivers • Angled Spur – Eliminates Splintering Upon Exiting of Material • Exclusive Tempering Process – Toughens Bit for Strength, Durability and Sharpness

• • • • • •

Hard Woods Soft Woods Plywoods Fiberboard Flakeboard Other Materials

P-122

Zee-Blade


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. General Information

Terminal Construction 1

2

3

4 6

5 7

8 9 Vinyl Insulated

1

2

3

4 6

5 7

8 9 Nylon Insulated with Insulation Grip

1. Funnel design guides wire into position

1. One piece, burr free construction for maximum electrical conductivity. Electro-tin plating for maximum corrosion resistance. Annealed to relieve stress points and assure maximum installed strength. 2. Barrel-to-pad transition designed to minimize flexing and bending. 3. Open-end design permits visual inspection of wire location before and after crimping. 4. Multiple “V” grooves in #22-4 AWG parts for maximum holding power and current flow. 5. Injection molded insulations provide the highest quality terminals in the industry. • 105°C rated, tough resistant electrical grade materials. • Molding insures consistent wall thickness for maximum reliability after crimping. • Molding affords Funnel Barrel construction for easier installation. • Molding offers the crimp ridge and non-slip ridge. 6. Crimp ridge designed for positive location of tool on terminal barrel which means fewer miscrimps. 7. Funnel Barrel construction provides excellent electrical and mechanical connections. • Positive and easy wire entry. • Eliminates strand hang-ups. • No wire twisting necessary. • Insures good crimp contact and electrical conductivity. • Nylon insulated terminals feature a brass sleeve for optimum grip on insulation, strain relief and vibration protection. Sleeve is recessed for excellent flash-over protection. 8. Non-slip ridge so tool slides to end of terminal for proper crimp and better workmanship. 9. Beveled leading edge for easy insulation entry.

E L E C T R I C A L

Funnel barrel feature provides excellent electrical and mechanical connection

2. No wire strand hangup as wire is inserted. Fast, positive installation.

3. Wire in place ready for crimping. Q-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Electrical Tools T09

Wire Crimping Tool No. 99502

E L E C T R I C A L

Correct crimping is important to assure a strong connection.

¬ Anvil type wire cutter. Electrical ¬ Crimp dies for #26-10 AWG Crimp insulated terminals, connectors, Mechanical and closed-end connectors. Crimp ¬ Cut-off dies for mild steel and non-ferrous screws. ¬ Crimp die for #12-6 AWG non-insulated terminals, connectors, flags, quick-slides, crimp sleeves and high-temperature terminals. ¬ Crimp die for insulated terminals and butt connectors, wire sizes #8-6 AWG. ¬ Crimp die for #26-14 AWG non-insulated terminals, connectors, flags, quick-slides and crimp sleeves. ¬ Wire-stripping stations. Correct Incorrect ¬ Strip length guide. Non-insulated Terminals & ¬ Textured, cushioned grips.

Connectors - Indent should be opposite the barrel seam.

A versatile, heavy duty tool, it is made of .140" high-strength, heattreated carbon steel. It is light weight without sacrificing strength. It handles a variety of terminal and connector styles, including flags, closed-end connectors, crimp sleeves and standard parts, insulated and non-insulated, over a broad range of 26-6 AWG.

James Morton® Wire/Cable Cutter No. 83756 • Stainless steel blades cut electrical cable safely. • Ergonomic handle for comfort. • Spring keeps handles open when in use. • Locking device keeps blades closed when not in use.

WARNING: Do not use on electrical circuits! Q-2


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Non-Insulated Terminals Q3A

Non-Insulated Butted Seam The most economical terminal. It is used where special performance or installation characteristics are not needed. Beveled mouth facilitates wire insertion.

Ring Terminals No.

Spade Terminals

Wire Stud Qty

Wire Stud Qty

No.

65008 22-18

#6

100

65182 22-18

#10

100

65010 22-18

#8

100

65186 16-14

#10

100

65012 22-18

#10

100

65184 12-10

#10

100

65016 16-14

#6

100

65018 16-14

#8

100

65020 16-14

#10

100

65022 16-14

1/4

100

65028 12-10

#8

100

65030 12-10

#10

100

65032 12-10

1/4

100

65034 12-10

5/16

100

65216 22-18 100

65036 12-10

3/8

100

65218 16-14

100

65038 12-10

1/2

100

65220 12-10

100

Butt Connectors No.

Wire

Qty

Quick Slides No.

Wire

Type

Blade Size Qty 1/4

100

1/4

100

1/4

100

Ml. Quick Slide

1/4

100

Ml. Snap Plug

.156

100

65260

16-14 Fem. Quick Slide

65262

16-14

65264

12-10 Fem. Quick Slide

65266

12-10

65268

16-14

Ml. Quick Slide

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Non-Insulated Brazed Seam Q3A

Non-Insulated Brazed Seam Beveled mouth facilitates wire insertion. It can be crimped anywhere on barrel surface. Silver brazed seam will not open under crimping pressure or operating stresses. Unlike butted seam parts, stranded wire cannot escape barrel confines during or after crimping.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-4

Ring Terminals No.

Butt Connectors

Wire Stud Qty

No.

Wire

Qty

64980

#8

#10

10

65210

#8

10

64982

#8

1/4

10

65212

#6

10

64986

#8

5/16

10

65214

#4

10

64984

#8

3/8

10

64988

#8

1/2

10

64990

#6

1/4

10

64992

#6

5/16

10

64994

#6

3/8

10

64996

#6

1/2

10

64998

#4

#10

10

64500

#4

1/4

10

64502

#4

5/16

10

64504

#4

3/8

10

64506

#4

1/2

10

Male Tabs (Ring Tongue) No.

Wire

Qty

65770

#6

100

65772

#8

100

65774

#10

100


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Vinyl Insulated Terminal Asst. Top 24 Wire Ends No. 96423 • 24 Items - 515 Pieces Arranged in a large 24 compartment metal drawer. Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 16-14 Butt Connector #6 Ring Terminal #8 Ring Terminal #10 Ring Terminal #10 Spade Term. Fem. Quick Slide 11-6-P 65492 65442 65344 65246 65292

Wire Size 16-14 Butt Connector 65444

Wire Size 16-14 #6 Ring Term. 65350

Wire Size 16-14 #10 Ring Term. 65354

Wire Size 16-14 1/4" Ring Term. 65356

Wire Size 16-14 Wire Size 16-14 #10 Spade Term. Male Quick Slide 65394 65494

Wire Size 12-10 Butt Connector 65446

Wire Size 16-14 Female Bullet 82F-156-NL

Wire Size 16-14 Male Bullet 65496

Wire Size 12-10 #10 Spade Term. 65398

Wire Size 12-10 Wire Size 12-10 #8 Ring Terminal Male Quick Slide 65500 65358

Wire Size 12-10 #10 Ring Term. 65360

Wire Size 12-10 1/4" Ring Term. 65362

Wire Size 12-10 5/16" Ring Term. 65364

Wire Size 12-10 3/8" Ring Term. 65366

Wire Size 12-10 1/2" Ring Term. 65368

Wire Size 12-10 Fem. Quick Slide 65498

Non-Insulated Terminal Assortment Top 24 Wire Ends No. 96423 • 24 Items - 635 Pieces Arranged in a large 24 compartment metal drawer. Wire Size 22-18 Butt Connector 65216

Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 #6 Ring Terminal #8 Ring Terminal #10 Ring Terminal #10 Spade Term. 65182 65012 65010 11-6

Wire Size 16-14 Fem. Quick Slide 65260

Wire Size 16-14 Butt Connector 65218

Wire Size 16-14 #6 Ring Term. 65016

Wire Size 16-14 #10 Ring Term. 65020

Wire Size 16-14 1/4" Ring Term. 65022

Wire Size 16-14 #10 Spade Term. 65186

Wire Size 16-14 Male Quick Slide 65262

Wire Size 12-10 Butt Connector 65220

Wire Size 16-14 Female Bullet 65502

Wire Size 16-14 Male Bullet 65268

Wire Size 12-10 Wire Size 12-10 #10 Spade Term. #8 Ring Terminal 65184 65028

Wire Size 12-10 Male Quick Slide 65266

Wire Size 12-10 #10 Ring Term. 65360

Wire Size 12-10 1/4" Ring Term. 65032

Wire Size 12-10 5/16" Ring Term. 65034

Wire Size 12-10 3/8" Ring Term. 65036

Wire Size 12-10 Fem. Quick Slide 65264

Wire Size 12-10 1/2" Ring Term. 65038

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinyl Insulated Terminals Q3B

Vinyl Insulated Butted Seam Terminals

E L E C T R I C A L

Used where insulated barrel is necessary and desirable. Terminal consists of butted part with flared, rigid, molded polyvinyl chloride sleeve securely attached and funneled for easy entry. Wire insulation positions itself against funnel portion of vinyl sleeve thus eliminating strand hang-up. Crimping barrel and flared portion of sleeve provide excellent electrical contact plus mechanical stress relief at junction of insulation and barrel. Insulation has a non-skid ridge for ease of positioning crimping tool. Industry standard color coding indicates wire range. Insulators are rated at a continuous operating temperature range from -40째F to 220째F (-40째C to 105째C). U.L. Listed and CSA Certified for 600 volt building wire and 1000 volt signs and fixtures.

Ring Terminals No.

Wire Stud

Color

Qty

65343

22-18

#6

Red

100

65344

22-18

#8

Red

100

65346

22-18

#10

Red

100

65348

22-18

1/4

Red

100

65350

16-14

#6

Blue

100

65352

16-14

#8

Blue

100

65354

16-14

#10

Blue

100

65356

16-14

1/4

Blue

100

65358

12-10

#8

Yellow

100

65360

12-10

#10

Yellow

100

65362

12-10

1/4

Yellow

100

65366

12-10

3/8

Yellow

100

65368

12-10

1/2

Yellow

100

65364

12-10

5/16 Yellow

100

Butt Connectors Wire

No.

65442 22-18

Red

100

65444 16-14

Blue

100

65446 12-10 Yellow 100 65448

#8

Red

25

65450

#6

Blue

25

65452

#4

Snap Plugs

Q-6

No.

Wire

Color

65502

16-14

Blue

65496

16-14

Blue

Color Qty

Type

Qty

Female 100 Male

100

Yellow 25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinyl Insulated Terminals

Spade Terminals Q3B Wire Stud

No.

Color

Qty

65390

22-18

#6

Red

100

65392

22-18

#10

Red

100

65394

16-14

#10

Blue

100

65396

12-10

#6

Yellow

100

65398

12-10

#10

Yellow

100

Quick Slides Q3B Wire

No.

Color

Type

Qty

65490 22-18

Red

Female 100

65492

16-14

Blue

Female 100

65494

16-14

Blue

65498

12-10 Yellow Female 100

65500

12-10 Yellow

Male Male

100 100

Star Ring Terminals Q3C This terminal features a locking serrated tooth ring that is ideal for grounding. When the ring is tightened down the teeth bite into the metal and penetrate through any paint or coatings to insure a good connection or ground. • Eliminates the need for lock washers. • Maintains terminal separation and resists twisting of terminals during assembly. • Offers good resistance to vibration. • Ideal for use as a grounding lug. No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Wire Size Stud Insulation Qty

65740

16-14

#8

Vinyl

100

65742

16-14

#10

Vinyl

100

Serrated Tooth Blades Q-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Nylon Insulated With Grip Q3C

Nylon Insulated Butted Seam With Insulation Grip

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-8

These terminals are used where insulated barrel and positive insulation grip are necessary or desirable. The terminal consists of butted seam part with flared, seamless brass sleeve securely attached and covered with flared, molded nylon sleeve. Wire insulation positions itself against funnel portion of brass sleeve. Crimping barrel and flared portion of sleeve provide excellent electrical contact plus mechanical stress relief at junction of insulation and barrel. Positioning crimp tool is nearly mistake proof due to a “step” in the nylon insulation. Industry standard color coding indicates wire range. Insulators are rated at a continuous operating temperature range from -40°F to 220°F (-40°C to 105°C). U.L. Listed and CSA Certified for 600 volt building wire and 1000 volt signs and fixtures.

BUTT CONNECTORS

Seamless (SN)

Insulation Grip (NB)

• Economical. • Nylon insulated. • Crimp once on each end.

• Nylon insulated. • Double crimp to secure wire and insulation. • Brass sleeve provides optimum grip on insulation to give strain relief and vibration protection.

Moisture Resistant (NBM) • • • •

Sealant filled. Insulation grip for strain relief and vibration protection. Withstands high temp. car and truck wash solutions. Remains stable over a wide temp. range - accepts fine strand wire down to 0°F. • Protects against corrosive environments - road chemicals, animal waste, salt spray and exhaust fumes. • Withstands temperatures of -50°F to 220°F for improved brake and taillight integrity in all weather. • Double crimp to secure wire & insulation - no heat or chemicals needed.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Insulated With Grip Q3C

Window Butt Connectors • • • • •

Military approved according to MIL-T-7928/5 Class 1. Nylon insulated. Insulation grip provides superior strain relief. Military approved to withstand the most harsh environments. Inspection window guarantees proper wire insertion and crimp tool alignment. No.

Wire

Mil

Max.

Max.

Color

Qty

Size Length Insul. Dia.

Spec No. 65988 M7928/5-3

22-18

1.26

.140

Red

50

65996 M7928/5-4

16-14

1.26

.170

Blue

50

66004 M7928/5-5

12-10

1.62

.228

Yellow

25

Step Butt Connectors • Allows for splicing wires of two different sizes together. No.

Wire Sizes

Insulation

Qty

66422

12-10 to 16-14

Nylon

25

66420

16-14 to 22-18

Nylon

25

Fully Insulated Male & Female Quick Slides • • • • • • • • • • •

Centered male blade for reversible entry. Compact profile. Flashover protection. Reinforced neck on male blade. Corrugated barrel on female quick-slide. Stable spring pressure capable of multiple usage. Improved conductivity. Increased corrosion and arcing resistance. Will also accept and retain thicker male blades. Less metal fatigue stabilizes insertion and pull-out force. Funnel barrel prevents strand hang-ups and allows easier insertion.

E L E C T R I C A L S

Q-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Snap Spade Terminals

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-10

• Locks at the base, not the tip, affording the ultimate in electrical conductivity and mechanical strength. • Channeled slot for easy entry. • An audible click assures that the terminal is positively seated. • Positive snap action capable of multiple usage; work hardened to retain spring effect. • Standard tongue size requires no additional space. • All the advantages of a ring with the convenience of a spade. • Convenient to use in hard-to-reach places.

Nylon Insulated with Insulation Grip Solderless Terminal Assortment Top 24 Wire Ends No. 96400 • 24 Items - 620 Pieces Arranged in a large 24 compartment metal drawer. Wire Size 22-18 Butt Connector 65986

Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 22-18 Wire Size 16-14 #6 Ring Terminal #8 Ring Terminal #10 Ring Terminal #10 Spade Term. Fem. Quick Slide 65542 66454 66088 65544 65545

Wire Size 16-14 Butt Connector 65994

Wire Size 16-14 #6 Ring Term. 65556

Wire Size 16-14 #10 Ring Term. 65560

Wire Size 16-14 1/4" Ring Term. 65562

Wire Size 12-10 Butt Connector 66002

Wire Size 16-14 Female Bullet 66298

Wire Size 16-14 Male Bullet 66300

Wire Size 12-10 Wire Size 12-10 Wire Size 12-10 #10 Spade Term. #8 Ring Terminal Male Quick Slide 66384 65582 66220

Wire Size 12-10 #10 Ring Term. 65584

Wire Size 12-10 1/4" Ring Term. 65586

Wire Size 12-10 5/16" Ring Term. 65588

Wire Size 12-10 3/8" Ring Term. 65590

Wire Size 16-14 Wire Size 16-14 #10 Spade Term. Male Quick Slide 66460 66216

Wire Size 12-10 1/2" Ring Term. 65592

Wire Size 12-10 Fem. Quick Slide 66092


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Insulated With Grip Q3C

Nylon Insulated with Insulation Grip Butt Connectors

Ring Terminals No.

Stud Wire

Color Qty

65540

#4

22-18

Red

100

65542

#6

22-18

Red

100

65544

#8

22-18

Red

100

65545

#10

22-18

Red

100

65548

1/4

22-18

Red

100

65550

5/16 22-18

Red

100

65552

3/8

22-18

Red

100

65554

#4

16-14

Blue

100

65556

#6

16-14

Blue

100

65558

#8

16-14

Blue

100

65560

#10

16-14

Blue

100

65562

1/4

16-14

Blue

100

65564

5/16 16-14

Blue

100

65566

3/8

16-14

Blue

100

65580

#6

65582

No.

Type

Wire

65986

Seamless

22-18

Red

100

65982

Insul. grip

22-18

Red

100

Moist. Resist. 22-18

Red

50

65984

Color Qty

65994

Seamless

16-14

Blue

100

65990

Insul. grip

16-14

Blue

100

Moist. Resist. 16-14

Blue

100

65992 66002

Seamless

12-10 Yellow 100

65998

Insul. grip

12-10 Yellow 100

66000

Moist. Resist. 12-10 Yellow 50

Spade Terminals No.

Stud

Wire

12-10 Yellow 100

65800

#6

22-18

Red

100

#8

12-10 Yellow 100

65802

#8

22-18

Red

100

65584

#10

12-10 Yellow 100

65804

#10

22-18

Red

100

65586

1/4

12-10 Yellow 100

65806

#6

16-14

Blue

100

65588

5/16 12-10 Yellow 100

65808

#8

16-14

Blue

100

65590

3/8

12-10 Yellow 100

65810

#10

16-14

Blue

100

65592

1/2

12-10 Yellow 100

65812

#6

12-10 Yellow 100

65814

#8

12-10 Yellow 100

65816

#10

12-10 Yellow 100

Color Qty

E L E C T R I C A L

Pin Terminals

Color

Qty

66340 22-18

Red

100

66342

16-14

Blue

100

66344

12-10 Yellow

No.

Wire

50

Q-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Nylon Insulated With Grip Q3C

Nylon Insulated with Insulation Grip

Male Quick Slides Fully Insulated

Snap Spade Terminals

E L E C T R I C A L

No.

Stud

Wire

66450

#6

22-18

Red

66452

#8

22-18

66454

#10

66456

Color Qty

No.

Blade Wire

100

66210

3/16 22-18

Red

100

66212

1/4

22-18

Red

100

66214

#6

16-14

Blue

100

66458

#8

16-14

Blue

100

66460

#10

16-14

Blue

100

66462

#8

12-10 Yellow 50

66464

#10

12-10 Yellow 50

50

22-18

Red

50

3/16

16-14

Blue

50

66216

1/4

16-14

Blue

50

66220

1/4

12-10 Yellow 25

Male Quick Slides

66162 66160

No.

Stud

Wire

Color

Qty

66370

#6

22-18

Red

100

66372

#8

22-18

Red

100

66374

#10

22-18

Red

100

66376

#6

16-14

Blue

100

66378

#8

16-14

Blue

100

66390

#10

16-14

Blue

100

66384

#10

12-10 Yellow

50

Multi Stack Terminals No.

Q-12

Red

No.

Block Spade Terminals

Blade Wire

Color

Qty

66260

1/4

22-18

Red

50

66262

1/4

16-14

Blue

50

66264

1/4

12-10 Yellow

50

Color Qty

Blade Wire 1/4

Color Qty

22-18

Red

50

3/16 22-18

Red

50

66166

1/4

16-14

Blue

50

66164

3/16

16-14

Blue

50

66168

1/4

12-10 Yellow 25

Hock Terminals No.

Stud

Wire

Color

Qty

65930

#10

22-18

Red

100

65932

#6

16-14

Blue

100

65934

#8

16-14

Blue

100

65936

#10

16-14

Blue

100

65938

#6

12-10 Yellow

50

65940

#10

12-10 Yellow

50


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Insulated With Grip Q3C

Nylon Insulated with Insulation Grip Male Snap Plugs Female Quick Slides Fully Insulated Blade Wire

No.

No.

Plug

Wire Color Qty

Color

Qty

66292

.156

22-18 Red

50

66082

3/16

22-18

Red

50

66300 5/32

16-14 Blue

50

66084

1/4

22-18

Red

50

66296

3/16

16-14 Blue

50

66086

3/16

16-14

Blue

50

66088

1/4

16-14

Blue

50

66092

1/4

12-10 Yellow

25

Female Snap Plugs No.

Female Quick Slides Blade Wire

No.

Color

Qty

66032

1/4

22-18

Red

50

66030

3/16

22-18

Red

50

66036

1/4

16-14

Blue

50

66034

3/16

16-14

Blue

50

66040

1/4

12-10 Yellow

25

Plug

Wire Color Qty

66290 5/32 22-18 Red

50

66298 5/32 66294 3/16

16-14 Blue

50

16-14 Blue

50

Female Flag Terminals Fully Insulated No.

Blade Wire Color Qty

66130

1/4

22-18 Red

50

66132

1/4

16-14 Blue

50

E L E C T R I C A L

3 + 4 Way Connectors No.

Plug

Wire

Color

Qty

65900 3 Way 16-14

Blue

25

65902 4 Way 16-14

Blue

25

65904 3 Way 12-10 Yellow

25

Closed End Connectors

Wire

Qty

65850 22-14

50

65852 18-10

100

No.

65854

#8

50

Q-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Heavy Duty Terminals

Heavy Duty Terminals Q3C • 25% more metal than 12-14 Ga. • Covers three (3) wire sizes including the 2 most popular - 12 &14. • Heavier metal gives vibration-free contact where other terminals may fail. • Resists cracking and splitting after bending or crimping. • Provides high insulation heat range - 250° continuous, 350° intermittent. • Ideal for starters, alternators, generators, etc.

E L E C T R I C A L

16-12 Wire Gauge Ring Terminal Heavy Duty No. 65568

#8

25

65570

#10

25

65572

1/4

25

65574

5/16

25

65576

3/8

25

65578

1/2

25

Heavy Duty Terminal Assortment Z02 No. 96403 • 6 Items - 240 Pieces Arranged in a large 20 compartment metal drawer

16-12 Ga. #8 Ring 65568

16-12 Ga. 1/2" Ring 65578

Q-14

Stud Qty

16-12 Ga. #10 Ring 65570

16-12 Ga. 1/4" Ring 65572

16-12 Ga. 5/16" Ring 65574

16-12 Ga. 3/8" Ring 65576


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Insulated Q3C

Heavy Duty Large Gauge - Brazed Seam Silver brazed to eliminate cracking and splitting.

Ring Terminals #8 Gauge Wire No.

Stud

Qty

65598

#10

25

65600

1/4

25

65602

5/16

25

65604

3/8

25

65606

1/2

25

#6 Gauge Wire No.

Stud

Qty

65608

#10

25

65610

1/4

25

65612

5/16

25

65614

3/8

25

65616

1/2

25

#4 Gauge Wire No.

Stud

Qty

65618

#10

25

65620

1/4

25

65622

5/16

25

65624

3/8

25

65626

1/2

25

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Terminals Q2B

Multilink Connectors Sealed Electrical System Crimped for maximum reliability Soldered for strength and conductivity Sealed for superior durabilty MULTILINKS ARE THE ULTIMATE CONNECTION WHEN FAILURE IS NOT AN OPTION. The Crimp Connector

E L E C T R I C A L

The Solder

The Heat Shrink Tubing

• Zippered brazed seam for • Flux coating to clean superior crimp performance. metal surfaces. • Window for visual inspection. • Pre-measured solder to • Wire stop to prevent overdeliver the right amount. insertion. • Low-temp solder alloy for • Serrated inner barrel for ease of installation. extra crimp strength.

• Adhesive-lined polyolefin to seal the connection. • Color-coded with wire gauge imprint for easy size identification. • Translucent tubing to allow for visual inspection.

The Ultimate Connection • High quality, brazed seam crimp connector provides a secure mechanical connection. • Pre-fluxed, low temperature solder delivers superior current flow and tensile strength. • Translucent, adhesive-lined heat shrink tubing allows for visual inspection and provides a seal against corrosion. • Crimped, soldered, and sealed connection meets or exceeds the most stringent OEM standards.

Easy-to-Install BUTT CONNECTOR INSTALLATION 1. Strip the wire to 3/8." 2. Select a connector (match wire gauge) & insert wire into the barrel. 3. Seat wire & crimp using an insulated crimping tool nest that matches the color or gauge of the connector. Repeat steps 1-3 for the other side. 4. Apply heat evenly around the length of tubing (including crimp area) from the center out to the ends until the tubing fully recovers and the adhesive flows & solder flows into center opening. 5. Remove from heat & let cool for the ULTIMATE CONNECTION

Multilink Connectors

Q-16

No.

Size

Color

Qty

64430

20-18

Red

25

64432

16-14

Blue

25

64434

12-10

Yellow

25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Shrink Terminals

Solder & Seal Terminals Solder & Seal Terminals are radically different from other connectors on the market today. In a simple, one-step process, Solder & Seal terminals produce an electrically and environmentally sound connection. The soldering process insures that the resistance, voltage drop, and tensile strength of Solder & Seal terminals will exceed all current standards for wire connector performance. The tough, heat shrinkable tubing has an adhesive lining which provides a complete environmental seal to prevent corrosion and reduce vibration. Soldering and sealing in one step saves installation time while providing the perfect connection.

Standard Color Coding Indicates Wire Sizes for Easy Identification Clear Tubing Allows Visual Inspection

Inner Wall Melts to Create an Environment Seal When Heated Solder Link Provides Maximum Current Flow

Heavy Duty Tubing Provides Additional Strain Relief

Design Features • Fluxed solder ring melts & flows when heated to strengthen the connection, maximize current flow and minimize resistance. • Tough, multiple wall tubing shrinks when heated and delivers above average vibration and tensile strength (700 psi vs 40 psi for a standard nylon splice) which reduces failure due to pull-out under stress. • Adhesive lined sleeve melts when heated to create an environmentally sealed connection which reduces failure due to moisture, corrosion, and vibration. • Industry standard color-coded sleeve for quick identification saves time and eliminates costly errors. • No expensive crimp tools required - means perfect connections anywhere.

E L E C T R I C A L

Installation 1. Strip wires to 3/8". 2. Insert wire into the solder barrel of the solder & shrink terminal. 3. Heat tubing from center out to ends then focus heat on solder until it flows. 4. Remove from heat and let cool for a perfect connection. Product Characteristics Temperature rating -65°to 275°F Dielectric Strength 15kV Voltage Drop Less than equal length of wire

Insulation resistance Military Spec •Tubing •Solder

1014Megohms MIL-I-23053/4, Class1 AMS-3634 QQ5571E. MIL-S-14256

Q-17


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Terminals (Solder & Seal) Q2B

Ring Terminals

Spade Terminals

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-18

Stud

Color

Qty

64236 20-18

#6

Red

25

25

64238 20-18

#8

Red

25

Clear

25

64240 20-18

#10

Red

25

#6

Clear

25

64242 20-18

1/4

Red

25

Blue

25

64230 22-24

#2

Clear

25

Yellow 25

64232 22-24

#4

Clear

25

64234 22-24

#6

Clear

25

Stud

Color

Qty

64286 20-18

#10

Red

25

64280 22-24

#2

Clear

64282 22-24

#4

64284 22-24

No.

Wire

64288

16-14

#10

64290

12-10

#10

Butt Connectors No.

Wire

No.

Wire

64244

16-14

#8

Blue

25

64246

16-14

#10

Blue

25

Color

Qty

64248

16-14

1/4

Blue

25

64330 24-22

Clear

50

64250

16-14

3/8

Blue

25

64332 20-18

Red

50

64252

12-10

#10

Yellow 25

64334 16-14

Blue

50

64254

12-10

1/4

Yellow 25

Yellow 50

64256

12-10

3/8

Yellow 25

64258

12-10

1/2

Yellow 25

64336 12-10

Quick Slide Connectors No.

Wire

Color

Type

Qty

Female 25

64380 20-18

Red

64382 20-18

Red

64386

16-14

Blue

64388

16-14

Blue

64390

12-10 Yellow Female 25

64392

12-10 Yellow

Male

25

Female 25 Male Male

25 25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments (Solder & Seal) Z02

Solder & Seal Assortment No. 96416 • 21 Items - 148 Pieces No. 96415 • 21 Items - 118 Pieces CONTAINS MULTILINK BUTT CONNECTORS Arranged in a large 21 compartment metal drawer. Wire Size 16-14 Stud Size #8 64244

Wire Size 16-14 Stud Size #10 64246

Wire Size 16-14 Female 64386

Wire Size 16-14 Male 64388

Wire Size 12-10 Stud Size 3/8" 64256

Wire Size 12-10 Stud Size 1/2" 64258

Wire Size 16-14 Stud Size 1/4" 64248

Wire Size 16-14 Stud Size 3/8" 64250

Wire Size 16-14 Stud Size #10 64288

Wire Size 12-10 Stud Size #10 64252

Wire Size 12-10 Stud Size 1/4" 64254

Wire Size 12-10 Female 64390

Wire Size 12-10 Male 64392

Butane Torch 83757

Shrink Tubing Wire Size 12-10 Stud Size #10 64290

22-18 63922 16-14 63924 12-10 63926

Wire Size 22-18 Butt Connector 64332

Wire Size 16-14 Butt Connector 64334

Wire Size 12-10 Butt Connector 64336

18-20/22-24 Solder & Seal Assortment No. 96420 • 15 Items - 150 Pieces Arranged in a large 21 compartment metal drawer. Wire Size 22-24 Butt Connector 64330

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #2 64230

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #4 64232

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #2 64280

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #4 64282

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #6 64284

Wire Size 18-20 Butt Connector 64332

Wire Size 18-20 Stud Size #8 64238

Wire Size 18-20 Stud Size #10 64240

Wire Size 18-20 Stud Size #10 64286

Wire Size 18-20 Female 64380

Wire Size 18-20 Male 64382

Wire Size 22-24 Stud Size #6 64234

E L E C T R I C A L

Butane Torch 83757

Wire Size 18-20 Stud Size 1/4 64242

Q-19


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Terminals

Crimp & Seal Terminals

E L E C T R I C A L

Crimp & Seal terminals are all-weather, crimped and heat-sealed connectors suitable for every standard electrical connection. These connectors greatly upgrade the electrical systems of automobiles, boats and machinery by incorporating an adhesive-lined, heat shrinkable tubing plus the finest metal connectors available. The result is a tough, durable and corrosion-resistant connection. Standard Color Coding Indicates Wire Sizes for Easy Identification Clear Tubing Allows Visual Inspection Heavy Duty Tubing Provides Additional Strain Relief

Inner Wall Melts to Create an Environment Seal When Heated Long Copper Barrel for Maximum Crimping & Conductivity

Design Features • Heavy-duty, polyolefin tubing provides maximum strain relief eliminating failure due to flex. • Meltable integral inner-wall lines the tube. This special adhesive fills any existing voids and creates an environmental seal which repels moisture, and reduces vibration. • Electro-tin plated copper terminals provide maximum conductivity insuring full power along with high corrosion resistance for long life. • Heat-shrinkable tubing is pre-shrunk to the terminal, eliminating a time consuming step and insuring that the wire will be sealed off from moisture. • Industry standard color coded sleeve for quick identification saves time and eliminates errors.

Installation Crimp & Seal Terminals are easily crimped with a conventional tool for insulated connections. A hot air gun, or other heat source should be applied to the splice until the tubing recovers and the adhesive flows. Product Characteristics

Electrical properties

Q-20

Insulation Properties

Temperature rating -65° to 255°F Initial Properties Tensile Strength: 7000 psi Ultimate Elongation: 200% 7.5kV Dielectric Strength Less than equal After Heat Aging Tensile Strength: 700 psi Voltage Drop (168 hr: 315°F/158°C) Ultimate Elongation: 200% length of wire Brittleness Impact No cracking (4hr:-94°F/-70°C) Insulation Resistance 106 Megohms Cut-through Resistance 70 lbs. Abrasion Resistance 700 cycles


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Shrink Terminals (Crimp & Seal)

Quick Slides Fully Insulated Q2B No.

Wire

Type

Color Blade

Qty

64664 20-18

Red

.187

Female 25

64670 20-18

Red

1/4

Female 25

64668 20-18

Red

.187

Male

25

64674 20-18

Red

1/4

Male

25

64684 16-14

Blue

1/4

64688 16-14

Blue

1/4

64692 12-10 Yellow

1/4

64694 12-10 Yellow

1/4

Female 25 Male

25

Female 25 Male

25

Type

Qty

Snap Plugs Q2B No.

Wire

Color Blade

64662 20-18

Red

.157

Male

25

64680 16-14

Blue

.176

Male

25

64678

Blue

.176

16-14

Female 25

Crimp & Seal Assortments Z02 No. 96404 • 20 Items - 164 Pieces CONTAINS MULTILINK BUTT CONNECTORS Arranged in a large 21 compartment metal drawer. Blue Dashes/ Clear 22-14 AWG

Yellow Dashes/ Clear 18-10 AWG

Ring Terminal #8 Stud 16-14 Wire

Ring Terminal #10 Stud 16-14 Wire

60688

60690

64524

64526

Ring Terminal 1/4" Stud 16-14 Wire

Spade Terminal #10 Stud 16-14 Wire

Male Disconnect 16-14 Wire

Male Bullet 16-14 Wire

Female Disconnect 16-14 Wire

E L E C T R I C A L

Butane Torch 93721 64528

64614

64684

64688

64680

Female Bullet 16-14 Wire

Ring Terminal #10 Stud 12-10 Wire

Ring Terminal 1/4" Stud 12-10 Wire

Ring Terminal 3/8" Stud 12-10 Wire

Female Disconnect 12-10 Wire

64692

64678

64536

64538

64542

Male Disconnect 12-10 Wire

Crimp & Seal Butt Connector 22-18 Wire

Crimp & Seal Butt Connector 16-14 Wire

Crimp & Seal Butt Connector 12-10 Wire

64460

64464

64468

64694

Shrink Tubing 22-18 63922 Shrink Tubing 16-14 63924 Shrink Tubing 12-10 63926

Q-21


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Terminals (Crimp & Seal) Q2B

Spade Terminals Stud Qty

No.

Wire

64612

20-18

#10

25

64614

16-14

#10

25

No.

Wire

Stud

Color

Qty

64616

12-10

#10

25

64510

20-18

#6

Red

25

64512

20-18

#8

Red

25

Ring Terminals

Butt Connectors Color

Qty

64514

20-18

#10

Red

25

64460 22-18

Red

50

64516

20-18

1/4

Red

25

64464 16-14

Blue

50

64518

20-18

5/16

Red

25

64520 20-18

3/8

Red

25

64522

16-14

#6

Blue

25

64524

16-14

#8

Blue

25

No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Wire

64468 12-10

Yellow 50

Step Down Butt Connectors No.

Wire

Qty

64526

16-14

#10

Blue

25

64462

20-18 To 16-14

25

64528

16-14

1/4

Blue

25

64466

16-14 To 12-10

25

64530

16-14

5/16

Blue

25

64532

16-14

3/8

Blue

25

64534

12-10

#8

Yellow

25

64536

12-10

#10

Yellow

25

64538

12-10

1/4

Yellow

25

64540

12-10

5/16 Yellow

25

64542

12-10

3/8

Yellow

25

64544

12-10

1/2

Yellow

25

Quick Slides Partially Insulated No.

Wire

Color Blade

Type

Qty

64666 20-18

Red

.187

Female 25

64672 20-18

Red

1/4

Female 25

64676 20-18

Red

1/4

64686 16-14

Blue

1/4

64690 16-14

Blue

1/4

Male

25

Female 25 Male

25

Hydralink Closed-end Connectors Tubing has an active adhesive that seals between multiple wires and eliminates wire pull-out. Closed-end connectors can replace wire nuts in environments where corrosion is a problem.

Q-22

Part #

Connector Wire Range

Tubing Color

64780

22-14 AWG

Clear / Blue Dashes

64782

18-10 AWG

Clear / Yellow Dashes


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Quick Connectors Q3E

Wire Nuts • Color coded and flame-retardant. • Accepts solid and stranded wire with copper-to-copper connections. • Cone shaped spring helps pull the wires into the connector. • Pretwisting of wires not required. • CSA certified and UL Listed. Wire Comb. Range

Color

No.

Max.

Min. 66544† Green

Voltage Qty Rating

Grounding Connection

100

3 #22

3 #16

300V

100

66548 Orange

3 #22

2 #14 W/1 #18

600

100

66556 Yellow

1 #14 & 1#18

1 #10 W/1 #14

600

100

2 #14

4 #12

600

100

2 #18

3 #12

600

100

66540

66550

Blue

Red

66558† Yellow 66552†

Red

2 #16

3#10 W/1 #14

600

100

66542

Gray

1 #22 & 1 #20

2 #16

300V

100

† Wing grips

Instant Auto-Electric Connectors Electrically connects (tap) wire ends to through (run) wires and insulates the connection. • No special tools needed. Standard pliers easily make the connection. • No wire stripping, twisting or soldering necessary.

66592 66596

66598

Type

Splices

Qty

No.

Color

Wire

66592

Blue

18-14 General Purpose Tap, inline, pigtail

25

66598 Yellow

E L E C T R I C A L

12-10

Heavy Duty

Tap, inline, pigtail

25

66596

Red

22-18

Low Volt Acc.

Tap, inline, pigtail

25

66590

Blue

18-14

Moist. Resist

Tap

25

66594 Brown 18-14

Flame Resist

Tap, inline

25

Q-23


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Quick Connectors Q3E

Self-Stripping Disconnects

E L E C T R I C A L

• Easily makes midspan connection without stripping insulation. • Disconnectable tap leg simplifies hook-up, enhances flexibility. • Will mate with most .250" male blades. • Self-stripping connector speeds installation, reduces possible conductor damage and eliminates time consuming mid-span tap. • Provides a circuit test point • Fully insulated feature eliminates second step insulating and improves circuit isolation. • Installs with pliers - no special tools required.

Wire Qty

66644 18-14 66646

12

50 50

Self-Stripping Pigtail Connector No. 66520

• • • •

Sealant filled to protect against corrosion. Installs with pliers - no special tools required. One size covers 4 wire ranges 22-14. Flame retardant - safe at normal engine temperatures. • Clear plastic case allows visual inspection. • Use in a variety of marine and auto applications. PACKAGE QUANTITY = 50

Q-24

No.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Quick Connectors Q3E

Self-Stripping Fuseholder No. 66690

E L E C T R I C A L

• Simplifies hookup and saves money by eliminating need for butt connectors or quick connect terminals. • Quicker to install than competitive systems because only two crimps are required. • Patented self-stripping design requires no wire stripping, speeding installation and reducing possible conductor damage. • New concept for in-line fusing lets you locate the fuse where you want it. • Installs with a common pliers so no special tools are necessary. • Mates with most plug-in, blade type fuses found in late-model domestic and some import cars. PACKAGE QUANTITY = 25

Specifications: Voltage ................................................... 32 volt max. Temperature ............................................. 105°C max. Wire Range ....................................... 14, 16, 18 AWG Copper wire only Amperage ......................Range 0-20 amps 14 AWG - 20 amps max 16 AWG - 10 amps max 18 AWG - 7.5 amps max 66690

Q-25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Tapes & Sealants Q1D

ELECTRICAL TAPE

PVC Electrical Tape No. 63674

E L E C T R I C A L

Excellent elongation and creep back characteristics for tighter, more permanent wraps. No adhesion transfer to assure consistent sealing. Suitable for use up to 600 Volts and a maximum temperature of 176°F (80°C). Tape is 3/4" wide x 60' long. 10 ROLLS PER SLEEVE NO BROKEN SLEEVES

Scotch® Brand 88 Electrical Tape No. 63656 Scotch® Brand 88 is a heavy duty 8.5 mil tape particularly well-suited for cold weather applications. It remains flexible in cold weather and is remarkably conformable even on small wires. Resistant to abrasion, salt, alkalies, acids and ultraviolet rays. Tape is 3/4" wide x 66' long. SOLD EACH • BOX QUANTITY = 10

Silicone Sealing Tape Self-fusing tape cures without heat to form a solid rubber insulator. It has a minimum dielectric strength of 400 volts/mil. (.020" thick). It has a continuous operating temperature range from -60°C to +200°C with intermittent up to +260°C. It has a minimum tensile strength of 700 p.s.i. and a tear resistance of 85 p.s.i. It also has a 300% minimum ultimate elongation. It replaces shrink tape and can be used where shrink tube would be impractical. Its ease of application and removability make it a versatile choice for insulating and weather proofing. No.

1"

20'

1

63680 Black

1"

20'

1

63684 Both

1"

20'

1

63682

Q-26

Color Width Length Qty Red


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Tapes & Sealants Q1D

Fusion Tape FUSION TAPE is used by everyone from Original Equipment manufacturers to Contractors in most any industry; Automotive, Heavy Duty, Marine, Utilities, and Plant Maintenance. Seals pipes, hoses, and wires as it insulates and bundles. FUSION TAPE is: A positive sealing cold shrink tape. It requires no heat, which means no special tools are needed, and it can be used to replace shrink tube. Temperature range is -40°F to 100°F continuous and 130°F intermittent for all weather use. Has no sticky sides, and adheres only to itself which makes it much easier to use than some tapes and shrink tubing. Withstands harsh cleaning chemicals and steam for longer life. Has a 5 year shelf life, so you don't have to be concerned with it going bad prior to use. Cures to a tight, yet flexible waterproof bond. The benefit to you is that even where the seal is being flexed, the bond will hold. Begins to fuse in minutes, cures in a few hours and continues to constrict for 24 hours. Has a liner, a true fusing tape that won’t start working until stretched.

No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Description Qty

63620

1" x 10' roll.

1

63622

1" x 30'.

1

Q-27


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Tapes & Sealants Q1D

Sealing Compound Scotch® Auto-Electric Sealing Compounds Seal Out Electrical Problems

E L E C T R I C A L

3M Scotch® Brand Electric Sealing Compounds are available in a choice of tape rolls and pre-cut pads to insulate, moisture-proof and pad all automotive connections.

Remove Protective Wax Liner

Center Connector On Mastic

Consisting of a tough, all-weather grade elastic vinyl backing and a self-fusing, rubber-based insulating mastic, this sealing compound is designed to withstand bleach, water, steam, salt water spray, oils, chemicals, hydraulic fluid, liquid detergent, JP-4, horse urine, and many more. • Applies & seals quickly and easily. • Rugged PVC backing resists abrasion, wear and tear. • Can be applied from 0 to 100°F. • Rated at 176°F continuous operation. • Resists ultraviolet (sun) light. • Is compatible with all thermoplastic rubber wire insulation. • Provides strain relief by taking pressure off connectors. • Protects against vibration "shake-loose". • Seals and insulates most connections: bolted, crimped or screw-type connectors, terminals and self-stripping connectors. • Seals, protects in all automotive applications including livestock carriers.

No. 63676

Description Roll, 21/2" wide x 10' long

1

Cut to desired size

Squeeze Mastic Together 63678

Pre-cut patches, 21/2" square 25 patches to a box.

Q-28

Qty

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Tapes & Sealants Q1D

Duct Tape No. 63634 • Contractors Grip - 11.0 mm thick. • Multi-purpose, polyethylene coated cloth, waterproof tape. • Seals against loss of heated and cooled air. • Conforms to irregular surfaces. • 2 in. x 60 yds. (2160 in)

E L E C T R I C A L

SOLD EACH

Masking Tape No. 63628 2" No. 63626 1" • All-purpose standard grade masking tape with excellent properties for most masking applications. • Easily peeled. • Light bundling. • Protects surfaces from unwanted paint. • 2 in. x 60 yds. (2160 in.) or 1 in. x 60 yds. (2160 in.) SOLD EACH

Teflon Tape D SE

AL

L

SP

0A

PT F

P TA

RE A H T

MI

• Teflon thread sealing tape. • Chemically inert, withstands alkilies, acids, oil, and solvents. • Can be used on iron, stainless steel, copper, brass, plastic, glass or rubber pipes. • 1/2" x 260 in.

E

No. 63630

E C T- 277

3

SOLD EACH Q-29


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Tapes & Sealants Q1D

Liquid Electrical Tape • Forms a protective, waterproof, UV resistant, dielectric coating. • Prevents corrosion on wires and terminals. • Patented UL® Tested, fast drying formula.

No.

Size

63670

4 oz

63668 15 oz

Corrosion Preventative Compound

E L E C T R I C A L

Silicone dielectric grease is ideal for lubricating and moisture-proofing ignition systems, electrical assemblies, terminal connections, battery terminals, light sockets, and other electric contact connections. • Prevents corrosion on trailer plugs. • Prevents corrosion and sticking of bulbs in sockets. • Prevents fusing of spark plug boots to spark plugs.

No. 74159

No. 63662

Dual Lock™ Roll Reclosable Fastening System No. 63666 • General purpose adhesion to most smooth surfaces - bone and painted metal, finished wood, plastics, paper and cardboard, glass and painted concrete. • Press to close, peel or pull to open. • Audible snap indicates when interlocking stems are engaged to assure secure closure. • Five time stronger than conventional hook and loop fasteners. • Great for many applications instead of hooks, latches, snaps, zippers, dials, screws and more. • 1 inch wide x 4.9 yds long • Black ALL SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF ONE (1).

Q-30


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Auto Wire Q01

Heavy Duty Wire Cross-Linked Heavy duty cross-linked wire has a flexible, bare annealed copper conductor which is insulated with a special polyethylene base. Chemically cross-linked polyethylene is a compound which is vulcanized to obtain a thermoplastic wire insulation. A thermosetting insulation doesn't melt when exposed to heat after the vulcanization process. Our chemically cross-linked polyethylene features toughness combined with outstanding heat resistance. Meets SAE J1128.

INS UL ATED

100' Spools Color

14 ga.

12 ga.

10 ga.

Black

60520 60570 60620

White

60522 60572 60622

Red

60524 60574 60624

Yellow

60532 60582 60632

Green

60530 60580 60630

Blue

60526 60576 60626

Brown

60528 60578 60628

Purple

60536

Orange 60534

E L E C T R I C A L

PRIMARY WIRE SOLD BY SPOOLS IN QUANTITIES OF ONE.

Q-31


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Auto Wire Q01

General Purpose Thermoplastic Single conductor copper stranded primary wire with the highest quality polyvinyl chloride insulation providing the best in flexibility, permanent color and resistance to acids, grease, oil and diesel fumes. Primary wire is manufactured to meet all SAE type GPT specifications and will work safely between the operating temperatures of -20°F and +165°F. 100' Spools

E L E C T R I C A L

Color

18 ga.

16 ga.

14 ga.

12 ga.

10 ga.

8 ga.

Black

60140

60170

60220

60320

60370

60420

White

60142

60172

60222

60322

60372

Red

60144

60174

60294

60324

60374

60422

Yellow

60152

60182

60232

60332 60382

Green

60150

60180

60230

60330 60380

Blue

60146

60176

60226

60326

60376

Brown

60148

60178

60228

60328

60378

Purple

60156

60186

60336

Orange

60154

60184

60234

60334

PRIMARY WIRE SOLD BY SPOOLS IN QUANTITIES OF ONE.

Clear Speaker Wire No. 60120 • 18 ga. 250 ft. spool

Teledyne AWD speaker wire has a flat, parallel, flexible construction, SPT style, for easy split separation. The two copper conductors, one bare and one tinned, are protected with a transparent, extruded, thermoplastic jacket which provides visible wire identification and positive polarity. Q-32


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Auto Wire Q01

Parallel Multiple Conductor No. 60472 - 100' This general purpose, thermoplastic wire meets the same conditions as the primary wire described on the previous page. The conductors are bonded together to simplify circuit identification and termination. This allows for faster more convenient installation where two or more conductors are required. It is made up of 3 - 14 ga. conductors. Colors are yellow, green and brown.

Jacketed Multiple Conductor No. 60470 - 100' This general purpose, thermoplastic wire has the same wire construction as the parallel multiple conductor and has an overall grey colored, tough Tuphayzel® jacket for additional protection against moisture and abrasion. The conductor is made up of 2 - 14 ga. wires. Colors are white and black.

Trailer Cable This top quality cable exceeds the performance requirements of SAE and ATA specifications. The premium conductor insulation is temperature rated at -85°F and +221°F. It remains flexible to-70°F. It is resistant to ozone, oil, solvents, gasoline and abrasion.

No. 60478 - 100' This cable is made up of 1 - 10 ga. white conductor and 6 - 12 ga. conductors. Colors are black, red, brown, yellow, green, and blue.

E L E C T R I C A L

No. 60474- 100' This cable is made up of 4 - 14 ga. conductors. Colors are black, white, red, and brown.

Q-33


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Auto Wire Q01

Battery Cable • • • •

Meets or exceeds SAE J1127, SGT type, 90°c (194°f). Copper conductor for maximum conductivity. PVC insulation resists abrasion, fuel, oil, acid and salt. Insulation is flame retardant. No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Gauge Term Code

Color

60020

6

Gray

Black

60024

4

Gray

Black

60026

4

Gray

Red

60028

2

Green

Black

60030

2

Green

Red

60032

1

Pink

Black

60034

1

Pink

Red

60036

1/0

Black

Black

60038

1/0

Black

Red

60040

2/0

Orange

Black

60042

2/0

Orange

Red

60044

3/0

Purple

Black

60046

3/0

Purple

Red

60048

4/0

Yellow

Black

60050

4/0

Yellow

Red

Sold in 25, 50 & 100 ft lengths.

Automotive Primary Wire Assortment No. 96428 7 100' rolls of 14 gauge wire (1 each - red, yellow, white, black, blue, brown, and green) 2 100' rolls of 12 gauge wire (1 each - red and black) 2 100' rolls of 10 gauge wire (1 each - red and black) Arranged on a 2 bar rack to facilitate separation of wire by gauge.

Q-34


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Primary Wire & Rack Assortment No. 96436

INS UL ATED

ASSORTMENT INCLUDES

RY WI R IMA E

PR

E

P

MA RY WIR RI

INS UL ATED

2 100' rolls of 16 gauge wire (1 each - red and black) 6 100' rolls of 14 gauge wire (1 each - red, white, black, blue, brown and green) 6 100' rolls of 12 gauge wire (1 each - red, white, black, blue, brown and green) 2 100' rolls of 10 gauge wire (1 each - red and black) Arranged on a 4 bar rack to facilitate separation of wire by gauge. Also included is a wire stripper and cutter

Wire Marker Tape Dispensers A fast, convenient system for marking wire or cable. It's compact design makes it ideal for carrying in a tool box or in your pocket so it is always at hand. It has 10 easily refillable compartments to allow you to choose the exact combination you need. Made of flame retardant, Epoxy Film tape.

No. 60720 Dispenser with Nos. 0 - 9

No. 60722 Dispenser with colored tape DISPENSERS SOLD EACH

E L E C T R I C A L

REFILL TAPE FOR NUMBER DISPENSER

Nos.: 60670; 60672; 60674; 60676; 60678; 60680; 60682; 60684; 60686; 60688 NUMBERED TAPE SOLD EACH BY THE ROLL REFILL TAPE FOR COLOR DISPENSER

NO. 60690 COLORED TAPE SOLD IN BOXES OF 10

Q-35


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Tubing Q2A

Heavy Wall Shrink Tubing

Pre-shrunk

• HEAVY WALL polyolefin material assures superior abrasion protection and strain relief. • MELTABLE WHITE ADHESIVE seals out moisture and air, hthereby preventing corrosion and providing a watertight seal. • 3 TO 1 SHRINK RATIO allows fewer part numbers to cover a variety of cable sizes resulting in less inventory.

E L E C T R I C A L

Preshrunk

Post-shrunk

Color

Size

Size

I.D.

I.D.

63982

12-6

.400

.150

Black

6"

5

63980

12-6

.400

.150

Red

6"

5

63990

6-1

.750

.250

Black

6"

5

63984

2-4/0

1.5

.400

Black

6"

5

63988

6-1

.750

.250

Red

6"

5

63986

2-4/0

1.5

.400

Red

6"

5

64080

2-4/0

1.5

.400

Black

12"

5

64082 4/0-400

1.5

.750

Red

12"

5

64086 4/0-500

2.0

.750

Black

12"

5

64084 4/0-400

1.5

.750

Black

12"

5

64132

8-1

.750

.220

Black

48"

EA

64130

2-4/0

1.100

.375

Black

48"

EA

Thin Wall Shrink Tubing • Flexible polyolefin single wall tubing - will not crack or split. • Withstands an open flame. • 2 to 1 shrink ratio - one part no. covers 2 or more wire sizes. No.

Wire

Preshrunk

Post-shrunk

Size

I.D.

I.D.

1/8

1/16

Black

4'

1

63870 26-22

Q-36

Length Qty

Wire

No.

Color

Length Qty

63872

22-18

3/16

3/32

Black

4'

1

63874

16-14

1/4

1/8

Black

4'

1

63876

12-10

3/8

3/16

Black

4'

1

63878

6-4

1/2

1/4

Black

4'

1

63880

2-1

3/4

3/8

Black

4'

1

63882

1/0

1

1/2

Black

4'

1

64030

18-12

.250

.080

Clear

6"

10

64032

14-8

.375

.135

Clear

6"

10

64034

8-2

.500

.195

Clear

6"

10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Shrink Tubing Q2A

"Heavy Duty" Dual Wall Heat Shrink Tubing This polyolefin tubing can be used for sealing splices and terminal. In addition to weather proofing your connection, it also provides strain relief and vibration resistance. An excellent alternative to heavy wall tubing in light duty applications. • Double wall construction creates a strong, durable connection that insulates to reduce failure due to vibration. • Heavy-duty polyolefin material resists wear and assures superior abrasion protection and strain relief. • Clear outer wall allows for visual inspection before and after installation for fewer mistakes and less rework. • Inner wall is lined with a mastic that breaks down when heated to form a weatherproof seal against moisture, eliminating failure due to corrosion. • Great for use in automotive computer wiring applications. • Ideal for applications where vibration, moisture or friction are present and may cause failure.

Color

Length Qty

Wire

Preshrunk

Post-shrunk

Size

I.D.

I.D.

63952 30-18

1/8 (.125)

.023

Clear

12"

10

63954 20-14

3/16 (.187)

.060

Clear

12"

10

18-10

1/4 (.250)

.080

Clear

12"

10

63922 20-18

.205

.045

Red

6"

10

63924

16-14

.240

.080

Blue

6"

10

63926

12-10

.305

.100

Yellow

6"

10

No.

63956

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-37


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Shrink Tubing Z02

Heat Shrink Tubing Assortment No. 96406 • 7 Items - 30 Pieces Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer. #2 - 4/0 Ga. Red Heavy Wall 63986

E L E C T R I C A L

#2 - 4/0 Ga. Black Heavy Wall 63984

#6 - #1 Ga. Black Heavy Wall 63990

#14 - #8 Ga. Clear Heavy Duty 64032

#8 - #2 Ga. Clear Heavy Duty 64034 #18 - #12 Ga. Clear Heavy Duty 64030

Automotive Shrink Tubing Assortment No. 96427 • 9 Items - 55 Pieces Plus Torch Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer. 16-14 x 6" Blue 63924

12-10 x 6" Yellow 63926

22-18 x 6" Pink 63922 14-8 x 6" Clear 64032 1/4" x 12" Clear Dual Wall 63956 3/16" x 12" Clear Dual Wall 63954

Q-38

#12 - #6 Ga. Black Heavy Wall 63982

1/8" x 12" Clear Dual Wall 63952

8-2 x 6" Clear 64034


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Terminals

General Information • Battery Terminals • Embossed characters assure legiblity of pertinent information - tool die codes, polarity & cable size.

Copper connector provides high conductivity and ease of crimping.

Electro-tin plating prevents corrosion

Battery terminals are all tin-plated, which has been proven to be a better plating for battery terminals than lead. Lead-plating is not only less conductive than tin, but it is also more porous. Because it is less conductive than tin, lead-plated terminals must often leave large areas of unprotected copper inside the barrel. This means that more bare copper is exposed which makes it more susceptible to corrosion. Once battery cables start to corrode they must be replaced because the bare copper on the inside of the lead-plated terminal accelerates corrosion. Tin-plated terminals are fully plated. This means they are less likely to corrode. The barrels of our terminals are also drilled square, as opposed to being beveled or inverted. This is to provide a better fit for the cable end which is also square. A better fit assures improved conductivity.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-39


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Terminals Q02

Post Top Battery Terminals Straight Letter

Univ

Green

J-H

5

60904 1+2 Ga.

Neg.

Pink

H-H

5

60902 1+2 Ga.

Pos.

Pink

H-H

5

Q-40

4 Ga.

60908

1/0

Neg.

Black

E-A

5

60906

1/0

Pos.

Black

E-A

5

60912

2/0

Neg.

Orange

A-C

5

60910

2/0

Pos.

Orange

A-C

5

60916

3/0

Neg.

Purple

A-B

5

60914

3/0

Pos.

Purple

A-B

5

60920

4/0

Neg.

Yellow

A-A

5

60918

4/0

Pos.

Yellow

A-A

5

Right Angle (Flag) No.

Qty

Color 60900

E L E C T R I C A L

Die Code

Polarity

Cable

No.

Cable

Polarity

Die Code Color

Letter

Qty

61002

1/0

Neg.

Black

E-A

5

61000

1/0

Pos.

Black

E-A

5

61006

2/0

Neg.

Orange

A-C

5

61004

2/0

Pos.

Orange

A-C

5

61010

3/0

Neg.

Purple

A-B

5

61008

3/0

Pos.

Purple

A-B

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Terminals Q02

Post Top Battery Terminals Cont‌

Right Hand No.

Cable

Die Code

Polarity

Color

Letter

Qty

61052

1/0

Neg.

Black

E-A

5

61050

1/0

Pos.

Black

E-A

5

61056

2/0

Neg.

Orange

A-C

5

61054

2/0

Pos.

Orange

A-C

5

Left Hand No.

Cable

Polarity

Die Code Color

Letter

Qty

61102

2/0

Neg.

Orange

A-C

5

61100

2/0

Pos.

Orange

A-C

5

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-41


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Terminals Q02

Stud Top/Side Mount Terminals • Stackable - Allows maximum use of threads and more than one terminal to share a common stud. • Maintenance free. • Tin-Plated. • Universal Polarity. Straight No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Cable

Die Code Color

Letter

Qty

61130

1 Ga.

Pink

H-H

5

61132

1/0

Pink

E-A

5

61134

2/0

Orange

A-C

5

61138

3/0

Purple

A-B

5

61140

4/0

Yellow

A-A

5

Stud Top Battery Nuts • Tough synthetic material - Extra strength and less weight. • Also available in stainless steel.

No.

Color

60822 Black

Type

Polarity Qty

Synthetic

Neg.

10

60824

Red

Synthetic

Pos.

10

60826

Grey

Stnless steel

Univ.

10

Side Mount Bolts No.

Q-42

Description

Qty

60812 Direct OEM Replacement

10

60814 Extra Long w/Acc screw

10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Terminals Q02

Connection Converters Side Terminal to Top Post • Adapts side mounted battery connections to top post-style connections. • Polarity specific. • Lead.

No.

Polarity

60818

Positive

60816 Negative

Stud Top to Post • Converts stud top connectors to post-style connectors. • Lead.

No. 60828

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-43


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Battery Terminal Assortments Post Top Terminals No. 96407 • 17 Items - 69 Pieces Arranged in a large 20 compartment metal drawer.

E L E C T R I C A L

60904 1+2 neg.

60912 2/0 neg.

61052 1/0 neg. right

60902 1+2 pos.

60910 2/0 pos.

61050 1/0 pos. right

60908 1/0 neg.

60916 3/0 neg.

61056 2/0 neg. right

61102 2/0 neg. left

61006 2/0 neg.

60906 1/0 pos.

60914 3/0 pos.

61054 2/0 pos. right

61100 2/0 pos. left

61004 2/0 pos.

Post Top Terminals, Lugs & Splices No. 96422 • 10 Items - 36 Pieces Arranged in a large 20 compartment metal drawer. Heavy Duty Tubular Lug 1/0 x 3/8" 64850

Heavy Duty Tubular Lug 1/0 x 1/2" 64852

Heavy Duty Tubular Lug 2/0 x 3/8" 64854

Heavy Duty Tubular Lug 2/0 x 3/8" 64856

Heavy Duty Butt Connector 1/0 GA 64934

Q-44

60820 Battery Nuts & Bolts

Heavy Duty Butt Connector 2/0 GA 64936

Post Top Terminal Straight 1/0 GA Positive 60906

Post Top Terminal Straight 1/0 GA Negative 60908

Post Top Terminal Straight 2/0 GA Positive 60910

Post Top Terminal Straight 2/0 GA Negative 60912


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Terminals

Fusion™ Solder-On Battery Ends • Features & Benefits • Gauge & polarity stamped for permanent I.D. 100% cast copper clamps & lugs, tin plated for corrosion resistance

Color coded connectors

Solder & flux precisely metered for each cable & connector gauge

Barrel chamfered for easy wire entry

Fusion™ tin plating is solderable, for maximum pull-out strength & reliability

The Latest Innovation in Corrosion Protection • Quality results with every application. • Long term reliability saves time and money. • Complete, tested engineered system, copper connector, solderable tin plating, flux & solder. • Easy for inexperienced users, saves time & money.

E L E C T R I C A L

Directions • • • • •

Secure connector in vise. Apply heat. Insert wire. Allow to cool. Install heat shrink tubing.

FAST, CONVENIENT, CONSISTENT QUALITY. Q-45


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Terminals

Fusion™ Solder-On Battery Ends Q02 Fusion™ Connectors come ready-to-use. The correctly engineered flux & solder is precisely pre-measured & loaded in a solderable tin plated connector. Fusion™ strength is twice that of typical crimp or compression connectors.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-46

• Stronger than crimp connectors, twice as thick as industry standards. All clamps. lugs & fasteners are tin plated. • All clamps include tin plated 5/16" battery bolts & shoulder nuts. Cable

Straight Clamp

Color

Ga.

Negative Qty Positive Qty

3/8 Heavy Wall Lugs

Qty

1/0

Black

60952

5

60950

5

63090

10

2/0

Orange

60956

5

60954

5

63092

10

Fusion™ Solder-On Battery Ends & Shrink Tubing Assortment Z02 NO. 96426 • 9 ITEMS • 34 PIECES PLUS WIRE CUTTERS Arranged in a large adjustable compartment metal drawer.

1/0 x 3/8 Lug End 63090

2/0 x 3/8 Lug End 63092

1/0 Positive Straight 60950

2/0 Positive Straight 60954

1/0 Negative Straight 60952

2/0 Negative Straight 60956

2 GA - 4/0 Red Heavy Wall Shrink Tubing 63986

2 GA - 4/0 Black Heavy Wall Shrink Tubing 63984


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Terminals Q02

Cable Slugs Cable slugs provide a fast, easy and environmentally sealed method to complete battery connections of all types. Cable slugs are available in seven sizes and color coded for wire range from 4 Ga. to 4/0. Flux is packaged in 2 oz. jars to provide easy application to the cable. • No crimp tools required. • Minimal risk of insulation puncture. • Environmental seal of insulator to wire prevents dielectric leakage and damage to splice by corrosive environments. • Bonded insulation provides optimum mechanical strain relief. • Minimal training and operator skill required to achieve correct results. No.

Size

Color

Qty

61182

4 Ga.

Grey

25

61184

2 Ga.

Green

25

61186

1 Ga.

Pink

25

61190

1/0 Ga.

Black

25

61192

2/0 Ga.

Orange

25

61194

3/0 Ga.

Purple

25

61196

4/0 Ga.

Yellow

25

61230

2 oz.

Cable Flux

1

Battery Nuts & Bolts No. 60820 • Zinc Plated • 5/16-18 x 1-1/4

E L E C T R I C A L

SOLD BY THE PACKAGE (ONE PACKAGE CONTAINS 25 NUTS AND 25 BOLTS)

Terminal Protectors No. 60830 • • • •

For Post Top Terminals Prevents corrosion build-up Prolongs battery life Provides full starting power SOLD EACH BY CAN (1 CAN CONTAINS 100 PROTECTORS)

Q-47


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Terminals Q02

Accessory Bolts • Connect accessories directly to your battery. Ideal for radios, lights, winches, stereo systems, hydraulic pumps or any accessory that requires direct connection to the battery. • Adaptors made of solid brass.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-48

Description

No. 61250

3/8 Side Terminal Accessory Bolt replaces regular S/T bolt and has 5/16-18

(#1)

Qty 10

x 1/2 stud for accessory wires. 61252 (#2)

Adaptor Nut replaces regular 5/16 shoulder nut on top post clamps and has

10

5/16-18 x 3/4 stud for accessory wires.

Heavy Duty Terminal

Marine Terminals

No. 61280

No. 61282 -5/16 Stud No. 60802-3/8 Stud

• Universal - Use on either pos. or neg. terminals. • All Lead. • Zinc Plated.

• Universal - Use on either pos. or neg. terminals. • All Lead. • Zinc Plated.

SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF 10

SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF 10 (61326 - CARDED)


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Chemicals S04

4 Way Plus No. 74107 ¬ Dries wet electrical and ignition systems to end system delays due to moisture. ¬ Penetrates and loosens frozen nuts and bolts for faster and easier removal. ¬ Excellent all-purpose lubricant. ¬ Valve sprays either stream or mist for all your varied needs. ¬ Provides moisture barrier - excellent for use on all electrical equipment. ¬ Stops squeaks and provides permanent protection against metal-to-metal wear.

Battery Cleaner & Protector I

S

B

No. 74106

INC.

Maintenance Magic

Battery

Cleaner

& Protector ¬ Easy-to-Use ¬ Cleans & Protects ¬ Improves Conductivity ¬ Color Coded to Detect Battery Acid ¬ No CFC's or Chlorinated Solvents Net Wt. 18 oz. (1 lb. 2 oz.) (510 g)

CAUTION:

HARMFUL OR FATAL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED. EYE & SKIN IRRITANT. CONTENTS UNDER PRESSURE. CAREFULLY READ CAUTIONS ON BACK PANEL.

¬ Improves conductivity - seals out air to prevent corrosion that robs battery power and life. ¬ Attacks and destroys corrosion - quick acting cleaner removes stubborn corrosion. ¬ Protects after cleaning - excellent protection for terminals, electrical connectors, etc. ¬ Breakthrough formula - turns pink only when acid is present. ¬ Extends battery life - seals air and dirt out to protect battery against corrosion build-up and battery voltage leakage. ¬ Works Quickly - One product both cleans and protects. ¬ No mess application - not necessary to remove battery.

E L E C T R I C A L

Cordless Pencil Torch No. 994000 ¬ Automatic self-starting ¬ Butane gas-powered

Q-49


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Chemicals S04

Degreaser No. 74156 ¬ Penetrates and removes dirt, grease, oil, grime and varnish deposits. ¬ Safe on all metals, electrical, equipment and wiring, painted surfaces. ¬ Non-corrosive and non-staining ¬ Removes tar, adhesive marks, crayon, lipstick, chewing gum, ink, fresh paint & spots from upholstery, rugs and clothing.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-50

Contact & Circuit Board Cleaner No. 74129

I

S

B INC.

Maintenance Magic

Contact & Circuit Board Cleaner II

¥ 3-Way Action Cleans, Restores & Protects ¥ Removes Dirt & Grease from Electronic Equipment ¥ Safe for Most Plastics ¥ 26,000 Dielectric ¥ Dries Reside Free Net Wt. 14 oz. (397 g)

A Man-Kind Product CAUTION: CONTENTS UNDER PRESSURE. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN CAREFULLY READ CAUTIONS ON REAR PANEL.

¬ Cleans oil, grease, dirt, moisture and condensation from circuit boards, precision instruments, oxygen equipment, controls, switches, motors and film. ¬ Use on neoprene W, Buna N & S, silicone rubber, Butyl, natural rubber, and Hypalon 40. ¬ Safe on the following plastics: Delrin resin, zytel, nylon, teflon, PVC, polystyrene, polyethylene, and polyurethane. ¬ Removes carbon and other harmful deposits on all electrical contacts. ¬ Restores full current flow.

Undercoat No. 74146 ¬ Protects and seals body undersides on trucks, uses and automobiles. ¬ Protects drums, tanks and other outside storage vessels. ¬ Seals out moisture. ¬ Absorbs shock and noise, eliminating rattles and squeaks.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Tubular Lugs Q09

Tubular Lugs • Flared opening for easy cable insertion. • Made of electrolytic copper. No.

Size

Stud

Qty

63120

8 Ga.

#10

10

63122

8 Ga.

1/4

10

63124

8 Ga.

5/16

10

63126

8 Ga.

3/8

10

63128

8 Ga.

1/2

10

63130

6 Ga.

#10

10

63132

6 Ga.

1/4

10

63134

6 Ga.

5/16

10

63136

6 Ga.

3/8

10

63138

6 Ga.

1/2

10

63140

4 Ga.

#10

10

63142

4 Ga.

1/4

10

63144

4 Ga.

5/16

10

63146

4 Ga.

3/8

10

63148

4 Ga.

1/2

10

63150

2 Ga.

5/16

10

63152

2 Ga.

3/8

10

63154

2 Ga.

1/2

10

63156

1 Ga.

1/4

10

63158

1 Ga.

5/16

10

63160

1 Ga.

3/8

10

63162

1 Ga.

1/2

10

63164

1/0 Ga.

5/16

10

63166

1/0 Ga.

3/8

10

63168

1/0 Ga.

1/2

10

63170

2/0 Ga.

3/8

10

63172

2/0 Ga.

1/2

10

63178

3/0 Ga.

3/8

10

63180

3/0 Ga.

1/2

10

63184

4/0 Ga.

3/8

10

63186

4/0 Ga.

1/2

10

Top View

Side View

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-51


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Heavy Duty Lugs Q2C

Heavy Duty Lugs • • • • • • •

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-52

Extra heavy duty thick copper for greater conductivity. Identification marked for cable size, color & letter code. Thicker tongue and raised barrel to resist vibration. Superior height to conventional lugs & splices. Longer barrel for improved crimping. 100% tin plating. Resists cracking. Stud Qty

No.

Cable

64836

4 Ga.

3/8

5

64838

4 Ga.

1/2

5

64842

1-2 Ga.

3/8

5

64844

1-2 Ga.

1/2

5

64848

1/0

5/16

5

64850

1/0

3/8

5

64852

1/0

1/2

5

64854

2/0

3/8

5

64856

2/0

1/2

5

64858

3/0

3/8

5

64860

3/0

1/2

5

64862

4/0

3/8

5

64864

4/0

1/2

5

Heavy Duty Lug

Conventional Lug

CABLE SIZE Note: Height 2/0 LETTER CODING

A-C ORG

COLOR CODING

Splices • Flared opening for easy cable insertion. • Made of electrolytic copper, tin-plated. No.

Cable

Qty

63040

#2

10

63042

#1

10

63044

1/0

10

63046

2/0

10

63048

3/0

10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Miscellaneous

Heavy Duty Splices Q2C • • • •

Superior height to conventional splices. Thicker copper for greater conductivity. Crimping tool coding on barrel. 100% tin plated. No.

Cable

Qty

64930

6Ga.

5

64932

1 Ga.

5

64934

1/0

5

64936

2/0

5

64938

3/0

5

64940

4/0

5

3/0

Heavy Duty Splice

Regular Splice

Battery Tools T09

Indent Crimper No. 83692 Wire Range 8 Ga. to 4/0 Length : 3-3/4

Cable Cutter

E L E C T R I C A L

Battery Cable Cutter

No. 83362

No. 83361

Wire Range 8 Ga. to 350MCM Length : 16-1/2"

Wire Range Up to 2/0 Length : 7-3/4" Q-53


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Tools T09

Universal Crimping Tool No. 83708

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-54

• Double compound action effortlessly exerts maximum force for fast, reliable crimps every time. • Rotating dies accommodate all sizes of battery terminals, lugs and connectors eliminating loss or need to store individual dies. • Diamond shape crimp compresses all strands together to form a solid mass of copper. This assures a low resistance connection every time. • Easy to use reference chart located on tool eliminates guess work enabling competitive products to be crimped accurately. • Wire range : #8 Gauge through 250 MCM.

Battery Terminal Crimping Tool Application Chart

AWG

L

Battery Terminals

Flared Lugs

Die Setting

Die Setting

R

No.

Die Die

6

NA NA

Color

No. Of

L

R

No. Of

Crimps Die Die Crimps NA

NA

M

K

1

4

J

H

Green

1

K

K

1

2

H

H

Pink

2

J

H

1

1

H

H

Pink

2

J

H

1/0

E

A

Black

2

H

H

2/0

A

C

Orange

2

E

A

3/0

A

B

Purple

2

A

C

4/0

A

A

Yellow

2

A

B

2 2


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Battery Tools T09

7-Way Tractor Plug Cleaner No. 83693 • Stainless steel brushes remove corrosion from contacts in seconds. • T-handle design provides user comfort. • Protective cover included for safe storing without damaging brushes. • Made of sturdy ABS plastic.

12 Volt Tester No. 83875 • Durable, high quality tester. • Ideal for testing lighting and wiring circuits in auto, truck, trailer and marine applications. • Insulated mini-gator clip for positive contact. • Sharp pierce point for penetrating all low voltage wiring. • Bulb replaceable with standard automotive bulb.

Terminal Cleaning Tools • Fits easily over terminals and posts for removing corrosion. • Improves contact for easier starting. No.

Type

Material

Qty

83694

Cleaning Brush

Plastic

1

83695

Ream & Cut

All Metal

1

83695

E L E C T R I C A L

83694 Q-55


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Battery Tools

Cable Clamps T09 No. 83696SOLD IN SETS OF TWO

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-56

World's strongest booster cable clamp. Rated at 500 amps this clamp is used on all of our Heavy Duty Booster Cables. It is the perfect replacement for worn or damaged clamps. Color coded red and black.

Truck Hanger Ties Q04 No. 62920 • .064 thick metal hanger with zinc plated finish. Provides mounting holes for 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2 Dia. bolts. • Nylon 12 hanger head holds strap with molded in barb system. • Nylon 12 tie strap to hold bundle or hose. • Tensile strength of 200 lbs - pull out strength. • Nylon 12 material specially formulated for cold temperature and ultraviolet light (sunlight) applications. • REUSABLE AND ADJUSTABLE STRAP. • 1/2 wide x 8 long. Qty: 10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Tie Wraps Q04

Nylon Tie Wraps Cables are all nylon and are flame retardant, fungus inert and resistant to solvents, alkalies and grease. They function normally in service temperatures ranging from -40째F (-40째C) to 185째F (85째C). The flexible design of the cable ties allows them to be slipped easily under and around cables and harnesses. The curved tip makes it easier to grasp, position and insert into the head. The raised nibs on the tail allow for temporary holding while the work is being positioned. The tie then locks in place automatically and the excess tail can be snipped off. The cable tie will then stay locked without slipping. No metal barbs.

Standard Cable Ties Description Qty

No.

Length

Strength

62870

4

18 lbs

Clear

100

62872

5-1/2

40 lbs

Clear

100

62876

7-1/2

50 lbs

Clear

100

62878

11

50 lbs

Clear

100

62880

14-1/2

50 lbs

Clear

100

:

:

:

:

: : : : Weather Resistant Cable Ties Description Qty

No.

Length

Strength

62720

4

18 lbs

Black

100

62722

5-1/2

40 lbs

Black

100

62724

7-1/2

50 lbs

Black

100

62726

11

50 lbs

Black

100

62728

14-1/2

50 lbs

Black

100

: : : : : No.

Heavy Duty Cable Ties : Length Strength Description Qty

62874

7

100

Clear H.D.

100

62882

15

120

Clear H.D.

100

62730

15

120

Black H.D.

100

62732

22

250

Black H.D.

100

62734

24

175

Black H.D.

50

62884

25

175

Clear H.D.

50

62886

37

175

Clear H.D.

50

62736

36

175

Black H.D.

50

62738

48

175

Black H.D.

50

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-57


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Nylon Tie Wraps Q04

Colored & Fluorescent Nylon Tie Wraps Fluorescent nylon tie wraps feature the design characteristics as the L-7-50 Standard Cable Ties, but in highly visible fluorescent colors. They are available in blue, green, orange, pink and yellow. Ideal for color coding wire bundles by usage or application. The ties are 7-1/2" long and have a holding strength of 50 lbs. Colored nylon tie wraps feature the design characteristics as the L-4-18 standard cable tie, but in different colors. They are available in blue, green, red and yellow. The ties are 4" long and have a holding strength of 18 lbs.

E L E C T R I C A L

Length Strength

No.

Color

Qty

62670

4

18 lbs

Blue

100

62672

4

18 lbs

Green

100

62674

4

18 lbs

Red

100

62676

4

18 lbs

Yellow

100

4

18 lbs

Clear, Black, Yellow,

1

Red & Blue

96430 7

Clear, Black, Yellow,

50 lbs

1

Green, Blue, Orange, Pink

96431 62792

7

50 lbs

Fluorescent Blue

100

62794

7

50 lbs

Fluorescent Green

100

62790

7

50 lbs

Fluorescent Orange

100

62796

7

50 lbs

Fluorescent Pink

100

62798

7

50 lbs

Fluorescent Yellow

100

Button Head Cable Ties

Button head ties are of two piece construction designed to mount the tie on a panel or structural framework. The strap can be inserted into the head in either direction to speed installation. Black nylon construction. No.

Tensile

Max

Tie

Tie

Color Qty

Strength Bundle Length Width Q-58

62770

100#

2-5/8

9-5/8

.22

Black

50


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Nylon Tie Wraps Q04

Mounting Ties Qty

Length Strength (lbs) Description

No. 62940

7-1/2

50

Standard

100

62942

14-1/2

50

Standard

100

62944

15

120

Heavy Duty

100

Push Mounting Cable Ties These cable ties snap quickly into a 1/4 hole to provide one-piece bundling and mounting. The push-mount head is ideal for mounting on panels or chassis. Centering ears and locking barbs hold securely and spring arm thickness compensators tighten in panel chassis up to 1/8 thick. Bundling can be done either before or after mounting. Injection molded for maximum strength. No.

Tensile

Max

Tie

Tie

Tie

Color Qty

Strength Bundle Length Width Thick 50#

62970

8.0

8.0

.190

.055 Black 100

Cable Tie Bases Bases are backed with foam adhesive. For use with 18, 30, and 50 lb. ties. Ivory color. No.

Size

Qty

62640

1x2

25

62642

1x1

25

E L E C T R I C A L

62642 62640 Q-59


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Nylon Tie Wraps

Cable Tie Wrap Assortment Z02 No. 96402 - 10 Items 750 Pieces Arranged in a large horizontal compartment metal drawer.

: : : : :

14" 120 lb. Black Nylon Tie 62730

14" 50 lb. Black Nylon Tie

: : : :

E L E C T R I C A L

4" 18 lb. Black Nylon Tie

11" 50 lb. Black Nylon Tie

: : : :

: : : :

62726

62720

7-1/2" 50 lb. Mounting Tie • 62940

7" 50 lb. Clear Nylon Tie : : : :

62876

7-1/2" 50 lb. Black Nylon Tie • 62724

5-1/2" 40 lb. Clear Nylon Tie :

:

:

: : : :

:

L-5-30

4" 18 lb. Clear Nylon Tie

5-1/2" 40 lb. Black Nylon Tie • B-5-30

: : : :

:

:

:

:

62870

Adjustable Cable & Hose Mounts Q04 These clamps are highly resistant to chemicals, heat and impact. The ladder style fastening system allows them to be easily released and refastened. They are ideal for securing wires, cables, hose, or bundles of various shapes and sizes. They can be mounted using either a screw or the adhesive backing. They can be used over and over again. The three sizes accommodate sizes from #14 wire to 1" hose or cable. No.

A

B

62840 .709 .984

Q-60

62728

S

L

Use Range Qty

.314 2.34

.118-.500

25

62842 .827

1.18

.472

3.12

.197-.827

25

62844 .984

1.38

.551

3.37

.275-.984

25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Loom & Wire Clips Q1B

Insulated Closed Clips Clips are furnished open. They are made of zinc plated steel with a 1/32 thick black vinyl plastic coating. Great for wire cable and all types of tubing. Resistant to abrasion and chemical action. Hole Size Width Qty

No.

I.D.

63322

1/4

1/4

1/2

25

63324 3/8

1/4

1/2

25

1/2

1/4

1/2

25

63320 5/8

1/4

1/2

25

3/4

1/4

1/2

25

63332 1-1/4

1/4

3/4

25

1/4

1/2

25

1/4

1/2

25

3/8

3/4

25

63372 5/16

3/8

3/4

25

63374

3/8

3/8

3/4

25

63376

1/2

3/8

3/4

25

63380 5/8

3/8

3/4

25

63382

3/4

3/8

3/4

25

63384

1

3/8

1/2

25

3/8

3/4

25

63326 63328 63330

7/8

63334 1-1/2 1/4

63370

63378 9/16

Chassis Clips Spring steel, push on wire clips, finished in black enamel. Spring tension holds the clip in place while it secures the wires to panel surfaces. No.

E L E C T R I C A L

Frame Qty

63422

3/16

50

63424

1/4

50

63426

3/8

50

Q-61


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Loom & Wire Clips Q1B

Nylon Clamps

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-62

Durable nylon clamp. Ideal for channeling cable and wire. They have an operating temperature range from -60째F to 275째F. Natural color. No.

I.D.

63450

1/8

Width Screw size

Qty

3/8

#6

25

3/8

#6

25

3/8

#6

25

63456 5/16

3/8

#6

25

63458 3/8

3/8

#6

25

63460 7/16

3/8

#6

25

1/2

3/8

#6

25

63464 9/16

1/2

#10

25

63466 5/8

1/2

#10

25

63468 3/4

1/2

#10

25

63470

7/8

1/2

#10

10

63472

1

1/2

#10

10

63452 3/16 63454

63462

1/4


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Loom & Wire Clips Q1B

Rubber Insulated Clamps Excellent for securing all types of wiring to the body or frame of all types of mobile equipment. Flexible neoprene cushion holds the lines firmly while protecting them from shock, abrasion and vibration.

Aluminum

Cadmium Plated Steel

1/4 Mounting Hole

3/8 Mounting Hole

1/2 wide

5/8 wide

No.

I.D.

Pkg Qty

No.

63500

1/4

25

63550

63502

3/8

25

63552

63504

1/2

25

63554

63506

5/8

25

63556

63508

3/4

25

63558

63510

7/8

10

63560

63512

1

10

63562

63514

1-1/8

10

63516

1-1/4

10

63564

63518

1-3/8

10

63520

1-1/2

10

63522

1-5/8

10

2

5

63568

2-1/2

5

63570

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-63


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Nylon & Rubber Clamp Assortment No. 96409 - 16 Items • 211 Pieces Arranged in a large 24 compartment metal drawer.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-64

1/4" Nylon Clamp

3/8" Nylon Clamp

63454

63458

1/2" Nylon Clamp 63462

5/8" Nylon Clamp 63466

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1/4" I. D. 63500

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 3/8" I. D. 63502

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1/2" I. D. 63504

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 3/4" I. D. 63508

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1" I. D. 63512

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-1/4" I. D. 63516

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-1/2" I. D. 63520

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1/2" I. D. 63554

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 3/4" I. D. 63558

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1" I. D. 63562

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1/4" I. D. 63550

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1-1/4" I. D. 63564

Nylon Clamp Assortment No. 96411 - 12 Items • 445 Pieces Arranged in a large 12 compartment metal drawer. Nylon Clamp 1/8" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 3/16" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 1/4" I.D.

63450

63452

63454

Nylon Clamp 5/16" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 3/8" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 7/16" I.D.

63456

63458

63460

Nylon Clamp 1/2" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 9/16" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 5/8" I.D.

63462

63464

63466

Nylon Clamp 3/4" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 7/8" I.D.

Nylon Clamp 1" I.D.

63468

63470

63472


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Rubber Insulated Clamp Assortments 1/4 Stud x 1/2 Wide No. 96412 - 12 Items • 66 Pieces Arranged in a large 12 compartment metal drawer. Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1/4" I.D. 63500

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 3/8" I.D. 63502

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1/2" I.D. 63504

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 5/8" I.D. 63506

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 3/4" I.D. 63508

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 7/8" I.D. 63510

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1" I.D. 63512

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-1/8" I.D. 63514

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-1/4" I.D. 63516

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-3/8" I.D. 63518

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-1/2" I.D. 63520

Rubber Insulated Clamp 1/4" Mounting Hole 1-5/8" I.D. 63522

3/8 Stud x 5/8 Wide No. 96413 - 8 Items • 37 Pieces Arranged in a large 12 compartment metal drawer. Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1/4" I. D.

63550

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 5/8" I. D.

63556

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1" I. D.

63562

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 3/8" I. D.

63552

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 3/4" I. D.

63558

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1/2" I. D.

63554

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 7/8" I. D.

63560

E L E C T R I C A L

Rubber Insulated Clamp 3/8" Mounting Hole 1-1/4" I. D.

63564

Q-65


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Automotive Bulbs

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-66

No.

Volts

Function

Candle

Life

Power

(hrs)

Base

Qty

62102

14.4

Instrument

1 c.p.

1000

Min. Bay.

10

62104

14.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

500

Min. Bay.

10

62110

13.5

Parking

4 c.p.

Indef.

S.C. Bay.

10

62076

13.0

Dome/Courtesy

6 c.p.

750

S.C. Bay.

10

62078

13.0

Dome/Courtesy

6 c.p.

750

D.C. Bay.

10

62106

13.5

License/Parking

4 c.p.

Indef.

S.C. Bay.

10

62092

14.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

500

Wedge

10

62100

14.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

1500

Wedge

10

62101

12.8

Dome/Courtesy

12 c.p.

1000

Dbl. End Cap

10

62118

12.8

Side Mrkr/Dome

15 c.p.

100

S.C. Bay.

10

62074

12.0

Dome/Courtesy

15 c.p.

100

D.C. Bay.

10

62122

12.0

Stop & Turn

32.3 c.p.

200

D.C. Bay.

10

62082

12.0

Front turn

32 c.p.

200

S.C. Bay.

10

62114

12.0

Rear turn

21 c.p.

500

S.C. Bay.

10

62084

12.0

Front turn

32 c.p.

600

S.C. Bay.,H.D.

10

62124

12.0

Stop & Turn

32 c.p.

600

D.C.Ind.,H.D.

10

62120

12.8

Nat'l Amber

32 c.p.

Indefinite

D.C.Ind,H.D.

10

62126

12.0

Stop & Turn

32 c.p.

600

D.C.Ind.,H.D.

10

62112

12.0

Rear stop

21/6 c.p.

200/1M

D.C. Bay.

10

62090

12.0

Instrument

1.5 c.p.

Indef.

Min. Bay.

10

62094

13.0

Instrument

3 c.p.

1000

Min. Bay.

10

62096

12.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

5000

S.C. Bay.

10

62098

14.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

1500

Min.Bay.,H.D.

10

62088

14.0

Nat'l Amber

1.5 c.p.

2500

Wedge

10

62080

2.38

Flashlight

.8 c.p.

15

S.C.Min.Flngd

2


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical Q03

Automotive Bulbs Cont… No.

Volts

Function

Candle

Life

Power

(hrs)

Base

Qty

62098

14.0

Instrument

2 c.p.

1500

Min.Bay.,H.D.

10

62088

14.0

Nat'l Amber

1.5 c.p.

2500

Wedge

10

62080

2.38

Flashlight

8 c.p.

15

S.C.Min.Flngd

2

62066

12.8

Stop, Tail

10

32 c.p.

1200

S.C. Wedge

10

32 c.p.

1200/5000

D.C. Wedge

10

24 c.p.

1200

Wedge Plas

10

Stop, Tail Directional

62068

12.8

62070

12.8

Auto Stop, Tail Directional

62062

12.8

Stop, Tail Directional, Amber

62072

13.5

10000

Wedge

10

62060

13

Natural Amber

Wedge

10

62116

12.8

RV/Auto

32 c.p.

200

D.C. Bay

10

62054

12.8

Front

1200

D.C. Index

10

62058

12.8

Stop & Turn

32 c.p.

1200

S.C. Bay

10

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-67


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Smart Glow Fuses • • • •

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-68

Ideal for troublesome circuits where fuses often blow. Snaps into place without the use of tools. Easy identification of blown fuses in hard to reach places. Color coded fuses instantly let you know the right amperage of the fuse to be replaced.

BG Blade-Type Fuses

BGM Mini-Blade-Type Fuses

No.

Amp

Color

Qty

No.

Amp

Color

Qty

61980

3

Violet

25

61950

3

Violet

25

61984

5

Tan

25

61958

5

Tan

25

61986

7-1/2

Brown

25

61960

7-1/2

Brown

25

61972

10

Red

25

61940

10

Red

25

61974

15

Lt. Blue

25

61942

15

Lt. Blue

25

61976

20

Yellow

25

61946

20

Yellow

25

61978

25

Clear

25

61948

25

Clear

25

61982

30

Green

25

61952

30

Green

25

ATM Mini Blade-Type Fuses

ATC Blade-Type Fuses

No.

Amp

Volts

Color

Qty

No.

Amp

Volts

Color

Qty

61810

2

12

Gray

5

61904

3

12

Violet

5

61812

3

12

Violet

5

61906

4

12

Pink

5

61814

4

12

Pink

5

61908

5

12

Tan

5

61816

5

12

Tan

5

61910

7.5

12

Brown

5

61818

7-1/2

12

Brown

5

61912

10

12

Red

5

61820

10

12

Red

5

61914

15

12

Lt. Blue

5

61822

15

12

Lt. Blue

5

61916

20

12

Yellow

5

61824

20

12

Yellow

5

61918

25

12

Clear

5

61826

25

12

Clear

5

61920

30

12

Green

5

61828

30

12

Green

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical

Automotive Fuses & Holders Q03

Maxi Blade-Type Fuses

MAXI® FUSES

No.

Amp

Volts

Color

Qty

62000

20

32

Yellow

1

62002

30

32

Green

1

62004

40

32

Orange

1

62006

50

32

Red

1

62008

60

32

Lt. Blue

1

62010

80

32

Violet

1

Maxi Fuses are used to protect circuits in the wiring harness usually found under the hood, in a fuse panel, or supplementary panel near the battery. Primarily used in domestic cars, MAX fuses also have some applications in imported models. OEM applications currently range up to 60 amps; however, some aftermarket accessories (such as high-end stereos) require protection up to 80 amps.

Fuse Assortments Z02 No. 96433 • 31 Fuses - 200 Pieces • Includes the most popular fuses. • Comes in a durable, plastic case. FUSE TYPES: AGC; AGW; AGX; ATC; GBC; & SFE

No. 96435 • 75 Fuses - 500 Pieces

E L E C T R I C A L

• A complete, well, balanced stock for every service need. • Free compact, attractive display included. • Slots in rack labeled for easy “inventory out” and “reorder”. FUSE TYPES : AGA; AGC; AGW; AGX; ATC; GBC; GBF; & SFE

Q-69


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical

Fuse Assortment Z02 NO. 96425 • 36 ITEMS - 257 PIECES 36 of our most popular automotive/electrical fuses, glass tube blade-type waterproof fuseholders, fuse pullers, clips & volt tester, packaged in a steel drawer for your convenience.

E L E C T R I C A L

61710 Fuse

61712 Fuse

61716 Fuse

61800 Fuse

61804 Fuse

61806 Fuse

61808 Fuse

61720 Fuse

61734 Fuse

61740 Fuse

61744 Fuse

61746 Fuse

61748 Fuse

61750 Fuse

61752 Fuse

61908 Fuse

61912 Fuse

61914 Fuse

61916 Fuse

61918 Fuse

61920 Fuse

62350 Hvy Duty 2 Prong Truck Flasher

61816 Fuse

61820 Fuse

61822 Fuse

61824 Fuse

61826 Fuse

61828 Fuse

62352 Hvy Duty 3 Prong Truck Flasher

61432 Blade-Type Waterproof Fuse Holder

61436 Glass Tube Waterproof Fuse Holder

FP-C Fuse Puller 61342 Test Clips

83875 12 Volt Tester

62000 Fuse

62002 Fuse

62004 Fuse

Glass Tube Fuses Q03 Glass fuses are widely used in electronic and electrical applications where proper fuse selection is critical to performance.

SFE

MDL

GBC

AGX

AGW AGC AGA • For electronic/electrical applications, fuse must be rated at 125V or better. • Voltage must match or exceed the fuse being replaced (125V household current; 12V for auto; 24V for heavy duty). • Amperage must match that of the old fuse. In general, glass fuses are designated by physical size and type: • All AGC fuses measure 1/4 x 1-1/4 • All AGW fuses measure 1/4 x 7/8

Q-70

• SFE fuses are the exception to the rule; they change in length, as amperage ratings increase.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical Q03

Glass Tube Fuses Cont… AGA No.

AGX

AGC

Amp Lgth

No.

Amp Lgth

No.

Amp Lgth

61700

1

5/8

61720

1/2

1-1/4

61780

3

1

61702

2

5/8

61724

1

1-1/4

61781

15

1

61704

3

5/8

61726

1-1/4 1-1/4

61782

20

1

61706

5

5/8

61728

2

1-1/4

61784

25

1

61708

10

5/8

61730

2.5

1-1/4

61786

30

1

61710

15

5/8

61732

3

1-1/4

61712

20

5/8

61734

4

1-1/4

61714

25

5/8

61736

5

1-1/4

61716

30

5/8

61738

6

1-1/4

61740

7.5

1-1/4

61742

8

1-1/4

61744

10

1-1/4

61746

15

1-1/4

61748

20

1-1/4

61750

25

1-1/4

61752

30

1-1/4

61754

35

1-1/4

61756

40

1-1/4

AGW No. 61758

Amp Lgth 1

7/8

61760

2.5

7/8

61762

4

7/8

61764

5

7/8

61766

6

7/8

61768

7.5

7/8

61770

15

7/8

61772

20

7/8

61776

30

7/8

61778

35

7/8

61832

No.

Amp Lgth

61796

4

5/8

61798

6

3/4

61800

7.5

7/8

Amp Lgth

61802

9

1

1-1/4

61804

14

1-1/16

61806

20

1-1/4

61808

30

1-7/8

MDL No.

SFE

5

GBC No.

Amp Lgth

61787

2.5

31/32

61788

5

31/32

61790

8

31/32

61792

16

31/32

61794

25

31/32

Glass Fuses Sold in Package Quantities of Five (5).

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-71


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Fusible Links (Pacific Auto Links) Used primarily in Japanese designed car models to provide wiring harness protection. Available in the following styles:

Female Fusible Links

E L E C T R I C A L

FLF: Female terminations, available for 20, 30, 40, 50 and 60 amps. No. 62380

20

1

62382

30

1

62384

40

1

62386

50

1

62388

60

1

Male Fusible Links FLM: male terminations, available for 30, 60 and 80 amps. No.

Amp Qty

62430

30

1

62432

60

1

62434

80

1

Female Maxi Fusible Links No.

Q-72

Amp Qty

Amp Qty

62026

20

1

62028

30

1

62030

40

1

62032

50

1

62034

60

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical

Fuseholders Q03 No.

Fuse Size

Mounting

Elect. Conn.

General Information

Qty

61944

In-line

Lead wires†

For Mini Fuses

1

61432

Any size

In-line

Lead wires†

Waterproof

15

61392

To 15 amps

In-line

Lead wires†

For glass tube fuses

15

61394

To 30 amps

In-line

Lead wires†

For glass tube fuses

1

61436

20 amps

In-line

Crimp term.

For glass tube fuses

1

61437

30 amps

Panel

Solder term.

1/4 x 1-1/4

1

62510

Block

Screw term.

4 poles

1

62512

Block

Screw term.

6 poles

1

62514

In-line

Lead wires†

Waterproof glass tube

1

62516

To 30 amps

In-line

Lead wires†

For ATC Fuses

† Cut loop to form separate leads for installation

61944

61437 Panel mount

61436

61392 & 61394

61432 - Waterproof

66690

Fuse Block

2 pole design shown for illustration purposes only

Fuseholder Assortments Z02

E L E C T R I C A L

No. 96432 12 In-line fuseholders for all 1/4 dia. fuses 5/8 through 1-1/4 long. Holders come with three springs to adapt the holder to the fuse length. Leads permit quick installation. Fuses not included.

No. 96434 12 HHC fuseholders for ATC (Blade type) fuses. “Write-in” space allows for identification of circuit. Leads permit quick installation.

Q-73


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Multi Fuse Converters ¬ Converts one fuse circuit into two fusible circuits. ¬ Plugs into the fuse box and accepts two fuses to provide protection for the existing circuit and the add-on circuit. ¬ 10 amp maximum.

E L E C T R I C A L

Type Qty

No. 61470

ATC

1

61472

ATM

1

62068

62070

ATC Blade Circuit Breakers ¬ Universal type 1 circuit breaker 12 volt. ¬ "Snap-off" universal blades that can easily be sized to fit applications where fuseblock spacing is tight, or the terminal is recessed. ¬ Color coded bodies to match the universal color coding used for ATC fuses. No.

Amp

Color

Qty

62262

10

Red

1

62264

20

Gold

1

62266

30

Green

1

62266

62264

Q-74

62262


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical Q03

Electronic Signal Flashers Extended Life Tridon’s Extended Life Super Duty Electronic Signal Flashers last up to 9 times longer than conventional thermal flashers. Designed for use with trucks, buses, RVs, taxis and passenger cars, they are built tough with heavy duty components throughout. ¬ Thick palladium contact provides longer life under heavy loads. ¬ Faster start time - only .75 seconds to first flash as compared to 1.5 seconds with ordinary flashers. ¬ Dependability - has few moving parts and a thermoplastic cover to help protect the flashers from temperature extremes (-25°F to 145°F). ¬ Highly audible - clear distinctive audible signal can be heard in any traffic situation. ¬ Highly durable - average life is 800 hours at 10 lamps. Exceeds DOT and SAE specifications J590 and J945 by a factor of 2:1. ¬ Highly efficient - incorporates a positive electro-mechanical relay in contrast to thermal flashers to achieve the most constant regulated timing of any flasher. No.

Description

Load

Max.

Frequency Durability Qty (Cycling)

(Lamps) Watts 62350

12 Volt-2 pin

1 to 10

250

70-100 FPM

200 hrs

Ea.

62352

12 V. - 3 pin

1 to 10

250

70-100 FPM

200 hrs

Ea.

1 to 6

150

85 FPM

150 hrs

Ea.

62354 12 V. - 3 pin Alt.*

* 62104 is an alternating flasher that alternates from side to side.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-75


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Fusepuller No. 83886 Dual purpose - pulls and installs both blade type and glass tube fuses. Single piece design made of durable plastic.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-76

Flashers DOT approved • Variable load Volts

No.

No. of

No. of

Max. Qty

Terminals Bulbs Amps 62540

12

2

2-6

12.8

1

62542

12

3

1-6

12.8

1

62544

12

2

2-6

12.8

1

Automotive Circuit Breakers No.

Type

Ampere

Pkg

Rating

Qty

62250

Stud Mounted

10

1

62252

Stud Mounted

15

1

62254

Stud Mounted

20

1

62256

Stud Mounted

25

1

62258

Stud Mounted

30

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Automotive Electrical Q03

Test Clips • Cadmium plated steel. • Full meshing teeth.

No.

61340 & 61342

Jaw

Amp

Pkg

Opening Rating Qty 61340

3/16

25

61342

3/8

25

61344

3/4

30

5

61346

1-1/16

50

5

61344 & 61346

Convoluted Tubing

Tough flexible black polyethylene tubing for holding wires in position and protecting them from abrasion. Tubing is split for easy wire insertion. Operating temperature -30°F to +200°F. No.

Size Length Qty

61550

1/4

100'

1

61552

3/8

100'

1

61554

1/2

100'

1

61558

3/4

100'

1

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-77


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Automotive Electrical Q03

Fabric Loom Tough flexible loom. Smooth inside for easy wire insertion. Saturated with an asphalt compound for moisture proofing. Non-metallic material protects against short circuits and undesirable noise.

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-78

Length

I.D.

No.

100'

61650 3/16 61652

1/4

100'

61654

3/8

100'

61656

1/2

100'

61658

5/8

100'

61660

3/4

100'

61662

1

100'

Spiral Wrap Expandable spiral cut polyethylene wrap. Wires can enter and break out at any point. Retains strength under repeated flexing. Operating temperature -105째F to 215째F.

No.

Color

I.D.

Length 100'

61500

Natural 3/16

61502

Natural

1/4

100'

61504

Natural

3/8

100'

61506

Natural

1/2

100'

61508

Natural

3/4

100'

61510

Natural

1

100'

61600

Black

3/16

100'

61602

Black

1/14

100'

61606

Black

1/2

100'

61604

Black

3/8

100'


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Miscellaneous Items Q3F

Batteries • Provides 1.5 volts, 6 volts, and 9 volts. • Good low temperature characteristics. • Recommended for heavy drain items which get frequent use i.e. flashlights, calculators, lanterns, etc. • Good long lasting power source.

66772

D

12

66770

C

12

66764

AA

4

66766

AAA

12

66732 9 Volt

2

66760 6 Volt

1

"C" Cell 1.5 Volts

ALKALINE

"AAA" Cell 1.5 Volts

ALKALINE

"AA" Cell 1.5 Volts

E L E C T R I C A L

ALKALINE

"D" Cell 1.5 Volts

ENERGIZER

INDUSTRIAL

INDUSTRIAL

GENERAL PURPOSE

EVEREADY®

ALKALINE

9 Volt ENERGIZER

INDUSTRIAL

ENERGIZER

INDUSTRIAL

ALKALINE

ENERGIZER

Size

ENERGIZER

INDUSTRIAL

Qty

Cell

INDUSTRIAL

No.

6 Volt Q-79


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Miscellaneous Items Q3F

Rough Service Light Bulbs Supreme Special Filament

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-80

• Designed exclusively for the automotive industry. • Bulbs have 9 filament supports plus a thicker, shorter stem for the supports. This provides twice the resistance to the type of shock that destroys filaments in common bulbs. • Guaranteed long-life bulbs. • Brass base eliminates "freezing" or corroding in the socket - allowing easier removal. • American Made. No.

Watts Qty

Rough Service Bulbs 66714

75

6

66710

100

6

Tough Coat Bulbs 66716

75

6

66712

100

6


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Mighty Lights T07

The Angler™ Rough service fluorescent angle work light No. 83727 Full swivel unbreakable hang hook. Won't scratch finishes like metal hooks. Special shock absorbent top bulb mount. Isolates bulb from rough handling.

Virtually unbreakable housing with lifetime warranty.

Handy magnet w/velcro strap allows you to position the light where you need it.

Rough service fluorescent bulb included. Outlasts standard fluorescent bulbs. Genuine phillips bulbs used.

High tech ballast in handle. Low heat output, long life, & maximum light output.

Scratch & shatter resistant lens. Will not yellow or crack with extended hard use.

Recessed on/off switch. Prevents accidental operation of the light.

Full molded on cord strain relief. Prevents premature cord failure

Professional quality 15 amp listed, 10 amp rated tool tap.

Professional quality heavy duty 16/3 25 foot oil and water resistant power cord standard.

E L E C T R I C A L

The Angler Worklight with Extension Cord™ NO. 83725 • Angle Light with tool tap & 10 amp circuit breaker. • 50 ft. of 16/3 cord - oil & water resistant. • Lifetime warranty on angle light housing. Q-81


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Mighty Lights T07

The Runabout™ Fluorescent Work Light 13 Watt Fluorescent Same light output of a 60 watt incandescent light

No. 83728

E L E C T R I C A L

Special shock absorbent end cap & top bulb mount. Isolates bulb from rough handling

Rough service fluorescent bulb included. Outlasts standard fluorescent bulbs. Genuine phillips bulbs used.

High tech instant-on ballast in handle. Low heat output with maximum light output.

Scratch & shatter resistant lens. Will not yellow or crack with extended hard use.

Large shock absorbent, virtually unbreakable ribbed end cap. For maximum protection, long life, and a positive easy grip.

Unique cord lock system. Prevents the cord from accidentally unplugging from the light

Unique "plug-in" base. Converts any extension cord into a safe, convenient fluorescent work light.

Q-82

Full swivel unbreakable hang hook. Won't scratch finishes like metal hooks.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Mighty Lights T07

The Transformer™ Fluorescent Work Light 13 Watt Fluorescent Same light output of a 60 watt incandescent light

No. 83729 Full swivel unbreakable hang hook. Won't scratch finishes like metal hooks. Special shock absorbent end cap & top bulb mount. Isolates bulb from rough handling

Rough service fluorescent bulb included. Outlasts standard fluorescent bulbs. Genuine phillips bulbs used.

High tech instant-on ballast in handle. Low heat output with maximum light output.

Scratch & shatter resistant lens. Will not yellow or crack with extended hard use.

Large shock absorbent, virtually unbreakable ribbed end cap. For maximum protection, long life, and a positive easy grip.

E L E C T R I C A L

Unique incandescent screw-base. Converts any dangerous incandescent trouble light into a safe fluorescent work light.

Q-83


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

For Use With Mighty Lights T07

Triple Tap Extension Cord™ Heavy duty 50 foot cord reel One piece cord hood. Prevents cord jams and tangles.

No. 83726

Special shock absorbent heavy duty molded case. Will survive years of hard daily use.

Adjustable ball stop. Allows positioning of the light for easy access.

E L E C T R I C A L

Extreme duty steel strap hanger mount. Can be mounted to the ceiling or wall. (on back)

NO. 83726

Professional quality heavy duty oil and water resistant power cord standard.

FOR USE WITH

MIGHTY LIGHTS CAUTION NOT FOR USE OUTDOORS NOT FOR USE IN AREAS REQUIRING EXPLOSION-PROOF FIXTURES DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN MOUNTING SCREWS. DO NOT LET THE BALL STOP RUN FREE. MADE IN THE U.S.A.

Internal instanton high tech ballast. Low heat output with maximum light output.

Convenient light hook hole. Puts the light up out of the way when not in use.

No.

Extra long 2 foot power cord. Allows easier placement of the reel. High tensile CR steel main spring & heavy duty ratchet system. Ensures years of trouble free operation.

Replacement Parts

Use with Pkg No.

Qty

83725 83731

13 watt fluorescent tube light

83727

1

83728 83729 83748

12 volt bulb for auto angler

83744

Lens for angler lights

83747 83725

1 1

83727 83745 Tube assembly for runabout & transformer Q-84

83728

1

83729 83746

Magnet with velcro strap

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Mighty Lights T07

The Auto Angler™ 12 volt rough service fluorescent work light No. 83747 Special shock absorbent top bulb mount. Isolates bulb from rough handling.

Full swivel unbreakable hang hook. Won't scratch finishes like metal hooks. Virtually unbreakable housing with lifetime warranty.

Rough service fluorescent bulb included. Outlasts standard fluorescent bulbs. Genuine PHILLIPS bulbs used. Handy magnet w/velcro strap allows you to position the light where you need it.

Scratch & shatter resistant lens. Will not yellow or crack with extended hard use. Recessed on/off switch. Prevents accidental operation of the light

High-tech ballast in handle. Low heat output, long life, & maximum light output.

12 volt DC with 15 ft SPT2 cord with cigarette plug and battery clips.

Full molded on cord strain relief. prevents premature cord failure.

E L E C T R I C A L

Professional quality 15 amp listed, 10 amp rated tool tap. Survives years of hard use.

USE WITH REPLACEMENT BULB 123151 Q-85


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Hydralink™ In-Line Butt Connectors

E L E C T R I C A L

Q-86


Wire Connectors/Reusable Wire Ties ELECTRICAL

Wire Mates™

8-Port

Super Fast Wire Connectors

4-Port

Simply strip and push conductors into Wire Mates™ for the fastest, most reliable and secure connections possible!

3-Port 2-Port

Features:

Applications:

• Simplified Insertion and Compact Size — Allow Easy Installations in the Tightest Locations. • Color-Coded Side Panels — For Easy Size Identification • Clear Polycarbonate Housings — Allow Inspection and Verification of Proper Connection • Corrosion-Resistant Stainless Steel Springs — Restrict wire pullout No. • Continuity Test Point — For Easy Voltage Checks • 2, 3, 4 and 8-Port Configurations — Provides 65906 Maximum Flexibility in Wiring Design • 600 Volt Maximum Building Wire and 1,000 Volt 65908 65910 Maximum Lighting Fixtures / Luminaries — Cover Most Common Building and Lighting 65912 Applications

• • • • •

Description

Wire Range

Qty

2-Port Wire Mate

#22 - #12 AWG Solid

50

3-Port Wire Mate

#22 - #12 AWG Solid

50

4-Port Push-in Connector

#22 - #12 AWG Solid

50

8-Port Push-in Connector

#22 - #12 AWG Solid

50

| Q-87 |

SpeedyTie

Commercial Building Wiring Residential Building Wiring Lighting Fixtures Luminaries AWG Solid Wire

The Ultimate Reusable Wire Tie

Temporarily attach extension cords or other cable to fencing.

Suspended piping SpeedyTie is ideal as a temporary support aid during the installation of gas, water, and air pipes.

Site storage - bundling copper or plastic tubing together at the job site. Excess tail can be tucked away neatly for added safety.

The Most Versatile, Reusable Wire Tie Available!

03.26.07

TMC’s new SpeedyTie will become one of the most valuable items in your toolbox. It is super strong, reusable and has hundreds of uses and applications

Features:

Applications:

• Red Lever Allows One-Click Tie and Untie — For Super Fast and Easy One-Handed Installation and Removal • Completely Reusable — Saves Money, Time and Inventory • Tail Neatly Tucks Away — For Added Safety • High Visibility Yellow — Easily Seen • Unique Design — Allows Multiple Applications • 200 lb. Tensile Strength — Extremely Strong and Durable

• • • • • • •

No.

Size

Tensile

Bundle Range

62671

29.6" x 1/2"

200 PSI

.75" - 8.25"

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

Electrical Contractors General and Heavy Industry Tubing and Pipe Bundling Heating & Ventilation Residential Construction Packaging An “extra hand” for over head installations

Description

Qty

SpeedyTie Ultimate Reusable Wire Tie

5

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


ELECTRICAL

Wire Strippers Circuit Alert Wire Strippers: Fastest, Easiest, Safest Wire Strippers.... Warn of Voltage, Cut Bolts and Strip Wires

Strips Wire/Cable

Loops Wires

Cuts Bolts

Non-Contact Voltage Sensor

The Circuit Alert™ Wire Stripper by Gardner Bender is the first and only wire stripper with a built-in noncontact voltage sensor – providing additional safety with both audible and visual indicators you can clearly hear and see when AC voltage is present. Stainless Steel Material

• Revolutionary — One of a Kind Product • Built-in Safety — Non-Contact Voltage Sensor • Choice of Two Products to Cut — #10-18 AWG or NM (Romex™) cable • Superior Construction — Backed by Lifetime Warranty • UL Listed — Quality, Design and Certification

Maximum Corrosion Resistance

Double-Bevel Blades Superior Nick-Resistance

Bolt Cutting Stations Cut Bolts and Reform Threads

Looping Stations

Applications: • • • • •

Dual GRIP™ Handle

Non- Contact Voltage Sensor Strips #10-18 AWG Wire Cuts Bolts Loops Wires Strips 14-2 & 12-2 Romex™ (NM) Cable No.

Description

Forward and Standard Grip

Qty

87744

10-18 AWG Circuit Alert Wire Strippers

1

87746

12/2 - 14/2 Romex™ Circuit Alert Wire Strippers

1

Replaceable Batteries

On/Off Switch Preserves Battery Life

Non-Contact Voltage Sensor with Visible and Audible Alerts (50-600 VAC)

Polycarbonate Construction Withstands 12' Drop Onto Concrete

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.26.07

| Q-88 |

Features:


Wire Strippers

Perfect Crimps – First Time, Every Time Features: • Double ratchet action for positive crimps and operator ease • Adjustment mechanism allows for wear • Crimps insulated double crimp terminals • 22-10 AWG nylon insulated terminals

ELECTRICAL

Ratcheting Crimper

Applications:

No.

Description

99504

Ratcheting Crimper

Qty 1

Q-89

• Used for crimping insulated terminals: red, blue, yellow • Crimping wire size: AWG: 22-18, 16-14, 12-10 Inches: 0.02-0.04"sq., 0.06-0.10" sq., 0.16-0.24" sq. Size: 8.7"


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. General Information

INC.

General Information Worm-Drive Clamp System ADVANTAGES OVER OTHER CLAMP SYSTEMS 1. Special Shoulder - The shoulder behind the hex head keeps tools like sockets or nut drivers from jamming into the slots or band-end, making the clamp appear to be tight when it isn't. 2. 5/16" Hex Head - The 5/16" hex head found on all our clamps provides clearance for open-end wrenches, whereas larger hexes (3/8", etc.) do not, making wrench tightening difficult if not impossible. 3. Through Slotted - The open slot allows for the use of any size screwdriver. With larger screwdrivers it is easier to tighten the clamp. Slots that are closed at the sides require the use of a small screwdriver. 4. Corrosion Resistant - All clamps are 100% stainless steel. The band, saddle and housing are made from 300 series stainless steel. 5. Finished edge on all bands. The benefit to you is prevention of hose change due to cuts 6. Concave band compared to flat means the clamp seals from the center to the outside which produces uniforms sealing. 7. Arcial Cut Band compared to square cut. For smoother gear action and greater torquing for a stronger band which means less failure and labor savings. 8. Quadru-lock Housing - a housing with no welds to break, higher torque to band providing less cold water leaks and band failures due to stripped or broken clamps.

H O S E C L A M P S

9. Exceeds by 50% the Quality Control Standards of an AMO MS Mil Spec for worm-drive clamps. These clamps have been and are used on all space shuttles. The value to you is in the vibration-proof features.

R-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Stainless Steel Hose Clamps R01

Aero-Seal Industrial/Aircraft Clamps The Original Stainless Steel Worm-Drive Clamp

H O S E C L A M P S

R-2

• Heavy-duty four-piece Quadra-lock construction enables more tightening torque to be delivered to the band perforations. • Ideal for heavy duty industrial applications. • All stainless steel clamp with stainless steel screw. Effective Diameter Range Industry

Min.

Max.

No.

No.

In.

mm

In.

68000

#4 MINI

7/32

5.6

5/8

68002

#6 MINI

7/16

68004

#8 MINI

68006

mm Qty 16

10

11

25/32 20

10

1/2

13

29/32 23

10

#6

7/16

11

25/32 20

10

68008

#8

1/2

13

29/32 23

10

68010

#10

9/16

14

1-1/16

27

10

68012

#12

11/16

17

1-1/4

32

10

68016

#16

13/16

21

1-1/2

38

10

68020

#20

13/16

21

1-3/4

44

10

68024

#24

1-1/16

27

2

51

10

68028

#28

1-5/16

33

2-1/4

57

10

68032

#32

1-9/16

40

2-1/2

64

10

68036

#36

1-13/16 46

2-3/4

70

10

68040

#40

2-1/16

3

76

10

68044

#44

2-5/16 59

3-1/4

83

10

68048

#48

2-9/16 65

3-1/2

89

10

68052

#52

2-13/16

71

3-3/4

95

10

68056

#56

3-1/16

78

4

102

10

68060

#60

3-5/16 84

4-1/4

108

10

68064

#64

3-9/16

91

4-1/2

114

10

68072

#72

4-1/8

105

5

127

10

52


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Liner Hose Clamps S.S. R02

Liner Clamps For Soft/Silicone Hose • Liner band is an integral extension of the band. • Liner is not riveted or welded. • Protects silicone and other soft surface hose from damage caused by extrusion or shearing through the band slots. • Liner clamps are designed to give a true concentric seal. Effective Diameter Range Industry

Min.

Max. mm Qty

No.

No.

In.

mm

In.

68506

#6

9/16

14

13/16

21

10

68508

#8

11/16

17

15/16

24

10

68510

#10

13/16

21

1-1/16

27

10

68512

#12

15/16

24

1-1/4

32

10

68516

#16

13/16

21

1-1/2

38

10

68520

#20

13/16

21

1-3/4

44

10

68524

#24

1-1/16

17

2

51

10

68528

#28

1-5/16

33

2-1/4

57

10

68532

#32

1-9/16

40

2-1/2

64

10

68536

#36

1-13/16 46

2-3/4

70

10

68540

#40

2-1/16

3

76

10

68544

#44

2-5/16 59

3-1/4

83

10

68548

#48

2-9/16 65

3-1/2

89

10

52

H O S E C L A M P S

R-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Hose Clamp Assortments

H O S E C L A M P S

R-4

Aero-Seal Clamps

Liner Clamps

No. 96501

No. 96500

10 Different Clamps 100 Pieces

10 Different Clamps 100 Pieces

No.

Size Range

No.

Size Range

68000

7/32 - 5/8

68506

9/16 - 13/16

68002

1/2 - 29/32

68508

11/16 - 15/16

68008

7/16 - 25/32

68510

13/16 - 1-1/16

68010

9/16 - 1-1/16

68512

15/16 - 1-1/4

68012

11/16 - 1-1/4

68516

13/16 - 1-1/2

68016

13/16 - 1-1/2

68520

13/16 - 1-3/4

68020

13/16 - 1-3/4

68524

1-1/16 - 2

68028

1-5/16 - 2-1/4

68528

1-5/16 - 2-1/4

68032

1-9/16 - 2-1/2

68532

1-9/16 - 2-1/2

68036

1-13/16 - 2-3/4

68536

1-13/16 - 2-3/4

Storage rack included.

Storage rack included.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Hose Clamp Assortments Aero-Seal Clamps

Liner Clamps

No. 96506

No. 96507

5 Different Clamps #40 - #56 50 Pieces

5 Different Clamps #40 - #56 40 Pieces

No.

Size Range

No.

Size Range

68040

2-1/16 - 3

68540

2-1/16 - 3

68044

2-5/16 - 3-1/4

68544

2-5/16 - 3-1/4

68048

2-9/16 - 3-1/2

68548

2-9/16 - 3-1/2

68052

2-13/16 - 3-3/4

68608

2-3/4 - 3-5/8

68056

3-1/16 - 4

68610

3-1/4 - 4-1/8

Storage rack included.

Storage rack included.

HOSE CLAMPS

#40 Clamp

#44 Clamp

#48 Clamp

#52 Clamp

#56 Clamp

Clamp Dia. 2-1/16"-3"

Clamp Dia. 2-5/16"-3-1/4"

Clamp Dia. 2-9/16"-3-1/2"

Clamp Dia. 2-13/16"-3-3/4"

Clamp Dia. 3-1/16"-4"

H O S E C L A M P S

R-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Make-A-Clamp® Kits Z02

Make-A-Clamp® Kits & Supplies A maintenance “Clamp System” in a box.

H O S E

100% stainless steel clamps can be made in any size from 2" diameter on up by simply cutting a piece of banding off of a continuous roll. Clamps from 10" in diameter to 10' in diameter can be assembled in a matter of seconds. Plus the materials are all reusable. This system is superior to and more versatile than “crimp/buckle” banding and strapping products. Ideal for those job environments which require varying sized large clamps. No. 68110

Description Kit - Includes 100 ft. band, 25 adjustable

Qty 1

fasteners and 10 band splices. 68111

Kit - Includes 50 ft. band, 10 adjustable

1

fasteners, and 5 band splices.

C L A M P S

R-6

68112

Box of 10 adjustable fasteners.

1

68113

Box w/100 ft. band and 10 band splices.

1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Constant Torque Liner Clamps

Constant Torque Liner Clamps Active Pressure-Compensating Clamps This revolutionary clamp reacts to contracting and expanding hose systems by decreasing or increasing its own diameter in response to system changes. Just about all rubber hose compresses (“cold flow”) after a clamping device is installed. This results in an 80% or greater torque loss almost immediately following installation. Also, just about all metal connections will expand as the system heats up and then contract as the system cools back down. Most other clamping systems (conventional worm gear, “T” bolt, etc.) are passive systems, which means that expansion and contraction of system components can not be adjusted for without retightening or loosening the clamps. The constant torque clamping system is an “active” clamping system, which means that it monitors the system and then makes compensations for the changes by changing its diameter through a unique worm gear-Belleville spring assembly. Constant Torque Liner Clamps are ideal for: sealed systems which cannot be retightened; systems where clamps are difficult to get to; applications which require high torque; large diameters; experience extremes of heat or cold; or systems which expand or contract. Constant Torque Liner Clamps are designed for torque compensation at installation torques from 50 to 150 in-lbs and all parts are made of stainless steel. To properly install a Constant Torque Liner Clamp a torque wrench should be used.

Housing orbitally riveted to saddle at 4 points provides extra strength.

Liner protects soft or silicone hose from damage, extrusion, or shear.

Energy stored in compressed Belleville springs controls automatic clamp adjustment.

Eight screw threads (instead of 3 or 4 found in other clamps) are engaged at all times for high torquing drive and vibration resistance.

H O S E C L A M P S

Full 5/8" band width provides greater sealing surface.

R-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Constant Torque Liner Clamps R04

Constant Torque Liner Clamps Effective Diameter Range Min.

H O S E C L A M P S

Max. mm Qty

No.

In.

mm

In.

68906

1

25

1-3/4

44

5

68908

1-3/4

45

2-5/8

67

5

68910

2-1/4

57

3-1/8

79

5

68912

2-3/4

70

3-5/8

92

5

68914

3-1/4

83

4-1/8

105

5

68916

3-3/4

95

4-5/8

118

5

Assembly Instructions Maximum Expansion Clamps should be installed at 50 in-lbs of torque. Screw tip (encircled) should slightly protrude from housing.

Equal Expansion or Contraction Clamps should be installed at 90 in-lbs. of torque. Screw tip (encircled) protrudes from housing and Belleville springs are compressed.

Maximum Contraction Clamps should be installed at 125 in-lbs of torque. Screw tip (encircled) extends well beyond housing and Belleville springs are compressed to about 90% of flat. R-8


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. High Torque Liner Clamps R05

INC.

High Torque Liner Clamps Guaranteed To Withstand More Than 3 Times The SAE Standard Torque Requirements For Worm Drive Clamps An industrial strength worm-drive stainless steel clamp which is bigger, heavier and stronger than the “Aero-Seal” clamp. • All components made of stainless steel. • Heavy gauge housing orbitally riveted to saddle. • Designed so that 8 screw threads are simultaneously engaged in the band for increased torquing drive, sealing pressure and vibration resistance. • Liner band extends underneath drive slots to protect soft and silicone hose from damage or extrusion. • Eliminates double clamping and “T” bolts. • 150 in-lbs of torque on the screw. Effective Diameter Range Min.

H O S E

Max. mm Qty

No.

In.

mm

In.

68600

1

25

1-3/4

44

5

68602

1-1/4

32

2-1/8

54

5

68604

1-3/4

45

2-5/8

67

5

68606

2-1/4

57

3-1/8

79

5

68608

2-3/4

70

3-5/8

92

5

68610

3-1/4

83

4-1/8

105

5

68612

3-3/4

95

4-5/8

118

5

68614

4-1/4

108

5-1/8

130

5

68616

5-1/4

133

6-1/8

156

5

68618

5-3/4

146 6-5/8 168

5

68620

6-1/4

159

7-1/8

181

5

68622

7-1/4

184

8-1/8 206

5

68624

8-1/4

210

9-1/8 232

5

C L A M P S

R-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Nut Type Threadlocker Blue Features: • Medium strength Threadlocker. • Seals most types of nuts and bolts allowing disassembly using standard tools.

Typical uses: Studs and bolt, threaded pipe fittings, and locking nuts and bolts larger than 1/4" diameter.

No. 73026 50ml

Stud Type Threadlocker Red Features: • High strength Threadlocker. • Heat and hand tools required to separate parts.

Typical uses: Studs and bolt, threaded pipe fittings, and locking nuts and bolts larger than 1/4" diameter.

No. 73028 50ml

Hydraulic/Pneumatic Sealant Brown Features: • Provides high pressure seals. • Provides maximum resistance to most solvents. • Will not contaminate or clog lines.

A D H E S I V E S

Typical uses: • Use on hydraulic threaded connections.

No. 73036 50ml

S-01


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Pipe Sealant with Teflon • Immediate low pressure seal. • Cures to burst pipe pressure. • Fixture 1-2 hours. • Functional 2-6 hours. • Full cure 24 hours. • No solvents, no shrinking, no leaks. • Lubricates during assembly.

A D H E S I V E S

No. 73032 50ml

Gasket Maker • Single component form in-place gasket. • Eliminates inventories of pre-cut gaskets. • No shrinking. • Fills irregularities and voids in flange surfaces.

For Use On: • Thermostats • Compressors • Pumps • Transmission Housings • Gear Boxes • Axle Covers

No. 73034 50ml

BLU-GOO™ PLUS 50ml Blu-Goo™ PLUS is a special blend of inert materials that offer a variety of industrial uses where reduction of metal to metal contact is desired. Good for any application up to 600°F, BluGoo™ PLUS will work on Stainless Steel, Aluminum, Iron, Brass, Fiberglass, and Plastic. Not affected by acids, caustics, or common solvents. * Not recommended for gearboxes with small ball or roller bearings, oil circulation systems, or filter systems.

No. 70252 100ml

S-02

No. 70256 250ml

• Thread Sealant • Gearbox Additive • Gasket Dressing • Packing Supplement

• Pump Lubricant • Low Temperature Anti-seize • O-Ring Lubricant


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Posi-Grip Friction Drops Helps Remove or Tighten Screws The instant traction your tools need to lock on to work or stripped fastener heads for easy removal. • Works instantly! No waiting. • Eliminates cutting, chiseling or drilling. • Extends tool life. • Keeps fastener heads from stripping.

• Gives pipe wrenches and pliers greater gripping power. • Wipes clean - no staining. • Odorless and non-toxic. • Won't irritate skin. • Non-corrosive. • Unlimited shelf life.

Works on all type of nuts, bolts and screws! Posi-Grip is a non-toxic friction enhance which is virtually harmless to the environment.

No. 70202 15ml

HP500 High Performance Instant Adhesive This is an advanced technology, range extended, gap filling adhesive. It is virtually non-surface sensitive. In addition to bonding non-porous materials, such as metal, glass and rubber (O-rings), HP500 will also bond porous materials such as wood, veneers, cork, cardboard, and leather. Technical Information

Viscosity.................................................................................... 500cps Service Temperature............................................. 114 to 180°F Dielectric Constant................................................................... 3.98 Tensile Strength................................................................ 4000psi Color..................................................................................... Clear Liquid Meets MIL-A-46050C, Type II, Class 3

No. 70242 20gm

Debonder "The Super Glue Remover" For Use With HP500

A D H E S I V E S

This will remove cured cyanoacrylate adhesives, most other adhesives, paint, oils, mold release, printer ink, and permanent markers. It is great for unsticking fingers, softening threadlocking compounds, removing signs, etc.

No. 70244 2oz

S-03


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Accelerator For use with adhesives including HP500 Accelerator promotes instant cure of all cyanoacrylate adhesives. Increases gap fill and allows fillet forming. Great for tacking wires to circuit boards and hanging signs. Helps bond strength on hard to glue O-Rings.

A D H E S I V E S

No. 70246 2 fl. oz.

HP77 High Strength Threadlocker • Works on any type of components including metal, plated parts, plastic, wood, etc. for threadlocking, sealing, joining, fastening & retaining. • Surface cures. • High Strength/Permanent Threadlocker. • Cures faster than Conventional Threadlockers.

Technical Information Fixture Time...................................................................1-5 minutes Full Cure.................................................................................. 30 hours Shelf Life............................................................................. 1 year min. Color........................................................................................................ Red

No. 70248 10ml

HP90

Wicking Type Threadlocker This is a medium to high strength, penetrating, permanent threadlocker for locking/sealing pre-assembled fasteners. It is also used to seal weld and casting porosities. HP90 is a structural cyanoacrylate that offers the strength and durability of anaerobics and the cure times of instant adhesives. Unlike anaerobics, this threadlocker will perform well on platings, stainless steel and even plastic fasteners without the use of surface activators. Disassembly is difficult, but can be done with hand tools. Technical Information

S-04

No. 70250 10ml

Fixture Time...................................................................1-5 minutes Full Cure.................................................................................. 15 hours Shelf Life............................................................................. 1 year min. Color.................................................................................................. Green


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Metalink Seal Skin Z02 Assortment I

S

B INC.

Maintenance Magic SAFETY SOLVENT

IV

Degreaser • Non-Flammable • Non-Conductive to 36,200 Volts • Ozone Safe • Non-Corrosive Authorized by the USDA for Use in Federally Inspected Meat and Poultry Plants

70214 Steel Stick 70238 Seal-Skin Pipe Wrap 2 in. x 5 ft.

70212 Pipe Tourniquet

Net Wt. 18 oz. (510 g) WARNING: VAPOR HARMFUL. CONTENTS UNDER PRESSURE. SEE OTHER CAUTIONS ON BACK PANEL

74156 Safety Solvent IV Degreaser

50444 Flex-Cut General Purpose Pad

Pipe Repair Kit 6 Items 12 Pieces No. 96601

23015 Latex Gloves

Arranged in a large adjustable metal drawer.

Machinable Repair Compound Kit Machinable repair compound is a trowelable Ferro-silicone filled polymer compound for repairing and rebuilding parts and surfaces. Once hardened, it can be drilled, tapped, sanded, machined and painted just like metal.

No. 70502 (8 lbs) No. 70500 (2 lbs)

Seal-Skin Pipe Wrap

A D H E S I V E S

Resin-coated, fiberglass cloth designed for rapid repair of ruptured piping and other patch jobs. It is moisture activated (reacting with or without water immersion), making it excellent for water or steam line repairs. Sets up in approximately 30 minutes. It works on PVC, metal, rubber, fiberglass, plastic and other type materials. Has high adhesive qualities. Odorless, noncombustible. Can be sanded. Pressure must be shut off.

No. 70238 (2 in. x 5 ft.) No. 70240 (4 in. x 15 ft.)

S-05


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Ceramic Polymer Repair Kit

No. 70506 (8 lbs) No. 70504 (2 lbs)

A D H E S I V E S

Brushable Ceramic is a two-component, brushable, 100% solids (solvent free) high tech polymer formula, combined with diamond-hard ceramic fillers that provide an exceptionally tough surface for wear and corrosion areas. Kits contain two colors (pink and blue) so that by alternating layers, you can more easily gauge wear. ML406 Ceramic Polymer Repair Kit contains: 8 - 1 lb. units (4 blue, 4 pink), release agent, brushes, gloves, degreaser, instructions, etc. ML400-2 Ceramic Polymer Repair Kit contains 2 - 1 lb. units, brushes and instructions.

The Pipe Tourniquet A unique product designed for immediate sealing of leaks of all types of pipes, without prior surface preparation. The Pipe Tourniquet creates such a superb seal that it is not necessary to reduce pressure in the pipe to effect the repair, and is generally applied within one (1) minute. For use in conjunction with epoxy repair products, it also increases corrosion resistance by placing a barrier between the product and the repair compound. Can be used with ML450 to complete repairs. No. 70212

Flexible Adhesant 3.75 Oz ML600 Adhesant is tough, flexible and highly versatile compound. It adheres to highly porous materials such as cinder blocks or to non-porous surfaces such as glass, metal or rubber. ML600 is exceptionally flexible, highly abrasion resistant, noncorrosive, paintable, self-leveling and maintains its properties under water.

No. 70252

S-06


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Adhesive Assortment Z02 6 Items - 18 Pieces Adhesive

70242

Debonder

High Strength Threadlocker

70244

70248

"HP90" Wicking

Accelerator

70250

70246

"Adhesant"

No. 96600

70252

Arranged in a large adjustable metal drawer.

Slip-Not A 100% solids, solvent-free self-leveling epoxy floor surfacing compound which, when topped with an aggregate, provides a chemical resistant, durable, nonslip surface. It has excellent adhesion to concrete, steel and wood, while the solvent-free formulation avoids any present or future restrictions on VOC content and minimizes worker hazards during application. SlipNot comes with Gripper Granules (No. ML811-1) which are ideal for heavy wear areas forklift lanes, loading ramps, etc.

No. 70400 (1 Quart w/aggregate) NO. 70402 (1 Gallon w/aggregate)

Metalink Concrete Patch A 100% solids epoxy compound used with a dry, salt-free sand for repairing cracked or spalled concrete floors, pump pedestals, curbs, and areas of heavy wear such as thresholds or loading ramps. Concrete Patch is approved by the USDA for incidental food contact in federally inspected meat and poultry plants. It provides excellent abrasion and impact resistance as well as good chemical resistance. This product contains no volatiles. More than just a surface coating, it applies easily and actually bonds concrete together. Metalink Concrete Patch #10 (No. ML820-10) contains 10 lbs. total of resin, hardener and sand. Metalink Concrete Patch #40 (No. ML820-40) contains 40 lbs. total of resin, hardener and sand.

A D H E S I V E S

No. 70410 10 lb Cont. No. 70412 40 lb Cont.

S-07


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Concrete Primer/Sealer

A D H E S I V E S

No. 70408 (1Gallon)

A 100% solids, solvent-free epoxy compound designed for use under Concrete Patch and Slip-Not. It has been formulated to provide deep penetration into the surface without the use of solvent, thus eliminating any objectionable solvent odor, particularly inside buildings or around food processing or storage areas. It fills small voids and hairline cracks, and helps seal air entrained concrete to prevent “out gassing” Concrete Primer/Sealer, as the name implies, is also a stand alone concrete sealer which can be applied in one or two coats to provide a tough, durable, hard film which prevents dusting and deterioration of concrete surfaces and the effects of water, chemicals, or freeze/thaw cycles. This product can be applied to damp or moist surfaces without affect to performance.

Top-Coat Floor Coating Made to provide a tough, corrosion resistant sheathing for metal or concrete surfaces. Top Coat is approved by the USDA for use in food processing plants. This product contains no volatiles and applies very easily. Technical Information Cure time........ Ready for light traffic: 4-5 hours, Heavy traffic: 18-24 hours Coverage.................................................................. 1 gallon will cover 145 sq ft @ 10 mils. Color........................................................................................................... Colored by special order.

WARNING: This product is a potential skin sensitizer. May cause injury to eyes and skin No. 70404 following prolonged or repeated contact. Inhalation of vapor may cause (1 Gallon w/aggregate) respiratory tract irritation. Use adequate ventilation when applying to avoid inhalation of vapor. Prevent contact with eyes and skin. Read and understand M.S.D.S. sheet. We can accept no responsibility or liability for lack of results because the storage, handling and application of the compound are beyond our control.

Spray Adhesive Fast setting, waterproof adhesive for permanent or temporary bonds. Works on most any surface where an adhesive is needed. • New formula complies with federal regulations regarding environmentally safe components. • Areas of use. Trim adhesive, gasket adhesive, sanding disc adhesive, molding adhesive.

S-08

No. 74130

• Versatile - bonds similar or dissimilar materials to each other.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Steelstick For Steel Hard Repairs Steelstick combines steel reinforced epoxy resin and hardener side by side in a 6" x 3/4" stick, conveniently packed in an easy to carry plastic tube. After just one hour, Steelstick can be drilled, tapped, sanded, machined or painted. Features: • Mixes like putty. • Hardens like steel. • Even cures underwater.

Perfect For: Tanks, radiators, bathroom fixtures and tile, cars, boats, furniture, metal and wood, down spouts, gutters, garbage cans, valves, etc.

No. 70214

Copperstick For Copper, Brass & Bronze Repairs 6" x 3/4" Features: • Designed for repairs on copper, brass, bronze and other non-ferrous metals. • Will adhere to nearly any surface including steel, cast iron, stainless steel, all ferrous metals, glass, concrete, PVC, wood and most plastics. • Sets up like metal in about 15 minutes and can be drilled, tapped, sanded, machined and painted. • It will adhere to damp surfaces and cure underwater. • Copperstick provides a good color match to copper and brass. • Chemically resistant to hydrocarbons, ketones, alcohols, dilute acids and bases, esters, halocarbons and aqueous salt solutions.

No. 70216

Woodstick For Wood Repairs 6" x 3/4"

A D H E S I V E S

Features: • Has the density of wood and can be drilled, sawed, carved, sanded, stained and painted when set. • Putty consistency eliminates drips and runs, providing no mess applications. • Chemically resistant to hydrocarbons, ketones, alcohols, esters, halocarbons, aqueous salt solutions, and dilute acids and bases.

No. 70218

S-09


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Aquastick

6" x 3/4"

Permanently Repairs Wet Areas and Underwater Surfaces Aquastick bonds tenaciously to fiberglass, metal, wood, concrete, ceramic, glass and other surfaces in either fresh or salt water. Perfect For:

Features: • Easy to Use • Cures under water in just 60 minutes. • Contains fading blue dye that turns pure white after mixing.

A D H E S I V E S

• Patching scratches, cuts and holes to fiberglass, metal and wood. • Repairs pipes, fittings, electrical connections, leaking gaskets, fuel tanks, water tanks, tubs, sinks, pools, battery cables, etc.

No. 70220

R.T.V. Gasket Maker & Sealer Tough silicone adhesive adheres to and bonds natural and synthetic fibers, glass, metal, wood, other silicone rubber, hardto-stick-to plastics, masonry products, etc. Numerous maintenance applications: seals against water, air, chemicals, oils and grease. Fills crevices and irregularities in joints. Waterproofs porous materials and perfect for weather stripping. Insulates against shock and vibration and is a great electrical insulator. A perfect gasket maker for just about anything. General uses:

Typical uses: Gasketing pumps, oil pans, valve covers, gear boxes and compressors.

No. No. No. No. No.

2.8oz. Tube: 74226 White 74227 Black 74225 Clear 74229 Blue 74228 Aluminum

Seals windows, pipe joints, parts, bonds gaskets, appliance parts, sign letters, caulks joints, duct work, equipment housings.

10.3 oz. Caulking Tube: No. 74211 White No. 74212 Black No. 74210 Clear No. 74214 Blue No. 74123 Aluminum

No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

8 oz. Can: 74128 White 74131 Black 74133 Clear 74153 High Temp Red 74631 Blue 74632 School Bus Yellow 74633 Aluminum 74634 NC Blue

Tack-free in just 5 minutes and cure time at 1/8" thickness is just 24 hours.

S-10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Hi-Temp Red Gasket Maker & Sealer With Pressure Can Application R.T.V. Gasket Maker & Sealer is a single component room temperature vulcanizing silicone rubber. R.T.V. will adhere to clean metal, glass, most types of wood, silicone resin, vulcanized silicone rubber, ceramic, natural and synthetic fiber as well as painted and many plastic surfaces. Long life expectancy in excess of ten years.

No. 74231 2.8oz Tube

No. 74153 8oz Pressurized Can

No. 74221 10.3oz Caulking Tube

Tack-free in just 5 minutes and cure time at 1/8" thickness is just 24 hours.

R.T.V. Gasket Maker NC Blue With Pressure Can Application This blue R.T.V. silicone-adhesive can be used on metal, glass, ceramics, wood, rubber and most plastics. Low odor for oxy sensors. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR USE ON: Cylinder heads, exhaust manifolds, intake manifolds, carburetors or continuous immersion in gasoline. Forms In-place Gaskets For: • Oil & transmission pans • Oil & water pumps • Valve & timing chain covers • Electric motors & electrical control boxes • Gear boxes • Compressors • Machine covers

No. 74631NC 7.25 oz.

“Clear” 2-Part Fast Cure Adhesive

A D H E S I V E S

This is a 5 minute fast-curing 2-part epoxy packaged in a convenient syringe for easy dispensing and mixing. It is used for the fast bonding of wood, fiberglass, metal, glass, masonry, ceramics and some plastics. It sets in approximately 4 to 7 minutes and is virtually unaffected by gasoline, oil, grease, hydrochloric and sulfuric acids and water. It dries to a clear finish and does a great job on fiberglass. *Use with Sur-Shot gun No. 70552

No. 70234* 50ml No. 70232

S-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

“FAS-STEEL 4” 2-Part Steel-Filled Epoxy Use with Sur-Shot Syringe A unique two-part 100% solids epoxy resin system filled with steel powder. With the SHUR-SHOT application system, mixing, and application is fast and easy. Once hardened, FAS-STEEL 4 may be machined, drilled, tapped and painted. Ideal for fast, lowcost repairs to most metals.

A D H E S I V E S

No. 70228 (use with Sur-Shot gun No. 70552)

“Shur-Shot” Fire Foam A two-part medium density silicone elastomer designed for use as a fire, smoke, noxious gas and water sealant. It applies as a liquid, which when properly mixed, expands approximately 3:1 and forms a compression seal within one to five minutes. Provides up to a 3-hour fire rating. UL listed. Shur-Shot Fire Foam can be used partial with change of mixers.

No. 70236 (use with Sur-Shot gun No. 70552) (60ml)

“Shur-Shot” Dispensing Gun

Static Mixer No. 70554

S-12

No. 70552


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Red Hot Cinnamon Odor Neutralizer Finely atomized, micro-mist air freshener provides complete deodorization of malodors in the air, on surfaces and on fabrics. Features: • Non-chlorinated • V.O.C. compliant • Chemically neutralizes malodors • Dry spray particles

Typical uses: Locker rooms, smoking areas, nursing homes, cars, hospitals, boats, carpets, upholstery, draperies.

A I R No. 74155 14 oz.

Orange Cream Long Lasting Odor Control Finely atomized, micro-mist air freshener provides complete deodorization of malodors in the air, on surfaces and on fabrics. Features: Features: • Non-chlorinated • V.O.C. compliant • Chemically neutralizes malodors • Dry spray particles

Typical uses: Locker rooms, smoking areas, nursing homes, cars, hospitals, boats, carpets, upholstery, draperies.

No. 74150 14 oz.

Super Cherry Odor Control Features:

Typical uses:

• Silica Free, can be burned (less • Odor control, spill control. waste in landfill), biodegradable, • Sprinkle into empty garbage receplong lasting. tacles, large or small, and add ad• Large size will not blow away, use ditional amount of granules for the indoor/outdoor. large receptacles outside restau• Quickly absorbs oil, liquid spills, rants, motels, hotels, cafeterias, etc. urine, blood. • Deodorizes refuse/garbage trucks, • Covers large areas of landfills, forms drain beds, leaching fields, waste an odor eliminating blanket. dumps, locker rooms, kennels, sewer manholes.

F R E S H E N E R S

No. 71214 1 LB No. 71212 60LB No. 71206 100LB

S-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Enzo Magic Enzyme Active Stain & Odor Eliminator with d-Limonene Enzo Magic is a concentrated blend of enzymes and d-limonene designed to break down organic stains and odors caused by blood, urine, feces, vomit, grass stains, milk, ketchup, baby food and most other foods. NOTE: This product was specifically designed to remove stains and spots from carpets. Use on any other type of material such as upholstery fabric, curtains or clothing will NOT be warranted by the manufacturer.

A I R

Features:

No. 74145 18 oz.

F R E S H E N E R S

S-14

• Eliminates reoccurring odors by eliminating their source. • Can be used alone or in conjunction with other cleaners to achieve superior results. • Leaves behind a pleasant citrus fragrance.

Typical uses: Animal shelters, apartments, offices, athletic facilities, nursing homes, hospitals, schools, hotels/motels.

Smell-Eaze Odor Neutralizing Fogger Finely atomized, micro-mist air freshener provides complete deodorization of malodors in the air, on surfaces and on fabrics. Features: • Non-chlorinated • V.O.C. compliant • Chemically neutralizes malodors • Dry spray particles

No. 74139 6.75 oz.

Typical uses: Locker rooms, smoking areas, nursing homes, cars, hospitals, boats, carpets, upholstery, draperies.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Belt Dressing Belt Dressing is ideal for rubber, canvas, industrial, automotive and other V-belts. • Specially formulated to prevent belt slippage, stop squeals, and increase power transmission. • Does not contain rosin or asphalt thereby preventing belt attack and increasing belt life and preventing dry rot. • Built in protectorants help repel dirt and protect belts from becoming recontaminated with dust and dirt.

• Revitalizes belts for longer life. • Regular use adds life and increases efficiency.

No. 74117 12 oz.

Cold Zinc Galvanizing • Cold zinc galvanizing is a pure zinc spray coating scientifically compounded for complete metal protection. When sprayed on metal, the zinc and metal fuse forming a lasting protective shield. • Prevents rust and corrosion. Checks corrosion on previously coated damaged surfaces. • 90% pure zinc dust - air dries in 10 to 15 minutes. • Immediate total protection for bare metals. Anywhere metal is subjected to corrosion. • Resistant to salt, corrosion, and water. • An excellent primer for interior or exterior. • Rustproofs welds.

C O A T I N G S &

No. 74112 14 oz.

Restore Rust Converter & Protective Coating This product eliminates rust by performing two operations at one time. First, rust is converted to a black organic complex, then a clear acrylic coating is formed. Restore can virtually be used on all rusted surfaces, including machinery, equipment, metal buildings, tools, cars, and boats. Features: • Converts rust to protective long lasting coating. • Keeps machinery in service longer. • Non-toxic • Can be painted over.

No. 74501 1 qt.

P A I N T S S-15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

MRO Paint High Solids Industrial Protective Coating

C O A T I N G S & P A I N T S S-16

Our unique, high solids, low solvent formulation paint that hides, covers, and protects better than any other aerosol on the market. • Protects against weather, rust, oil, gasoline, corrosive chemicals and rough service. • Does not contain lead, CFC's, chromates or chlorinated solvents. • High solids formulation delivers single coat hiding power. • Environmentally safe - meets the most stringent air quality requirements in the USA. • One 14 oz. can of PRO-COAT equals up to four 16 oz. cans of low-solids paint.

AVAILABLE IN 20 COLORS 72214 Aluminum

72222 Machinery Gray

72238 Flat Black

72224 Dark Machine Gray

72220 Gloss Black

72226 Light Machine Gray

72218 Gloss White

72240 Ryder Yellow

72236 Light Gray Primer

72242 Cummins Beige

72212 Red Iron Oxide Primer

72244 Cascade Green

72232 Safety Blue

72246 Omaha Orange

72230 Safety Red

72248 Safety Orange

72228 Safety Yellow

72250 Safety Green

72216 Flat White

72252 Stainless Steel

Valve Action Paint Marker • Paint formulated for industrial applications. • Dries in minutes, weather-resistant marks. • Lead free. • Ideal for all surfaces: metal, glass, wood, rubber, plastic, cardboard and paper. • Valve action fiber tip is replaceable to assure full use of marker. • Makes fine line marks. • Typical uses: metal and PVC pipe, sheet metal, cartons, lumber, signs, and tires. • Marking range: -50°F to 150°F. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

70630 70632 70634 70636 70638 70640 70642 70644

White Yellow Red Black Orange Blue Green Aluminum


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Ceiling Tile Paint • Special micro-void acoustical formula allows the paint to be absorbed without disturbing tile sound-reducing qualities. • Tiles will not warp or sag • Eliminates water and smoke stains, or discoloring from heat and airconditioning vents. • Eliminates costly tile replacement.

No. 72414 White No. 72416 Off-White 16 oz.

Undercoat Rubberized Undercoat touches up vehicles previously undercoated. Protects all outside equipment from moisture and the elements. The new & improved formula dries faster, is more flexible with improved coverage. • Protects and seals body undersides on trucks, buses and automobiles. • Protects drums, tanks and other outside storage vessels. • Seals out moisture. • Absorbs shock and noise, eliminating rattles and squeaks. • Bonds securely to most surfaces. • Saves time, money, labor, mess.

C O A T I N G S &

No. 74146 14 oz.

P A I N T S S-17


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

“No Limits” Multi-Purpose Wipe

G E N E R I A L C L E A N I N G S-18

• Thick, cloth-like multi-purpose wiper. • Absorbs grease, oil, chemicals, inks, etc. • Comes in a convenient and economical pop up dispenser. • 75 white 12" x 10-1/2" wipers per box.

No. 70004

Clear Shine Non-Ammoniated Clear Shine is a light foam cleaner which can be used on glass and many other surfaces. Will not streak, haze, or smear. Excellent for commercial and institutional glass and hard surface cleaning. NOTE: DO NOT USE ON HOT SURFACES. • Streak and haze free • Removes nicotine & insect residue • Fresh, clean fragrance • Safe on window tinting film, plastics & acrylics

For use by:

No. 74120 19 oz.

Hospitals, nursing homes, schools, restaurants, hotels, office buildings, municipal buildings, marine aircraft & recreational vehicle trades.

Insta-Clean Rubber & Vinyl Cleaner/Protectant Insta-Clean cleans and shines all rubber, vinyl and other synthetic surfaces without washing or wiping. Just spray and walk away! • Powerful foaming action. • Will not harm aluminum or • No washing or wiping necessary. The painted surfaces. amazing foaming action cleans and • Ideal for use on rubber and vinyl shines without washing or wiping. components of machinery/ • Leaves a high gloss protective shine. equipment; vinyl and plastic • Repels dirt, salt and road grime. furniture; and auto/truck tires… "it makes them look showroom new!" • Protects from discoloration and • Easy to use, can be used when oxidation. surface is wet or dry. No. 74121 13 oz.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Vanish Vanish is a heavy duty, solvent based cleaner expressly formulated to quickly remove marks of vandalism and graffitti from almost any surface. Vanish removes spray paints, ink, and grease pencil streaks. • A superior graffiti and vandalism mark remover. • Fast working - leaves a clean, renewed surface. • Activated formulation dissolves spray paints, ink, crayon, etc. • Safe on glass, brick, marble, concrete, tile, formica and metals. • A necessity for hospitals, industrial and public buildings, shopping malls, buses, trains, etc.

No. 74122 15 oz.

Multi-Purpose Towels Multipurpose Towels are a waterless cleaner that cuts through tar, grease, wax, ink, paint, lubricants and adhesives. Use them for almost every job from loosening and dissolving tough grime off of stainless tools to wiping up oily spills. These aggressive, citrus scented towels are industrial strength but also gentle. They're the perfect product when you don't have access to soap and water. They won't leave an annoying residue.

No. 71080 70 ct. No. 71082 20 ct.

Hand Sanitizing Towels Hand Sanitizing Towels immediately eliminate harmful microorganisms from skin. Sanitizing towels eliminate several disease causing germs and bacteria including Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylocuccus aureas, Escherichia coli, Streptococcus pyogenes and Salmonelly choleraesuis. Unlike runny alcohol gels, Sanitizing Towels aren't messy. Just tear, wipe and throw away. Plus, our special formula conditions skin and leaves a wintergreen fragrance as it sanitizes. No. 71084 70 ct.

G E N E R I A L C L E A N I N G S-19


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Vinyl and Rubber Towels

G E N E R I A L C L E A N I N G

Vinyl and Rubber Towels are the fast and easy way to clean and protect all surfaces of your vehicle. Premoistened with an advanced water-based silicone formula, Vinyl and Rubber Towels condition and protect leather, vinyl, plastic and rubber surfaces. They condition/protect both inside and outside the vehicle while they clean and restore the surface's original shine. Best of all, Vinyl and Rubber towels have a special added anti static ingredient that repels dust and keeps surfaces looking new long after they've been cleaned. No. 71088 40 ct.

Result Hospital Sanitizer, Disinfectant and Deodorant Result is a hospital grade disinfectant and deodorant that kills TB (Tubercule Bacilli), E. Coli, Herpes Simplex Types 1 and 2, Salmonella Choleraesuias, Staphylococcus, and more. • Germicidal kills Staph, E. Coli, and Tuberculosis. • Virucidal against HIV-1 (AIDS virus), Herpes Simplex 1 and 2 and more. • Powerful-combines germ killing ingredients. • Destroys mildew and musty odors at their source. • Sanitizes and disinfects. No. 74109 16.5 oz.

For use on: Telephones, toilet seats, urinals, sinks, showers, refuse cans, office equipment.

For use by: Prisons, police/fire departments, hotels/motels, funeral service/ crematoriums, dairy farms, physicians office, nursing homes, sports/recreational clubs, beauty shops, food processing plants, veterinary clinics.

Citra-Blast AC Foaming degreaser-cleaner Penetrates and lifts hard to remove grease and soil. This product is an amazing dextro-limonene all natural citrus extract. It is a multipurpose, aerosol foaming degreaser/deodorizer designed for food service. Features: • Effective for emulsifying vegetable oil and animal fats. • Used in industrial/automotive areas for heavy-duty degreasing. • This product can be used safely with minimal protective equipment.

S-20 No. 74115 18 oz.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Quicker Clean All Purpose Foam Cleaner Penetrates quickly to emulsify and dissolve dirt and soap scum. Excellent for cleaning tile and whitening grout. Thick foam clings to smooth vertical surfaces Features: • Powerful activated foaming agents cling to and penetrate dirt, grease and stains on vertical surfaces. • Cleans lipstick, dirt, grease pencil marks, hand prints and other grime from surfaces.

No. 74105 18 oz.

Total Solutions™ Conquer TBD Tuberculocidal • Disinfectant • Cleaner • Deodorizer Features: • One-step, ready-to-use cleaner and disinfectant. • Eliminates Staph, Salmonella, Pseudomonas, Athlete's foot fungus, HIV, TB and Canine Parvovirus. • Prevents the formation of mold and mildew while providing a pleasant, clean scent. • Also effective against MRSA, VISA, AND VRE. • ONLY AVAILABLE IN QUARTS. • DOES NOT INCLUDE SPRAY NOZZLE.

No. 71156

RTU Orange Natural Degreaser • Deodorizer • Dissolver A super strength product that derives its power from 100% of the solvents extracted from orange peels. It is the natural answer to degreasing, drain and grease cleaning and maintenance and odor problems. DOES NOT INCLUDE SPRAY NOZZLE. Used In: Sewage plants, service stations, garage trucks, automotive plants, theaters, kitchens, rest rooms, schools, restaurants, office buildings, apartments, nursing homes, hospitals, commissaries.

Used To: Clean & deodorize, remove dirt & grime, cleaning machinery parts, hot & cold tank degreasing, clean hard surfaces.

No. 71252 QT

No. 71253 1-GAL

G E N E R I A L C L E A N I N G S-21


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Non-Acid Bowl Cleaner Maintains all bathroom surfaces.

G E N E R I A L C L E A N I N G S-22

A carefully compounded combination of selected chemical cleaners and emulsifiers for use as a safe and efficient cleaner for bathroom surfaces. Cleans by chemical action without the aid of harsh abrasives or acids. Gives maximum penetration. Comes with directional cap. Effective Against:

Recommended For:

• Dirt • Grease • Soap Scum • Discoloration • Hard Water Stains

• Toilet Bowls • Shower Stalls • Bathrooms • Locker Rooms • Kitchen Walls

No. 71244

Citrus Drain Degreaser A Powerful citrus based, biodegradable cleaner. Revitalizes sluggish disposal systems without affecting bacterial activity. Effectively controls odor. Will not harm metal pipes. Degreases equipment, machinery & other metal surfaces effectively. Do not use on PVC pipe. Features:

Applications:

• Environmentally safe. • Unclogs, deodorizes and degreases. • Extremely effective in drains, grease traps, septic systems, dry wells and cesspools.

Effective in sewage treatment plants, landfills, waste disposal facilities and for the maintenance of drains, refuse trucks and cans, and garbage areas.

No. 71240

Alkaline Drain Line Opener Professional Stength Provides extra clog busting power to open most stubborn clogs fast and easy — even through standing water. Safe for plumbing fixtures, plastic pipes, grease traps, septic tanks and cesspools. Features:

Ideal for use on:

• Dissolves hair, grease, rags, food, soap scum and coffee grounds. • Clears tough clogs fast. • Safe for plumbing fixtures, plastic pipes, grease traps.

• Showers • Tubs • Grease traps • Sinks

No. 71202

No. 71203

No. 71204

QT

4x1 GAL

5 GAL


General Cleaning Aerosol Duster HIGH PSI’s moisture-free gas instantly removes microscopic dirt, dust, lint, iron oxide deposits and paper that normal hand dusting cannot reach. Attach extension tube to reach remote cracks and crevices. Plastic safe, nonabrasive and leaves no residue. Safe on sensitive components and most finishes. DO NOT USE ON CAMERA MIRRORS

Features: • Compressed Gas Duster — Allows for NonContact Cleaning of Delicate Surfaces • High Press Product — Provides Superior Power for Blasting Dirt and Dust Away • User Friendly Trigger — Gives User Comfort and Precise Control • Precision Extension Tube — Permits Cleaning Access to Inaccessible Areas • High Purity Formulation — Leaves No Residue No.

Net WT.

74147

10oz. (284g)

Applications: • • • •

Moisture Free Precision Dusting Non Abrasive Leaves No Residue Instantly Blasts Away Dust & Particulates • Safest Way To Clean Delicate Surfaces

Description High PSI™ Compressed Gas Duster

Qty 6

| S-23 |

Hudson NeverPump™ Battery Operated Trigger Sprayer

Features: • • • • • •

Outstanding quality and dependability, fully featured. Tough, heavy-duty, translucent poly tanks. Batteries included. Higher performance pump-sprays like magic. Big, extra-comfortable pump handle. NeverPump™ sprayers feature a battery-operated pump. No.

Net WT.

71220

36oz. (1.06l.)

Description

Qty

Hudson NeverPump™ Battery Operated Trigger Sprayer

1

Skin Guard Protective Hand Barrier Cream

Features:

03.25.07

• Water Based — Ready-to-use Protective Skin Coating In Convenient Aerosol Form • Protects Exposed Skin From Irritation — When Working With Acids, Alkalis, Solvents, Gasoline, Other Chemicals and Corrosive Salts • Forms A Barrier — Prevents Grease, Soil and Ink From Penetrating The Skins Pores and Creases • Keeps Skin Cleaner — minimizing clean up time No.

Net WT.

74180

18oz. (510g)

Description Skin Guard Protective Hand Barrier Cream

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

CHEMICALS

High PSI™

Qty 1

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


CHEMICALS

Industrial Cleaning Battery Cleaner & Protector Features: • Improved color indicator — detects corrosion • Low Odor — non-flammable water soluble formula. • Contains Special Cleaners — Attacks and Destroys Corrosion and Protects After Cleaning • Extends Battery Life — Seals Air and Dirt Out To Protect Battery Against Corrosion Buildup and Battery Voltage Leakage • Works Quickly — One Product Both Cleans and Protects • No mess application • Not necessary to remove battery • Authorized by USDA No.

Net WT.

74106

18oz. (510g)

Description

Qty

Battery Cleaner & Protector

Brake Cleaner NC

1

Non-Chlorinated

Brake Cleaner NC is a technologically advanced formula that safely and efficiently cleans all brake parts. Contains no carbon tetrachloride, silicone or

Features:

Applications:

• Instantly Degreases — Leaves No Residue • Non-chlorinated — Easy Waste Disposal • Just Spray On And Wipe Right Off — Cleans And Degreases Brakes and Brake Parts Quickly and Easily Without Disassembling • Removes Many Contaminants — Including Dirt, Grease, and Brake Fluid

• • • • •

No.

Net WT.

74111

12oz. (340g)

Description Brake Cleaner NC Non-Chlorinated

Brake Clean

Brake Linings Disc Brake Pads Brake Drums Springs Cylinders and Other Brake Parts

Qty 1

VOC Compliant

This technologically advanced formula safely and efficiently cleans all brake parts while meeting the toughest Federal and State VOC regulations. It does not contain chlorinated solvents that can contaminate waste oil. Instantly degreases and leaves no residue on brake linings, drums, cylinders, springs, disc brake pads, C.V. joints, etc.

Features:

Applications:

• Advanced VOC Compliant Formula —Meets Strict New Government Regulations • Superior Strength and High Powered Spray — Instantly Removes Brake Dust, Brake Fluid, Dirt, Grease, Oil etc. • Fast, Penetrating Action — Cleans and degreases brakes and brake parts quickly and easily without disassembling • Dries Quickly — Leaves No Residue

• Brake Linings • Drums • Cylinders • Springs • Disc Brake Pads • C.V. Joints • And Much More

Also Ideal for Other General Purpose Shop Cleaning Degreasing Applications

No.

Net WT.

74171

12.25oz. (347g)

Description Brake Clean VOC Compliant

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

Qty 6

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.25.07

| S-24 |

petroleum solvents. Does not contain 1,1,1 trichloroethane or Perchloroethylene.


Industrial Cleaning Choke & Carb Cleaner uses a high power blasting action plus a special blend of high strength solvents which quickly removes harmful deposits from internal chamber areas.

Features:

Applications:

• Better Mileage And Performance — Eliminates Rough Idling and Removes Carbon Build Up • Removes Carbon, Dirt, Gum And Varnish Deposits • Will Not Foul Or Coat — Safe On Oxygen Sensor and Catalytic Converters • Cleans, Frees, Renews Automatic Chokes, Carburetors, Carburetor Linkages, Pcv Valves, Manifold Heat Controls

• • • • •

No.

Net WT.

74143

13oz. (369g)

Description Choke & Carb Cleaner

Automatic Chokes Carburetors Carburetor Linkages Pcv Valves Manifold Heat Controls

Qty 1

Cobra Coil is formulated to penetrate air-conditioner coils and fins to remove all type of soils.

Features:

Applications:

• Removes Grease, Oil and Water

• Air Conditioners • Central Cooling Systems • Auto Air Conditioners

Deposits • Self Rinsing • Fast Acting

NOTE: Product may harm some plastics. Test before using. No.

Net WT. 15oz. (425g)

Description

Qty

Cobra Coil Evaporator/Condenser Coil & Fin Cleaner

1

De-Ice Frost and Ice Remover De-Ice quickly melts ice, frost and snow from windshields, windows, steps, door locks, ignition locks and trunk locks.

Features:

Applications:

• Will Not Harm Paint, Cloth, Metal, Rubber, Glass and Plastic • No Residue To Impair Visibility • Helps Prevent Fogging When Applied to Inside

• • • • • •

of Window Surfaces

03.25.07

• Improves Traction of Wheels on Extra Thin Ice No.

Net WT.

74125

12oz. (340g)

Description De-Ice Frost and Ice Remover

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

Windows Windshields Door Locks Steps Headlights Tires

Qty 1

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

| S-25 |

Cobra Coil Evaporator/Condenser Coil & Fin Cleaner

74110

CHEMICALS

Choke & Carb Cleaner


CHEMICALS

Industrial Cleaning Peel It Non-Chlorinated Electrical Safety Cleaner Peel It is a non-corrosive, non-conducting cleaner degreaser that improves electrical performance and increases equipment life.

Features:

Applications:

• Heavy Duty Degreaser • Cleans Metal Parts, Electric Motors and Equipment • Ideal for Removing Road Tar, Greases and Soil From Automotive Interiors, Colorfast Carpets and Surfaces • Non-chlorinated • Non-corrosive • Non-conducting

• • • • • •

Automotive interiors colorfast carpets most fabrics painted surfaces metal parts electric motors and equipment

No.

Net WT.

74137

14oz. (396g)

Description

Qty

Peel It Non-Chlorinated Electrical Safety Cleaner

1

Pink Hand Soap Features: • Hand Soap Is An All-purpose Liquid Hand Soap Of Superior Mildness to Skin • Formulated With Blends of Rich Emollients • Excellent Lathering • Thoroughly Cleans Tough Grime No.

Description

75011

Pink Hand Soap

Qty 1

Push-Pak Hand Soap System Features: • No-Block, No-Leak Valve on Each Disposable Refill Bag-In-A-box • Sight Window Insures Dispenser is Never Empty • Easy Loading • Push Bar Secures Dispenser on Wall • Sealed Pouch Guards Against Spreading Of Germs No.

Description

Qty

75010

Push-Pak Hand Soap System

1

75011

Pink Hand Soap

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.26.07

| S-26 |

NOTE: Product may harm some plastics. Test before using. Do not use on sensitive electronic equipment: computers, VCR's, etc… Not recommended for use on energized equipment.


Industrial Cleaning Ruthless is a USDA authorized gel base paint remover.

Features:

Applications:

• Removes a Wide Range of Paints and Surface Sealers From Metal, Concrete And Wood • Simply Spray on And Wipe or Rinse • Quickly Removes Paint, Epoxy, Lacquer, Decals, Gaskets, Shellac, Enamel, Varnish, Labels, Gasket Cement, Glue, Carbon Deposits, Silicone and Simulated Wood Paneling • Authorized By The USDA For Use in Federally Inspected Meat and Poultry Shops • Works Hard To Remove Paint

• • • • • • • • • • • • • •

No.

Net WT.

74140

13oz. (369g)

Description Choke & Carb Cleaner

Qty 1

Metal Parts Plaster Concrete Tile Glass Ceramic Engine Parts Valve Seals Paint Guns Paper Wood Stone Masonry And Cylinders

CHEMICALS

Ruthless Paint Remover

Safety Solvent IV Applications: • • • • •

Features: • Non-flammable, Non-Conductive, Can Spray in Electrical Motors Even While Running

No.

Net WT.

74156

20oz. (566g)

Description Safety Solvent IV

• • • • • •

Qty 1

Diesel Engines Marine Equipment Aircraft Parts Industrial Equipment Heating & Air Conditioning Equipment Refrigeration Equipment Generators Motors Windings Power Tools Food Processing Equipment

SPARKLE Stainless steel cleaner Preserves High Luster

Features:

03.26.07

• For Use In — Hospitals, Schools, Restaurants, Hotels, Factory and Non-Abrasive Institutional Uses • Cleans, Brightens, Polishes and Protects. Forms Protective Coating on Stainless Steel. • Can Be Equally Effective on Aluminum, Chrome, Formica, Porcelain and Ceramic • This Formula Is Authorized By The USDA For Use in Federally Inspected Meat And Poultry Plants. No.

Net WT.

74126

18oz. (510g)

Description SPARKLE Stainless steel cleaner

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

Qty 1

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

| S-27 |

A residue free, fast drying, high power spray that dissolves grease and rinses away dirt & grime without injury to working parts. Features a 36,200 volt dielectric strength. Authorized by the USDA for use in Federally inspected meat and poultry plants.


CHEMICALS

Industrial Cleaning Tech Blast Contact Cleaner Will Not Affect Plastic Ideal for removing dirt and grease from delicate or sensitive electronic equipment. It will clean oil, grease, condensation and moisture from circuit boards, precision instruments, oxygen equipment, controls, switches, motors and film. Not for use on styrene or polystyrene.

Features: • Safe For Use On — Neoprene W, Silicone Rubber, Natural Rubber, Hypalon 40, Adiprene L, Delrin Resin, Polyethylene, Nylon, Teflon, Buna N, Butyl, Thiokol FA, Buna S, Viton A,

Nordel, Zytel, PVC No.

Net WT.

74129

13oz. (368g)

Description

Qty

Tech Blast Contact Cleaner Will Not Affect Plastic

1

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser Features:

Applications:

• Ideal For Use In — Automatic Scrubbers Because of Low Foaming Qualities. A Heavy Duty Cleaner and Degreaser. Penetrates and Emulsifies Even in The Heaviest Dirt, Grease and Oil.

• • • • • • • •

grease wax gum dirt ink carbon oil lipstick

No.

Gallon

74420

1 (min 4)

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser

4

74421

5

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser

1

74422

20

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser

1

74423

30

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser

1

74424

55

Vigor M Super Water soluble industrial cleaner and degreaser

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

Qty

Description

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

03.26.07

| S-28 |

Spray or mop on— wipe off.


Industrial Cleaning

A Unique “Bag-in-Bottle” Cartridge and Durable Dispensing System Features:

Applications: • • • • • • • • •

Manufacturing Facilities Meat, Poultry and USDA Inspection Healthcare, Hospitals, Clinics and Rest Homes General and Office Restrooms Foodservice Governments, Schools Entertainment, Convention and Sports Complexes Shopping Malls Health Clubs and Spas

070107

No. 75100 75101 75102 75103 75104 75105

Size – 2,000 ml bottle 2,000 ml bottle 2,000 ml bottle 2,000 ml bottle 2,000 ml bottle

Description Dispenser for 2,000 ml bottles Regal Extra Mild Hand Cleaner Antibacterial Hand Soap Citrus Scrub Hand Cleaner Pink Lotion Skin Cleaner Enriched Lotion Soap

S-28-1

• Space saving large capacity – greater capacity means fewer changeouts • Ultimate view window created by the unique bag-in-bottle design – soap level is easily inspected without spending time opening cabinets • Time-tested dispensing technology – eliminates potential performance issues • Sealed bag of skin care product is “suspended” inside the bottle – improves soap evacuation and reduces waste • Durable construction – both dispenser and cartridge are built to perform in all types of environments • Meets ADA push force requirements – easy to use, even for the elderly and disabled • Completely waterproof – perfect dispensing option for high moisture environments like showers • Simple loading and fast installation – saves time • Consistent premium quality appearance – appearance is refreshed each time the bag-in-bottle cartridge is replaced

CHEMICALS

TMC Hand Soaps


CHEMICALS

Industrial Cleaners Dispenser for 2,000 ml Bottles The dispensing system replaces traditional cabinets by utilizing time-tested sealed bag-in-box dispensing technology in a unique “bag-in-bottle” cartridge and durable dispenser combination. Cartridges are easily inserted into the dispenser and locks in place. No. 75100

Size –

Description Dispenser for 2,000 ml Bottles

This powerful, non-solvent hand cleaner is formulated with four heavy-duty surfactants. It is both strong, yet very mild on hands. It has a neutral fragrance that leaves no lingering smell after use. Contains plastic scrubbers which won’t clog drains like pumice does. No. 75101

Size 2,000 ml bottle

Description Regal Extra Mild Hand Cleaner

Antibacterial Hand Soap Gold-colored soap featuring the superior germ-fighting power of TRICLOSAN (.3%)- proven to kill a wide variety of diseasecausing bacteria, viruses and fungi on contact, including MRSA and VRE. Lathers up quickly. Includes moisturizers and conditioners to soften hands-and deodorizers to eliminate even the most offensive odors. USDA E-4 listed. No. 75102

Size 2,000 ml bottle

Description Antibacterial Hand Soap

070107

S-28-2

Regal Extra Mild Hand Cleaner


Industrial Cleaning

Citrus Scrub is our natural citrus hand cleaner with pumice to help clean and safely remove grease, oil, paint, ink and carbon more quickly. This product is formulated with a natural citrus-based solvent and is petroleum free. Citrus Scrub has a refreshing orange scent and may be used without water. No. 75103

Size 2,000 ml bottle

CHEMICALS

Citrus Scrub Hand Cleaner

Description Citrus Scrub Hand Cleaner

Pink Lotion Skin Cleaner

No. 75104

Size 2,000 ml bottle

Description Pink Lotion Skin Cleaner

Enriched Lotion Soap Extremely effective, high-sudsing cleanser, offering thick, rich texture and attractive white color. Scientifically formulated with Merquat to be gentle to the skin. Rinses away easily and leaves hands pleasantly yet mildly scented. Recommended for applications where frequent, repeated hand washings are required. USDA E-4 listed.

070107

No. 75105

Size 2,000 ml bottle

Description Enriched Lotion Soap

S-28-3

A blend of natural soaps and synthetic cleaning agents to maximize cleaning with luxurious suds. Contains emollients to leave skin soft and smooth. Formulated for medium to heavy soil removal to be used in a wide range of applications. Pleasant scent encourages frequent use. Pearlized appearance is aesthetically pleasing.


CHEMICALS

Industrial Cleaners OxiGreen ProTM Concentrated Cleaner/Degreaser OxiGreen ProTM Concentrated Cleaner is an oxidizing multi-purpose cleaner, degreaser and deodorizer for hard, non-porous surfaces. A versatile dilution satisfies all general cleaning needs in any environment. Use with dispensers, spray bottles and buckets. TMC’s OxiGreen ProTM is just one more step in helping the environment by offering safer alternatives to standard janitorial cleaning systems and programs. • Super Concentrate Formula – is extremely cost effective • Alternative Chemical Composition – provides an increased safety for the user and the environment • Strong Solvent Action – attacks grease with low residue • Peroxides and Surfactants – clean glass and mirror fast, yet Streak-free • Natural deLimonene Orange Oil – for the ultimate in cleaning power and safety • Amazing Oxidizing Action – restores grout without harsh acids • Incredible Range of Uses – even provides effective carpet care program • Light Fresh Fragrance and Built-in Deodorizers – eliminate odors • Low V.O.C.’s – contribute to improved air quality

Applications: • For use on equipment, machinery, parts, renovations, heavy duty degreasing, windows, mirrors, walls, floors, bathrooms, shower rooms, tile and grout and carpet. No. 74163

Net WT. 1 Gallon

Description OxiGreen ProTM

FOR EASY DILUTION AND APPLICATION, SEE BOTTLES AND TRIGGER SPRAYERS ON PAGE S-33

TMC is helping users, industry and the environment by offering safer alternatives to standard janitorial cleaning products. Reduces toxicity by eliminating common industrial chemicals. OxiGreen ProTM contains no acids, alcohol, amines, ammonia, caustic, chlorine bleach, glycol ethers, phosphates, quaternary ammonium compounds, dyes or perfumes. TMC is dedicated to creating healthier, more productive indoor environments with lower burdens on our natural resources, while providing products that work. Our commitment to Green Cleaning is answering the demands of business and industry. Our OxiGreen ProTM program offers safer alternatives to standard cleaning systems and programs by reducing indoor air toxicities and eliminating harsh industrial chemicals. DIRECTIONS FOR HARD AND NON-POROUS SURFACES NOTE: Dilution with cold tap water is recommended. LIGHT DUTY CLEANING – 1 to 4 oz. per gallon NORMAL CLEANING – 5 to 8 oz per gallon HEAVY DUTY CLEANING AND DEGREASING – 9 to 15 oz. per gallon

070107

S-28-4

Features:


Dispensing Equipment

• Ergonomic design and extra-long trigger provides unsurpassed comfort • 1.3 ml per stroke, 30-40% greater than standard trigger sprayers • Extra large spray pattern • Unique internal piston design provides better chemical resistance • Works well with most common janitorial chemicals, even D-limonene products. No. 71254

Description Standard Trigger Sprayer

Qty 6

• All the features of #71254 plus superior chemical resistance • Nozzle O-ring and piston cup are made of chemical resistant Viton • 1.3 ml per stroke, 30-40% greater than standard trigger sprayers • Holds up against harsh chemicals and solvents • Use with chemicals that cause standard trigger sprayers to fail Description HD Chemical Resistant Trigger Sprayer

Qty 6

CleanCheck Quart Bottle • Molded ounce/mililiter and dilution scales • 2-color imprint with product check off identification • Bottles printed with ultra violet ink for superior chemical resistance and a bright, glossy finish • Easy to read safety information, MSDS reference, eye and hand protection • Product listing is bilingual (English/Spanish)

070107

No. 71257

Description Quart Bottle

Qty 6

S-28-5

HD Chemical Resistant Trigger Sprayer

No. 71255

CHEMICALS

Standard Trigger Sprayer


HD Trigger Sprayer and Quart Bottle • Molded ounce/mililiter and dilution scales • 2-color imprint with product check-off identification • Bottles printed with ultra violet ink for superior chemical resistance and a bright, glossy finish • Easy to read safety information, MSDS reference, eye and hand protection • Product listing is bilingual (English/Spanish)

S-28-6

No. 71256

Description HD Chemical Resistant Trigger Sprayer and Quart Bottle

Qty 6

3 CleanCheck Bottles and 3 Standard Trigger Sprayers • 3 CleanCheck bottles and 3 standard trigger sprayers • Assembled and sealed in a clear polybag • 32 oz. sizes No. 71259

Description 3 CleanCheck Bottles and 3 Standard Trigger Sprayers

Qty 1

070107

CHEMICALS

Dispensing Equipment


Industrial Cleaning Anti-Bacterial Hand Sanitizer Hand sanitizer formulated with the antimicrobial properties required for health care and emergency services. Kills 99.9% of most bacteria that could cause disease in as little as 15 seconds without soap, water or towels. USDS E-4 Listed.

Features:

CHEMICALS

Hand Sanitizing Gel

• Thick gel formula – won’t run off hands during application • 62% ethyl alcohol – kills 99.9% of 8 important organisms in 15 seconds or less • Evaporates quickly • Fragrance free, dye free – eliminates irritation caused by dye and fragrances • Use without water – helps meet OSHA’s standard for bloodborne pathogens

Applications:

100107

No. 75111 75110

Net WT. 2000 ml Bottle 4 oz. Squeeze Bottle

Description Hand Sanitizing Gel Hand Sanitizing Gel

S-28-7

• For handwashing to decrease bacteria on skin.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Sting Wasp & Hornet Killer Long-range, fast acting wasp and hornet killer with synthetic pyrethroid formula that literally stops wasps, hornets, yellow jackets and bees in flight on contact. Features: • Special blast valve sends a powerful, anti-drift stream twenty feet or more to quickly and safely saturate nests and swarms. • Residual action continues to kill as insects return to nest. • Non-conductive formula has a dielectric strength of 33,000 volts/cm.

No. 74177 13 oz.

Total Solutions™ Insect Repellent Towelettes Repels insects on exposed skin surfaces. Repels mosquitoes, flies, chiggers, ticks, deer flies, stable flies, black flies, gnats and fleas on exposed skin surfaces. Features: • Towels allow users to apply repellent without affecting eyes or mouth. • Special repellent keeps insects away for hours. • Use on the job or at play.

No. 71086 Contains 15 wipes

Total Solutions™ d'BUG An all-natural, non-toxic insecticide. Non-toxic and safe to use around humans, animals and food. Instantly strips away protective wax coating from the exoskeletons of insects, causing them to suffocate and die on contact. It can also be used as a residual insecticide that works for several weeks after application. DOES NOT INCLUDE SPRAY NOZZLE. Effective Against: • Ants • Fleas • Silverfish • Roaches • Palmettos

Features & Benefits: • EPA approved, non-toxic formula is safe for use around children, pets and food. • Use as a contact insecticide for immediate kill. • d-Limonene dissolves the protective layer of wax from the exoskeletons of insects causing them to suffocate and die. No. 71248 QT Only

I N S E C T R E P E L L E N T S-29


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Roach & Ant Spray

I N S E C T R E P E L L E N T S-30

Effective up to 7 weeks against: ants, cockroaches, fleas, ticks and other insects.

No. 74179 15 oz.

Use this spray as a spot or crack and crevice treatment to control insects. Apply this product only as a coarse spray or crack and crevice treatment to localized areas where pests are found or may occur. Spray area until wet.Do not use in serving ares where food/feed establishments, resturants or other areas where food/feed is commercially prepared or processed. Do not use in serving areas while food is exposed or facility is in operation.

For use in: Homes and non-food areas of kennels, commercial buildings such as warehouses, theaters, office buildings, schools, motels, hotels, restaurants, food processing facilities, industrial and institutional facilities, garbage cans and dumpsters.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Anti-Seize Lubricant & Pump Metalink Anti-Seize is a selected prepared blend of extra fine graphite and aluminum particles in synthetic oils. It’s unique qualities prevent corrosion, seizure, and galling where two metals must come together to provide a tight make up (even stainless steels). AS022 is absolutely non-melting, will not drip or run, and is superior to copper or lead based lubricants because it eliminates electrolysis, withstands higher temperatures and pressures and gives cleaner breakouts from high torques.

• Furnaces and burner assemblies • Key ways and shaft coupling bolts • Fuel injectors and spark plugs • Low RPM bearings • Rollers and conveyors • Gears, chains and drives • All threaded fittings • Gaskets, flanges and O-rings • Valve stems and cages • Cylinder head assemblies

Note: Not recommended for high RPM bearing applications The Anti-Seize Pump allows use of all the product in the can, cleaner application of the product (no messy hands) and keeps the product from becoming contaminated by dirt and grime.

Pump Top

No. 70550

No. 70210 Picture shown is AntiSeize Lubricant with pump. Pump & Lubricant sold separately.

Red Grease II Cartridge Hi-Temp Applications

L U B R I C A N T S

Red Grease II is an all purpose heavy-duty non-melt lubricant specially formulated with extreme pressure and anti-wear additives. • Exceptional resistance to acids, water, salts, weather, dirt, dust, steam and oxidation. • Excellent adhesive, cohesive and anti-wear properties. • Resists harsh outdoor conditions, extreme pressure, and high heat of up to 550° F. • High shock and impact resistance extra cushioning reduces shock and noise.

• Prolongs life of metals with its special corrosion and rust inhibitors. Seals out dust, dirt, water, and other contaminants. • Excellent load carrying capabilities 50 lb. • Totally non-conductive. • Fits any standard cartridge-type grease gun. No. 74402 24 cartridges per case. Cases cannot be broken.

S-31


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

White Guard Supreme Cartridge With PTFE White Guard Supreme is a specialty high temperature polymer grease engineered specifically for the food processing and packaging industry. It is authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants. Areas Of Use: Conveyors, rollers, cables, dicers, slicers, sprockets, gears, casters, grid belts, guide rails, cams, chairs, chains, slides, plungers, open lube points & much more!

L U B R I C A N T S

No. 74410 14 oz.

Red Grease HD Red Grease is an aluminum based multi-purpose lubricant that provides extra protection under extreme pressures.

No. 74114 11.25 oz.

• Excellent reversibility (ability to return to original consistency after exposure to heat.) Will not harden, separate or emulsify when subjected to excessive heat or pressure. • Resists water, acid, salts, and alkaline chemicals. 100% water-proof. • Prevents dust and grit from migrating into the grease. • Penetrates as a liquid - congeals to a thick grease. Maintains high viscosity under high load and resists oxidation during periods of no load and at rest. • Good shear resisting structure minimizes thinning under high load thereby maintaining the viscosity to provide good lubricity. • Non-freezing. • Can be used on all electrical motors, shafts, fifth wheels, roller chains, agricultural hitches, H. D. equipment, bearing surfaces, cables, pulleys, hinges, etc.

Sili Lube Heavy Duty Silicone Spray For use on: Rusted parts, wire cable, door hinges, chains, hoists, pulleys, cranes fork lifts, sprockets, gears, block & tackle, conveyors, construction machinery, industrial parts, locks, box forming equipment.

For use by: Farms, oil rigs, refineries, bottling plants, dairies, paper mills, cotton gins, air conditioning, industrial plants, textile plants, lumber mills, cement plants, automotive/motorcycle/marine repair, packing houses.

NOTE: Product may harm some plastics. Test before using.

S-32

No. 74101 15 oz.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Slick Teflon® & Moly Penetrating Lubricant Slick is a USDA authorized penetrating oil and rust dissolver containing micron size particles of Teflon® and Moly. • Contains Teflon® and Moly for excellent lubrication. • Withstands heavy loads. • Resists rust and corrosion even in extreme conditions. • Prolongs life of machinery • Quickly penetrates to free rusted parts.

For use on: Rusted parts, wire cable, door hinges, chains, hoists, pulleys, cranes, fork lifts, sprockets, gears, block & tackle, conveyors construction machinery, industrial parts, locks.

For use by: Farms, oil rigs, refineries, bottling plants, dairies, paper mills, cotton gins, air conditioning, industrial plants, textile plants, lumber mills, cement plants, automotive/ motorcycle/marine repair.

No. 74135 12 oz.

Hi-Density Lube-All Hi-Density Lube-All was developed to be a transparent, high pressure lubricant with extremely high adhesive strength. • Tremendous temp. range up to 600°F will not break down under high temps as other heavy greases do. • Resists water wash out to keep parts lubricated and prevent rust and corrosion.

• Penetrates as a liquid and sets up as a gel for hard to reach areas. • Excellent for use on door hinges, open gears, wire ropes, cables, conveyors, chains and sprockets.

No. 74144 13 oz.

Air Tool Conditioner

L U B R I C A N T S

Air Tool Conditioner provides a fast, effective way to clean, lubricate and extend the operating life of all air tools. • Fast and easy to use. • Perfect for grinders, drills, polishers, impact wrenches, sanders, air motors & jack-hammers. • Removes build up of calcium, varnish, sludge and water. Enables air pressure to penetrate more freely, thus giving more power to the tool.

• Enables motor parts to move more freely. • Restores air tools to peak power and rpms and enables tools to work more efficiently. • Helps prevent tool binding and slow down. • Inhibits rust.

No. 74136 12 oz.

S-33


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

High-Temp Anti-Seize High-Temp Anti-Seize is great for nuts, bolts, studs, etc. It is also a quality lubricant and protective coating.

L U B R I C A N T S

• Multiple use product eliminates the need for other coatings, protectorates and lubricants. • Effective to temperatures exceeding 2000° F. Can be used effectively in many different temperatures making it an ideal choice for highly corrosive environments.

• Prevents corrosion from bearings, nuts, studs, etc. • Ideal for use as anti-seize on nuts, bolts, studs, etc. • Premium quality lubricant for bearings, slides, etc. • Protective coating for use in highly corrosive environments.

No. 74134 13 oz.

Silicone Spray Colorless • Odorless • Stainless Silicone Spray is a high-tech spray lube specifically formulated for the needs of the food industry. This product meets USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants. • Rustproofs and waterproofs/repels moisture and prevents rust. • Use to reduce friction on surfaces, lubricate and quiet moving parts and dress and detail rubber, plastic, vinyl and other materials. No. 74108 11.5 oz.

• Colorless, odorless, heat stable and non-staining can be used on virtually any surface. • For use in producing, manufacturing, preparing, processing, treating, packaging, transporting, or handling food.

Chain & Cable Lubricates Gears, Chains and Cables Thick foam clings to vertical surfaces. As foam breaks, Chain and Cable penetrates into wire rope, link and roller mechanisms. • Recommended for use in severe climactic conditions. • Will not break down under high temperatures. • Provides resistance to wear. • Extreme pressure capability.

S-34

No. 74124 16 oz.

• Contains graphite. • Forms protective rust barrier. • For use on cranes, hoists, cables and roller mechanisms. • Will not attract dirt & grime.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Tool Cool Blue Exotic Metals Lubricant Tool Cool Blue is specially designed for problem metalworking jobs, and is the best product available for stainless, high carbon, high chrome, cast iron monel, etc. It's also the solution for difficult metal working operations such as welds on carbon steel. Tool Cool Blue can be used for drilling, tapping, sawing, spot facing, counterboring, milling, fly-cutting, seat forming, engraving, broaching, drawing, piercing, punching, hole extruding and more. You can also use Tool Cool Blue on non-ferrous metals, such as brass and aluminum. • Cuts 30% Faster Than Dry Cutting* • Extends Cutting Tool Life • Reduces Down Time

No. 74206 8 fl. oz.

*individual results may vary by material and drill

Dry PTFE Lubricant Dry PTFE Lubricant is a chemically inert, non-oily, fast drying lubricant and release agent containing an extremely fine Teflon® powder. For use by: Bottling plants, dairies, processing & packaging plants, manufacturing plants, maintenance departments, and assembly operations.

Safe on: Plastic, aluminum, rubber, glass, wood, paper, metal.

No. 74116 11 oz.

White Grease Multi-Purpose White Lubricant (Food Grade)

L U B R I C A N T S

White Grease has the highest USDA authorization for a lubricant with food contact. • Extreme temperature resistance (0°F to +450°F) • Excellent adhesion • Reduces frequency of lubrication • Highest acceptance rating (H-1) by U.S.D.A. • Resists acids, oxidation, dirt, and salt spray.

For use on: Ovens, dryers, gears, valves, pumps, winches, conveyors, chain drives, fittings, linkages, wire rope, hoists, threads, rollers, cams, slide bearings, o-rings, manifold heat valves.

For use by: Bakeries, bottlers, breweries, canneries, dairies, egg processors, edible chemical manufacturing, meat & poultry processors, pharmaceutical manufacturers, food processing & packaging plants.

No. 74104 10 oz.

S-35


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Moly Dry Lube (Molybdenum Disulfide Dry Lubricant) Moly dry lube is a dry film lubricant that withstands high pressures and temperatures.

L U B R I C A N T S

No. 74123 12 oz.

• Provides effective lubrication at temperatures up to 600° and under high pressure loads. • Quick drying, non-tacky finish adheres well to all metals, most plastics, glass and rubber. • Molybdenum disulfide replaces graphite to free frozen surfaces, stop galling and seizing of metals and prevent chattering, extending the life of machinery and equipment. • Provides a protective barrier that resists dust and abrasive particles and withstands water, oil, alkali and most acids.

For use on: All metal moving parts, high speed gears, machine tools, pump assemblies, conveyors, chain drives, fittings, linkages, bearings, wire cable, pipes, engines, heavy equipment, exposed metal parts.

For use by: Industrial plants, oil rigs, pipe yards, construction areas, machine shops, farm equipment, repair services, office machines, aircraft manufacturers and suppliers, commercial printers.

Buster Rust Penetrant A superior blend of lubricants, solvents and moisture displacing oil. Foaming action provides extended penetration and moisture displacement. The light foam of this product allows for "creeping" in any direction. • Outstanding penetrant that loosens the toughest rust. • Contains oily lubricants to assist in removal of threads. • Penetrants creep between mating parts for faster, safer loosening. • Foaming action minimizes run off and keeps more product working on the rusted part. • Ordinary penetrating oils evaporate from heat as nut or bolt is backed off. • BUSTER leaves a coating of Moly to help eliminate breakage.

No. 74174 15.75 oz.

4 Way Plus Moisture Displacer 4 Way Plus is a fast and effective moisture displacer. • Dries wet ignitions for fast starting of wet engines. • Dries electrical systems, generators, alternators and starters. • Provides moisture barrier - excellent for all electrical equipment. • Frees rusted parts - keeps them free with rust protection. • Stops squeaks - provides permanent protection against metal-to-metal wear. • Non-flammable - safe to use. • Meets gov’t specifications - MIL-C-16173D, MIL-C-23411A, and VV-L-800A • Special propellant - extends usage to cold weather temperatures.

S-36

No. 74107 15 oz.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Open Gear Lubricant A lubricant with excellent adhesion and heavy viscosity providing a tough lubrication that will not drop or be thrown off. • An excellent long life formula that is very effective, even in underwater conditions. • Clinging tacky formula. • Lubricates and protects all gear surfaces. • Can withstand extreme pressure capacities. • Increases gear life.

Use on: Chains, cable, hoists, gears, drag lines, cranes, snow removal equipment, marine and dockside equipment, fifth wheels, elevators and more.

No. 74118 14 oz.

Tool Cool A special blend that extends the life of drill bits, taps and reamers through reduction of tool temperature. Features: • Reduces tool temperature and helps trim friction. • Prevents heat build-up in heavy material. • Helps disperse cutting chips. • Has no sticky residue • Clean up of chips is fast— wipe off with a rag or blow off with air hose. • Non-flammable

No. 74102 18 oz.

Fast Cut Cutting & Tapping Compound

L U B R I C A N T S

A foaming oil that clings to all cutting tools, preventing waste and over spraying. Combines synthetic and natural lubricants for maximum high pressure lubrication, which will increase the cutting rate without overheating. Features:

Use in:

• Prevents chip welding. Industrial plants, machine shops, • Eliminates dangerous and costly tool automotive shops, oil rigs, industrial breakage. manufacturers. • Can be used on aluminum. No. 74149 14 oz.

S-37


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Aerosols & Chemicals S04

Cutting Fluid A clear synthetic lubricant for the machining, cutting and grinding of ferrous and non-ferrous metal. Prevents Corrosion. A concentrated synthetic coolant for metal working applications. Can be used as is or diluted with up to 40 parts water. Effective for use in working:

L U B R I C A N T S

S-38

• Carbon Steel • Stainless Steel • Vanadium • Chrome

No. 71172 1 gal.

Molybdenum • Nitralloy • Titanium • Bronze


Lubricants

Multi-purpose, threaded fastener lubricant, high temperature resistant Amazing 3-In-1 Product! 1. High-temp anti-seize for nuts, bolts, studs, etc. 2. Premium quality lubricant for bearings, slides, etc. 3. Protective coating for service in highly corrosive environments.

CHEMICALS

Anti-Seize Copper

The high concentration of colloidal copper compound prevents seizing, galling and pitting under adverse conditions of extreme temperatures and pressures. Provides excellent lubricity and electrical conductivity — assuring more accurate torquing and easy assembly / disassembly of bolts, nuts, studs, etc. Protects parts from rust and corrosion. Useful temperature range from -300o to 1,800oF.

Features: Withstands extreme weather conditions Prevents galling and seizing up to 1,800oF Enhances and protects most electrical connections Seals and waterproofs threaded parts Prevents rust and corrosion Meets mil spec A-907 (D)

Applications: For use on Nuts, Bolts, Studs, Screws, Slides, Lugs, Grounding Clamps and Connections, Battery Lugs and Cables, Keys and Keyways, Pins, Compression Connectors, Lamp Sockets and Receptacles on Boats, Autos and Trucks, Piping Couplings, Press Fits, Steam Injection Fittings, Gaskets, Flanges and more.

070107

No. 74162

Net WT. 14 oz. (396 grams)

Description Anti-Seize Copper

S-38A

• • • • • •


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Safety Products S07

Safety Glasses Tomahawks Ratchet-Action and Extension Adjustment Temples

One popular lens style in three practical frame options!

Lightweight nylon frame with extension adjustment ensures secure fit.

Clear and Gray lenses available with Duramass速 AF4 antifog coating.

Fully adjustable, 5-position, ratchetaction temples for maximum comfort.

99.9% ultraviolet protection lens with Duramass速 scratch-resistant coating.

No.

One-piece polycarbonate lens with integral sideshields provides increased protection.

Frame Lens Black

Clear

72620 Black

Gray

72612 72614

Blue

Clear

72616

RWB

Clear

S A F E T Y P R O D U C T S S-39


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Safety Products S07

Safety Glasses & Accessories Cont… Frostbite 2

S A F E T Y

No.

Frame Lens

72628 Black

Exclusive Duramass® scratchresistant coating.

Gray

Available in Frost Black nylon frames. Polycarbonate lens blocks 99.9% of ultraviolet rays

Trend-setting square shaped lens.

P R O D U C T S S-40

Black ’Cudas™ Straps NO. 72510 • Conveniently fits safety spectacles. • Hangs comfortably around the neck preventing spectacles from becoming lost or scratched.

Visitors Glasses No. 72638 • High styled, wide frame with wrap around lens. Fits easily over prescription glasses. • Detachable side shields. Provides for more comfort. • Opaque brow bar. Provides added protection and reduces overhead glare.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Safety Products S07

INC.

Safety Accessories DE Ear Plugs NO. 72800

• Noise Reduction Rating: 29. • Tapered design for better fit. • Softens with body heat to reduce pressure when in use. • Bright red color helps measure compliance. SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 200

Disposable Dust Masks No. 72850

• • • •

Adjustable metal nosepiece. Lightweight fiber for comfort. Low profile design. Does not meet NIOSH.

S A F E T Y P R O D U C T S

SOLD IN PACKAGES OF 50

S-41


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Safety Products S07

Latex Gloves

S A F E T Y P R O D U C T S S-42

Fully textured finish provides excellent grip when handling wet tools and equipment. Polymer coating on the surface keeps hands comfortable and cool during extended use. Powder free minimizes the risk of developing latex protein residue related allergies. No.

Size

72710

Medium

72712

Large

72714

X-Large

12" cuff length protects wrists and fore-arm when working in solvent tanks. Fingers and palm have 14 mil thickness for maximum chemical resistance. 50 per box.

Nitrile Gloves Superior puncture, tear and chemical resistance with excellent dexterity. 100% latex free eliminates potential for allergic reactions to latex. Textured surface provides strong grip for both wet and dry applications. Fingers and palms have a 5 mil thickness. 100 per box. No.

Size

72716

Medium

72718

Large

72720

X-Large


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Safety Products S07

INC.

Leather Palm Work Gloves Heavy Duty Double Palm W/Reinforced Fingers

No. 72730 - Large • • • • • • • •

Side split cowhide. Double palm with sponge layer in between. Reinforced middle finger. 3/4 leather back. Rubberized safety cuff. Fully lined palm. Wing thumb Kevlar stitched.

Premium Single Palm No. 72724 - Small • • • • • •

Side split cowhide. Leather knuckle strap. Rubberized safety cuff. Fully lined palm. Wing thumb. Kevlar stitched.

Jersey Knit Gloves No. 72722 Close fitting jersey knitted material provides greater dexterity and warmth than woven gloves. Great economical general purpose work glove. Jersey gloves are frequently used as liners for greater warmth or protection from excessive heat. Brown jersey, clute cut, knit wrist Size: L Available in case quantities only. 12 pairs per case

S A F E T Y P R O D U C T S S-43


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products

Sphag-Sorb® The Solution to Industry's Toughest Cleanup Problems

S P I L L

Sphag Sorb® Encapsulates hydrocarbons and most organic chemicals on contact Works on land or water Easy-to-use Safe

R E S P O N S E

The finest grade of sphagnum peat moss from the bogs of Canada is the starting point for Sphag-Sorb®. The peat fibers are separated from inorganic hard material, then activated into a high-grade product with remarkable abilities to absorb and encapsulate oils, solvents, heavy metals, pesticides, herbicides and all other organic chemicals.

Lightweight More absorbent Non-Toxic Non-Leaching Vapor Suppressive

The key to Sphag-Sorb's effectiveness is the natural capillary and porous structure of the activated peat. This provides a powerful wicking action, absorbing hydrocarbons, PCB's and solvents quickly. But even more important, these properties allow it to encapsulate these liquids on contact. SphagSorb® securely takes in the oil, chemical, or solvent, rather than merely allowing it to temporarily "attach" to the surface of the product, as does clay. Sphag-Sorb® is superabsorbent: Less is required for storage and disposal. Since it is oleophilic (absorbs oil quickly) and hydrophobic (resists taking on water), Sphag Sorb® is ideal for a wide range of industrial and specialized uses. It can absorb on land, on hard surfaces such as asphalt or concrete and in drums or tanks. On the water it even removes the oil sheen. Sphag-Sorb® removes contaminants from spill sites upon extraction because of it's non-leaching and encapsulating charateristics.

Clean Up is Easy No "high-tech" application or equipment is required for a successful clean-up: a broom or shovel does the job. Sphag-Sorb® leaves behind no messy residue after extraction, offering easy application to both mechanical and manual clean-up. These properties S-44 make Sphag Sorb® ideal as a first response tool for emergency containment and clean-up as well as routine use in maintaining a clean and safe working environment for manufacturing plants, warehouses and fabrication or repair shops.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products

Sphag Sorb - Bags Sphag Sorb Loose Fill 1 C.F. No. 70050 Description: One cubic foot loose-filled bag Absorption: from 5 to 7 gallons Shipping size: six per case 24" x 15" x 30" Approx. weight: 65 lbs. per case (10.8 lbs per bag) Palletizing: 15 cases/90 bags

Sphag Sorb Loose Fill 2 C.F. No. 70056 Description: Two cubic foot loose-filled bag Absorption: from 12 to 15gallons Shipping size: six per case 32" x 16" x 9" Approx. weight: 23 lbs. per bag Palletizing: 40 bags

Sphag Sorb Drums & Pails Sphag Sorb Loose Fill 1 C.F. No. 70064 Description: One cubic foot loose-filled plastic pail Absorption: from 5 to 6 gallons Shipping size: 12" x 12" x 15" Approx. weight: 10 lbs. per pail Palletizing: 72 pails

Sphagnum peat moss, the only ingredient in all-natural Sphag-Sorb

Sphag Sorb® Industry’s Clean-Up Solution Sphag Sorb® is an all-natural product manufactured from sphagnum peat moss, originating in the bogs of Canada. A labtested, field-proven industrial absorbent, Sphag Sorb outperforms all other types of absorbent materials. Sphag Sorb solves the toughest clean-up problems with a complete line of environmentally safe, industrial absorbent products. Sphag Sorb meets or exceeds all applicable standards for effective clean-up and disposal of oil, gasoline, fuel, solvents, and nearly every other organic chemical. Sphag Sorb: one product, one convenient solution for a wide range of clean-up and disposal needs. Sphag Sorb works on land or water. It is economical, efficient and easy-to-use, as well as safe, non-abrasive, non-toxic and nonleaching.

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

Sphag Sorb is the answer to safe, effective clean-up in an era of environmental sensitivity and increasingly stringent regulation. S-45


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products Sphag Sorb®

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

Technical Features Meets EPA standards for disposal in landfills. Sphag Sorb® does not biodegrade before the substance it encapsulates. In its natural state, Sphag Sorb® is 100 % biodegradable; but its molecular properties permit it to pass EPA requirements for landfilling both hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Sphag Sorb® will not leach; it passes TCLP at ratios much lower than competing absorbents Due to its porous structure and affinity for hydrocarbons and other organics, Sphag Sorb® is a truly non-leaching and suitable for landfilling where regulations permit.

Sphag Sorb Pads & Pillows

Sphag Sorb Absorbent Pad No. 70070 Description: 18" x 18" natural, unbleached knit-cotton pads filled with Sphag Sorb Absorption: from 1 to 1-1/2 gallons Shipping size: 30 per case 18.5" x 18.5" x 29" Approx. weight: 2 lbs. per pad 60 lbs per case Palletizing: 12 cases/360 bags

High BTU value for incineration. Sphag Sorb® is equally compatible with other disposal options. It is ideal for incineration, (when regulations permit) since it is also an energy Sphag Sorb Sorb Absorbent source with the ability to generate Pillow some of the heat required for No. 70072 incineration. Description: 18" x 18" natural, unbleached knit-cotton pillows filled with Sphag Sorb Lower volume of Sphag Sorb® required means lower disposal Absorption: from 1-1/2 to 2-1/4 gallons costs. Shipping size: 20 per case 18.5" x 18.5" x 29" Reduces flammable vapors by 90%. Approx. weight: 3 lbs. per pad 60 lbs. per case How Sphag Sorb® Palletizing: 12 cases/240 pillows Compares with Other Absorbents Lower moisture, higher quality makes Sphag Sorb® superior to other absorbents.

Compared with clay, Sphag Sorb® is : • 10 times more absorbent • lightweight • non-leaching • safe and non-toxic, contains S-46 no silica • more suited for landfilling and incineration

Although more effective than clay, compared with Sphag Sorb® the following absorbents: • Diatomaceous Earth • Alumina Silicate • Corn • Cellulose • Polypropylene • Polymers Offer lower absorbency, leach at lower ratios and have more limited disposal options.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products

Sphag Sorb - Socks Natural, unbleached knit-cotton, socks filled with Sphag Sorb, sealed in a plastic sleeve

Sphag Sorb Sock - 2" x 5' No. 70066 Absorption: from 3/4-1 gallon Shipping size: 40 per case, 18.5" x 18.5" x 29" Approx. weight: 60 lbs. per case Palletizing: 12 cases/480 socks

Sphag Sorb Sock - 2" x 10' No. 70052 Absorption: from 1-1/2 to 2 gallons Shipping size: 20 per case, 18.5" x 18.5" x 29" Approx. weight: 60 lbs. per case Palletizing: 12 cases/240 socks

Sphag Sorb Sock - 4" x 4' No. 70060 Absorption: from 1-3/4 to 2-1/3 gallons Shipping size: 20 per case, 20.5" x 24.5" x 30.5" Approx. weight: 70 lbs. per case Palletizing: 12 cases/240 socks

Sphag Sorb Sock - 4" x 8' No. 70068 Absorption: from 3-1/2 to 4-2/3 gallon Shipping size: 10 per case, 20.5" x 24.5" x 30.5" Approx. weight: 70 lbs. per case Palletizing: 12 cases/120 socks

Sphag Sorb® Absorption • Triple Screened, high-grade sphagnum peat moss containing less than 1/2 of 1% of inert materials. • Dehydration process results in a high capillary structure that promotes rapid wicking and quick clean-up. • Exceeds Maxiumum Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) for environmental safety and easy disposal. • Sphag Sorb is superabsorbent. 10 times as effective as clay and 6 times as effective as diatomaceous earth or alumina silicate-based absorbents. • Less product means easier clean-up, disposal and storage. • Does not leach after absorption. Sphag Sorb® eliminates secondary clean-up and disposal problems.

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

S-47


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products

Sphag Sorb - Spill Kits

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

S-48

10 Gallon Tote Spill Kit No. 70074 Description: water-resistant nylon tote bag containing a spill response kit which includes: 2 -18” x 18” Pads 2 - 2" x 5' Socks 1 - 8 quart Loose-Filled Bag 2 - Disposal bags Absorption: from 5 to 7 gallons Shipping size: 26" x 14" x 5" Approx. weight: 10 lbs. per kit Palletizing: 42 per pallet

15 Gallon Tote Spill Kit No. 70076 Description: water-resistant nylon tote bag containing a spill response kit which includes: 4 - 18" x 18" Pads 2 - 2" x 5' Socks 1 - 3/4 cu. ft Loose-Filled Bag 2 - Disposal Bags Absorption: from 9 to 13 gallons Shipping size: 24" x 10" x 10" Approx. weight: 20 lbs. per kit Palletizing: 42 per pallet

Sphag Sorb® Absorption Recommendations Recommended usage: Use approximately 1.5 pounds of Sphag Sorb® per gallon for quick absorption of lighter weight cuting oils such as hydraulic fluid, cutting oils, or transmission fluid. Gasoline or a 30-weight motor oil require approximately 2 pounds per gallon. Heavy oil products, such as Bunker C Fuel Oil, may require 3 pounds per gallon or more. These estimates are based on subjective but conservative estimates of effective clean-up to the point that no free liquids remain.

55 Gallon Tote Spill Kit

No.70062 Description: 55 gallon UN/DOT-approved drum containing a spill response kit which includes: 10 - 18” x 18” Pads Where immediate pick-up is not required, 5 - 18” x 18” Pillows Sphag Sorb can be used in ratios lower than these recommendations for exceptional 2 - 4" x 4' Socks 2 - 4" x 8' Socks economy and efficiency. Sphag 3 - 3/4-cu ft Loose-Filled Bags Sorb® will contain the spill while its 3 - Tyvek suits remarkable wicking action will continue, over time, to absorb the remaining liquid 3 - Pairs Nitrile Gloves until saturated. 3 - Pairs Safety Goggles 5 - Disposal bags Depending upon your requirements and Absorption: from 39 to 54 gallons the liquids you need to absorb, you may Shipping size: 24" x 24" x 38" find either more or less Sphag Sorb® is Approx. weight: 90 lbs. per kit required for effective clean-up in your Palletizing: 8 per pallet particular application.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Environmentally Safe Industrial Absorbent Products

Sphag Sorb - Bags

Sphag Sorb® is Versatile This list includes some of the common hydrocarbons and industrial chemicals that can be effectively absorbed by Sphag Sorb:

Sphag Sorb 14 Gallon Drum Spill Kit Acetone Acetone Cyanohydrin Acetonitrile Acrolein Allyl Chloride Amyl Acetate Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bunker C Fuel Oil Butanol 2-Butanone Butyl Acetate Butyric Acid Canola Oil Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chloroform Chloromethane Chlorobenzene Corn Oil Cresol Cutting Oils Cyclohexane Dichlorobenzene 1,2 Dichloroethene 1-1 Dichloroethylene Dichloromethane Diesel Fuels 2-4 Dinotrotoluene Ethanol Ethyl Benzene Ethyl Ether Ethylene Glycol Gasoline Heptane Hexane Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachloroethane Hexene (97%) Isobutanol Isoprene Isopropanol

Jet Fuels No. 70054 Kerosene Description: 14 gallon UN/DOT-approved Methanol Methylene Chloride drum containing a spill response kit Methyl Ethyl Ketone which includes: Methyl Methacrylate 2 - 2" x 5' Socks Methyl Phenol 2 - 2" x 10' Socks Motor Oils Napthalene2 2 - 3/4 cu ft Loose-Filled Bags Nitoaniline Absorption: from 12 to 15 gallons Nitrobenzene Shipping size: 15" x 15" x 27" Oil Base Paint Approx. weight: 25 lbs. per kit Oil Base Ink Paraffin OIl Palletizing: 27 per pallet Pentane Pentachlorophenol Petroleum Ether Phenol Propanol (48% in Acetone) Pyridine Silicone Oil (100 cs) Styrene Tetrachloroethane Tetrachlorotethylene Tetrahydrofuran Sphag Sorb 25 Gallon Drum Spill Kit Toluene Trichloroethylene No. 70058 Trichlorophenol Description: 25 gallon UN/DOT-approved Triethylamine Varsol drum containing a spill response kit Vinyl Acetate which includes: Vinyl Chloride 5 - 18” x 18” Pads Xylenes Most organic solvents Most acids and bases

2 - 18” x 18” Pillows 2 - 4" x 4' Socks 1 - 4" x 8' Sock 1 - 3/4 cu ft Loose-Filled Bag 2 - Tyvek Suits 2 - Pairs Nitrile Gloves 1 - Pair of Safety Goggles 3 - Waste Disposal Bags Absorption: from 18 to 26 gallons Shipping size: 21" x 21" x 26" Approx. weight: 50 lbs. per kit Palletizing: 12 per pallet

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

S-49


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Industrial Absorbents/Material Marking S01

DAM IT ALL A Plug & Dike Product No. 70154

S P I L L R E S P O N S E

Dam It All is a non-toxic, nonflammable blend of high absorption polymers in a blended bentonite base that forms an immediate seal. It has been used for over 15 years by fire departments, transportation companies, and industrial operations. • Seal off fuels, solvents, & many other chemicals. • Seals immediately. • Sticks to dirty crumpled surfaces even with the fluid flowing out.

HAZ-MATS 24" x 16" No. 70156

HAZ-MATS will seal even if the surface is dirty and rough. Just lay it over drains, sewer inlets, or in front of curb culverts to seal off and prevent the spill from entering. Available as a non-stock item only. S-50


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

INC.

Silver Bearing Solder Low Temperature No. : 71432 oz. syringe Sold Each No. : 71430 9 ft. x 1/16 coil Sold Each The highest strength, lowest melting point silver solder alloy for stainless steel, dissimilar metals and chrome plating. • 500% stronger than common solders. • Superior corrosion resistance with bright, shiny deposits.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS: • Stainless escalator parts • Chrome plating • Electrical connections • Air pressure tubing • Hospital equipment

• • • •

Copper tubing Water pipes Gas lines Stainless tables, pans, vats, vessels • Dissimilar metals

M I S C E L L A N E O U S

S-51


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

SOLDER combos

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-52

One of our bestselling assortments just got better! Solder Combos available in any combination - 2 of our Low Temperature Silver Bearing Solder in coil, paste, or one of each and includes the HOT SHOT BUTANE TORCH! HOT SHOT BUTANE TORCH No. 99516 At only 5-1/4 high with a 2500°F flame, the HOT SHOT is ideal for all types of professional use. Refillable.

Low Temperature Silver Bearing Soft Solder - the highest strength, lowest melting point silver solder alloy for stainless steel, dissimilar metals and chrome plating, available in coil, or syringe paste. • 500% stronger than common solders. • Superior corrosion resistance with bright, shiny deposits. 96805

96806

96807

No.

Desc.

Qty

No.

Desc.

Qty

No.

Desc.

Qty

71432

Syringe

1

71432

Syringe

2

71430

Coil

2

71430

Coil

1

99516

Torch

1

99516

Torch

1

99516

Torch

1

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS • Stainless escalator parts • Copper tubing • Air pressure tubing • Chrome plating • Gas tines • Hospital equipment • Electrical connections • Water pipes • Dissimilar metals • Stainless tables, pans, vats & vessels •


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinculum S05

VINCULUM "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

“Dam-It” No. 71634 Heat Resistant Material For Insulating and Positioning Parts for Welding • • • • • • • •

Easy to use. Adheres to most surfaces. Withstands temperatures to 3000° F. Maintains shape when heated. Asbestos-free and non-toxic. Reusable. Helps prevent heat distortion. Can be reconstituted using water.

Can’t get that part to stay in place? Is heat distortion a problem? Then just say “DAM–IT!” DAM-IT is a new product specially designed to handle these types of problems and more. DAM-IT easily holds or positions small and difficult to align parts for welding, brazing or soldering. It is an easy to mold compound that can be used as a heat dam and insulator to protect metal and other material from the effects of heat. The dough-like consistency of DAM-IT makes it easy to mold around intricate parts. It will adhere to most surfaces making it ideal for use as a jigging fixture or insulator for parts to be welded and it will not distort or shrink when heated.

Applications: It can be used as a heat sink to absorb heat and avoid surface distortion on heat sensitive parts. It can also be used as a heat dam to prevent heat from traveling to areas that can be damaged by heat, such as seats, gaskets, glass and wiring. It will also prevent discoloration and will keep distortion down when welding on light gauge metals such as stainless steel. It is ideal for positioning or holding difficult to align parts.

D A M- I T J

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S

iggin

g/Heat Dam P utty S-53


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum

VINCULUM "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G

Premium quality arc welding electrodes Researched and engineered to meet The maintenance welder's total needs Precisely formulated, coated electrodes For the welding of virtually all metals • Cast iron • “Problem” steels

P R O D U C T S S-54

• Aluminum • Hardfacing • Stainless steel • Dissimilar metals • Cutting electrodes

Vinculum™ means connecting


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum

INC.

VINCULUM "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

Standard "off the shelf" welding electrodes are mass produced for the limited demands of production welding! Production welding has been greatly simplified! 1. The metals being used are clean. 2. Special jigs and fixtures are used for ease of application. 3. Production welding matches a single electrode to a metal of known analysis. 4. Day after day welding on the same job makes production welding easier.

Vinculum™ is formulated for the multiple problems of maintenance welding...Produces faster, easier, stronger, x-ray quality welds! Maintenance welding is still extremely complex! 1. Unlike production, the maintenance welder must often weld rusty, oily, or painted metals. 2. Many welds must be made in hard to reach places with poor fit-up. 3. The exact chemistry of the metals being welded is seldom known. 4. The repair or maintenance welder must weld cast iron one day and stainless, tool, or alloy steels another day, with equal skill...Every job is different and difficult.

Vinculum™ is made only for maintenance welding!

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-55


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum

MG Name

MG # Karalloy

Bowman

Eutectic

Lawson Certanium X-Ergon Rockmont Mech.Choice

Vinculum™ Welding Products Comparison Chart

Vinculum

920 980

680CGS Exotrode 2101 2109

202/271 121 123

Aluminum

Torque

Gouge-cut

Torque

Torque IV

Torque II

Tartan A

Tensile Grooving Cutting Aluminum Alloy Nickel Silver FC

350

104

Beautyweld

701

885

Brutus A

100

AA

500

707

1000

Electa

Gricon 33

770

161

Neptune A

EZ-ARC-80-MS

100

141

Brutus G

Torque XI

680

100

608

Gemini A

Torque VI

Super

450

70/87

Jupiter A

300

400

710

Omega N

P R O D U C T S

990

16/185

889

716

Polaris A

600

914

Stain B

200

247/250

103

Grinox 29

895

2233

703/704

EZ-ARC-123-DS

130

880

6006

570

Grisil 1 650

770

66

Gricon 53

Braze-alloy Grinios 2

289

Abrasion II

25160

Groovy

Stainless Gricast 89

770

Posi-Weld

400

Fix-a-cast

Gridur 18

540

Alum-alloy Grilumin 14

Hi-abrasion

Gricon 15

S-56

201

Low Hydro

W E L D I N G


Technical Data: Current

Technical Data:

Tensile Strength up to 80,000 psi Yield Strength up to 68,000 Elongation % approx. 24% Current AC or DC +/Amperage 60-125 Amperage 210-350

AC or DC Straight Polarity

GROOVY 1/8 Excellent gouging and chamfering electrode for weld preparation.

EZ-ARC-80-MS 1/8

Easy to use all position electrode for mild steel.

FIX-A-CAST 1/8 NC Maximum strength alloy for all cast irons.

Technical Data: Tensile Strength up to 75,000 psi Hardness Brinnell 210 Current AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Amperage 70-115

EZ-ARC-123-DS 1/8 Superior problem-solving electrode for all steels.

Technical Data: Tensile Strength as welded up to 120,000 psi work hardened up to 180,000 Yeild Strength up to 90.000 Elongation% approx. 28% Hardness (HB) approx. 300 Current AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Amperage 65-120

A complete set of electrodes for the maintenance and repair welder. Four different welding alloys are included - 2 lbs. of each for a total of 8 lbs. Packaged in our Resealable Welding Boxes.

NO 96804

4-Pack Vinculum MRO Assortment

"THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

VINCULUM THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortment Z02 INC.

W E L D I N G

P R O D U C T S

S-57


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

VINCULUM "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-58

EZ-ARC-80-MS Premium General Purpose Alloy For Low Carbon Steels Also available in 4 Pack Assortment 96804 AC or DC All position VINCULUM™ EZ-ARC-80-MS is designed to operate on all welding machines, even small AC type transformers when the open circuit voltage is very low. The specially formulated coating protects the deposit from adverse conditions normally encountered in maintenance welding. An ideal electrode for field repair work and out of position welding. Features: • Low amperage electrode. • Minimum spatter & easy slag removal.

Benefits: • Controlled distortion. • Fast clean-up - saving time.

Applications Use for fabrication of thin, medium, heavy and dissimilar gauge mild steel.

• Machine parts • Sheets and angle iron

• Beams • Filling holes

• Pipes • Build up

Procedures: As much foreign material as practical should be removed from the weld area. Deep penetration can be accomplished by using DC reverse polarity (electrode +). Limited penetration and a flatter bead will result from using DC straight polarity (electrode -). Arc blow can be prevented by using AC. Maintain medium arc length with either stringer or weave beads. Slag can be easily removed with a light chipping hammer.

Technical Data: Tensile Strength.......................... up to 80,000 psi Yield Strength............................... up to 68,000 psi Elongation %.............................................. approx. 24% Current..............................AC or DC either polarity Color.................................................................................... Gold

No.

Dia. Amperage Qty-lbs

71530

3/32

35-80

5, 10

71532

1/8

65-125

5, 10

71534

5/32

90-160

5, 10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

Diverse-alloy A premium high strength electrode for welding high strength low alloy steels and abrasion resisting plate AC or DC reverse polarity (Electrode +) This superior quality, low-hydrogen electrode is the welder's choice for high strength, machinability and affordability. DIVERSE-ALLOY is excellent for welding most high-strength low alloy steels. It is recommended for the repair of heavy equipment and joints subjected to high stresses because of its high strength. The moisture resistant coating assures dense, crack-free deposits for outstanding impact resistance at all temperatures, and X-ray quality welds. This makes DIVERSE-ALLOY the ideal electrode for wear plate, steel fabrication and pipe welding. Engineered flux provides the flexibility of all position welding. DIVERSE-ALLOY deposits are easily cut with a torch and machinable for machine parts repairs.

W E L D I N G

Features • 100,000 PSI • Rapid deposition • High impact resistance

• All positon • 30% elongation • Machinable • Torch cuttable • Crack-free X-ray quality deposits Benefits

These features combine to offer reduced failure and labor costs plus maximum use of your valuable maintenance dollar. Applications: Use for welding High Strength Low Alloy (HSLA) steels and AR plates to themselves and in dissimilar combinations where good ductility is desired even at low temperatures. Use on any carbon or HSLA steel application where high tensile strength and ductility are desired. Excellent for steel fabrication and pipe welding. Procedures: Prepare weld by removing any fatigued metal. Bevel or chamfer heavy sections to a 90° vee. Short arc gap should be maintained. Use weave technique working from bottom up for vertical welding. Use stringer beads or slight weave on flat and horizontal fillets, but avoid whipping. Remove all slag between passes.

P R O D U C T S

Technical Data:

mm Amp Tensile Strength........ up to 93,000 psi (70 kg/mm2 No. by lb. Dia. Elongation %...............................................................approx. 32 71562 3/32 60-100 2.5 Current......AC or DC reverse polarity (Electrode +) 1/8 100-150 3.25 71564 71566

5/32 140-200

4.0

S-59


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-60

If broken bolts, taps, drills, or E-Z outs are a problem…

Flush with surface…

Deep down in hole…

Or complicated by broken drill bits, E-Z outs or taps…

Then Vinculum™ EZ-ARC-123-DS Welding Rod Is The Answer! Now available in three convenient assortments!

No. 96800

No. 96801

No. 96803

3 lbs each 5/64 • 71536 3/32 • 71538 1/8 • 71540

2 lbs each 5/64 • 71536 3/32 • 71538 1/8 • 71540

1 lb each 5/64 • 71536 3/32 • 71538 1/8 • 71540

• Place HiAlloy rod in center of hole. • Strike an arc.

• Keep rod tip in weld puddle. • Fill hole with weld deposit.

• Weld washer to build-up at surface of housing.

• Weld a nut to the washer. • Allow to cool.

• Use a wrench to remove the broken bolt.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

EZ-ARC-123-DS Welding Rod A superior super strength electrode For welding alloy and dissimilar steels AC or DC reverse polarity • all position

The perfect choice for removing broken bolts, studs, taps & E-Z outs! Also available in the 4 pack assortment 96804 VINCULUM™ EZ-ARC-123-DS is designed to weld low, medium and high alloy steels where super strength and high quality welds are desirable. Features • Used for broken stud removal. • Joins any stainless to carbon steels.

• Replaces large size E-Z outs. • Less errors and guess work.

Welds: • Low, medium and high alloy steels • Stainless steel to carbon steel • Any combination of weldable steels

• Spring steels • Stainless steel • Cast steels

• Carbon Steels • Manganese • Tool and die steel

Applications: • Camshafts • Scraper teeth and arms • Excellent underlayment prior to hardfacing

• Drive Shafts • Crane booms • Shovel buckets

• Gears • Dies • Rollers

Procedures: Remove all foreign material from joint area. Heavy sections should be beveled to form a 90° vee. High carbon steel should be preheated to 400° F (204°C). Maintain alignment by use of jigs, fixtures and tack welds. Use stringer beads to prevent overheating and maintain a short arc. Allow to cool prior to removing slag.

Technical Data: Tensile Strength - welded.............. up to 120,000 psi work hardened.............. up to 180,000 psi Yield strength............................................ up to 90,000 psi Elongation %.......................................................... approx. 28% Hardness (HB)...................................................... approx. 300 Current .................................. AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Color.................................................................................................Blue

Extracts No.

Dia.

Amp

Bolt

71536 5/64 25-55

5/16

71538 3/32 40-80

3/8

71540

1/8

65-120

71542 5/32 90-150

EZ-ARC-123-DS ROD IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S

1 2-1/2

S-61


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G

Alum-Alloy A premium aluminum electrode with extruded coating DC reverse polarity VINCULUM™ ALUM-ALLOY is a premium aluminum electrode for arc welding aluminum and aluminum alloys. Produces strong, dense porosity free welds on production or maintenance applications. Features:

• Low amp electrode for minimum spatter, burn through and fuming. • Can be used as oxy-acetylene brazing rod. Reduces inventory- saving money. Applications:

P R O D U C T S S-62

• • • •

Transmission cases Foundry castings repairs Foundry patterns Repair of machinery errors

• Extruded aluminum • Pipes • Shelves

• Ladders • Tanks • Cast aluminum

Procedures: °° Clean weld area. A bevel of 70° - 90° should be used on parts 1/8 or heavier. Preheat is not necessary on thin gauges but faster, flatter, smoother beads are produced on heavier sections when they are preheated to approximately 400° F. The electrode should be held vertical to the work piece; maintain a short arc and slag should be removed between passes. Restrike arc on existing weld deposits. Part should be allowed to cool slowly, slag should be chipped off before quenching. Complete slag removal is accomplished by using a wire brush with a 10% sulfuric acid and hot water solution. Rinse with clean hot water.

Technical Data: Tensile strength........................... up to 34,000 psi Elongation........................................... approx. 15-25% Hardness (HB).................................................. 40 to 55 Current.......................................DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Color match..... Good (will darken if anodized) Color................................................................................ White

No. 71546

Dia. Amperage Qty-lbs 1/8

80-130

ALUM-ALLOY ROD IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

5, 10


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

Braze-Alloy High Strength Brazing Alloy Torch or Induction VINCULUM™ BRAZE-ALLOY is a premium grade, flux coated, high strength alloy for general maintenance repair with a torch. It is an excellent choice for the build-up of parts subjected to high frictional wear and to repair gears with broken teeth. Also, at slightly higher temperatures its exceptional thin flow characteristics make it ideal for repairing broken bits, attaching carbide tips, etc. Applications: (Low temperature) Build up of • Valve seats • Wedge bars • Steering knuckles

• Gear teeth • Reamers

• Shafts • Bearings

(High temperature) • Tool steel • Cast iron

• Alloy steels • Brass-Copper

• Galvanized iron • Thin sheet metal

Procedures: Clean joint area. This thin flowing alloy will have maximum strength with a joint clearance of .001" to .003" Using a neutral flame, heat the part uniformly until the flux is liquefied. Add sufficient alloy to fill the joint. Additional passes can be applied without the need to remove flux residue from previous passes. Allow the part to cool slowly. Remove the flux by chipping and wire brushing.

Technical Data: Tensile strength.......................... up to 113,000 psi Hardness (HB)................................................ 140 - 200 Working temperature.................... 1400°- 1750°F Remelt temperature................... approx. 1800°F Color..................................................................................... Red

No.

Dia. x length

71548

3/32 x 18

71550

1/16 x 18

71552

1/8 x 18

BRAZE-ALLOY ROD IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-63


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-64

“Quicksilver” Brazing Alloy 56 % Silver, Cadmium Free for joining Ferrous and Non-Ferrous metals Torch, Furnace or Induction VINCULUM™ “QUICKSILVER” BRAZING ALLOY features an exclusive thermal flux coating that makes this high silver, cadmium free brazing rod unique. The flux provides excellent cleaning action on most metals and does not blacken. It is ideal for food and pharmaceutical applications since it is cadmium free. Applications: Used in the food and dairy industry for joining stainless steels. Ideal for general maintenance and repair. For the repair and assembly of laboratory apparatus, control devices, instruments, tubing, trim work, switches, etc. Procedures: Joint must be clean. For maximum strength, joint clearances should not exceed .003". Maintain alignment by use of fixtures and jigs. Heat parts broadly with a slightly carburizing flame. Place thermal flux on the heated joint. When the flux becomes clear and fluid, melt a small amount of alloy onto the joint. Continue heating until the alloy flows into the joint. Base Metal Must Not Be Over Heated. After part has cooled slowly, remove flux residue with warm water.

Technical Data: Tensile strength........................... up to 76,000 psi Working temperature................. approx. 1220°F Corrosion resistance........................................... Good Color match .................. Good on stainless steel Electrical conductivity........................................ Good Elongation %................................................. approx. 22

No.

Dia. x lg

Qty

71632

1/16 x 18

Each

71630 3/32 x 18 Each


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

MRO Stainless Universal Stainless Steel Electrode AC or DC reverse polarity All position VINCULUM™ STAINLESS is a premium high quality, low carbon, general purpose stainless steel electrode that has excellent welding characteristics.

• • • •

Features: A very smooth and easy to control arc in all positions. Outstanding strike and restrike features. Easy slag removal. Designed to prevent carbide precipitation. Welds: • 302, 304, 308, 316L and 347 stainless steels

Applications: Normally used for the following fabrication and repair of: • Tanks • Pipes • Household appliances

• Boilers • Fittings • Food, dairy and chemical equipment

Procedures: All foreign material must be thoroughly cleaned from weld area. Parts thicker than 3/16: should be beveled to a 60° vee. Preheat is not recommended. Tack welds may be necessary to maintain alignment. Maintain a medium to short arc with electrode tilted 15° in the direction of travel. Excessive heat build-up must be prevented.

Technical Data: Tensile strength........................ up to 100,000 psi Yield strength................................ up to 62,000 psi Elongation %............................................. approx. 40% Hardness (HB)........................................... approx. 180 Current........................AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Corrosion resistance.......................................... Good Color.................................................................................. Gray

No.

Dia. Amperage

71688 1/16

25-75

MRO STAINLESS IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-65


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S

Groovy Premium High Speed Gouging And Chamfering Electrode AC or DC straight polarity All position Also available in the 4 pack assortment 379P VINCULUM™ GROOVY is designed to remove metal fast and efficiently without special skills or special equipment, expensive gases or compressed gas. Features: • Eliminates need for • Special coating for a forceful arc blow. compressed air or oxygen. • Restrike capability is excellent. • Cut is smooth & uniform from all positions. • Easy to use. Time saver. • No special skills required. Cuts: • Cast iron • Manganese

• Aluminum • Bronze

• Stainless steel • Carbon Steel

Applications: Can be used to remove unwanted or defective weld metal, to prepare parts prior to welding, to remove risers and reduce large area of metal prior to machining. Procedures: Use DC straight polarity (electrode -) for clean, high speed cuts. The electrode should be held at a low angle to the work piece (10° - 15°). With the electrode pointed in the direction of desired groove, strike the arc and push the electrode as fast as the metal is removed. A short arc should be maintained. The maximum depth of the groove should not be greater than the diameter of the core wire. For deeper grooves use multiple passes.

Technical Data: Current........................AC or DC Straight Polarity (Electrode -) Color................................................................................... Gray

No. 71544

S-66

• Copper • Nickel

Dia. Amperage 1/8

GROOVY IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

210-350


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortment Z02

INC.

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

Fix-A-Cast Welding Rod Assortment No. 96802 This Kit Combines

Groovy (1/8 Dia.) Premium High Speed Gouging And Chamfering Electrode

& Fix-A-Cast NC (3/32 Dia.) Soft, very machinable 100% nickel cast iron electrode featuring a totally non-conductive flux coating Vinculum™ Groovy is designed to remove metal fast and efficiently without special skills or special equipment, expensive gases or compressed gas. Vinculum™ Fix-A-Cast NC will weld any weldable cast irons, and is specially designed for welding in deep recesses or close quarters due to the nonconductive flux coating, and will not red-out. The most machinable cast iron alloy available, Fix-A-Cast NC will also weld cast iron to steel combinations. Use them together for quick and easy repairs to cast iron without having to invest in a lot of rod that you may not use. This kit combines 1# each of Vinculum Groovy and Vinculum Fix-A-Cast NC, enough to get the job done but not overstock your storeroom. Application Procedure 1. Remove worn or cracked metal on heavy sections. 2. Bevel joint using Vinculum™ Groovy and a grinding wheel. Use DC straight polarity (electrode -) for clean, high speed cuts. The electrode should be held at a low angle to the work piece (10° - 15°). With the electrode pointed in the direction of desired groove, strike the arc and push the electrode as fast as the metal is removed. A short arc should be maintained. The maximum depth of the groove should not be greater than the diameter of the core wire. For deeper grooves use multiple passes. 3. Repair crack using Vinculum™ Fix-A-Cast. Use a drilled hole or weld bead at end of all cracks to prevent spreading while welding. Use short stringer beads for root pass. Peen lightly after removing slag. Use the lowest amperage possible and maintain a short to medium arc to minimize base metal deposit when breaking the arc. A weave of two times rod diameter is acceptable for cover beads on multi-pass work. 4. Allow joints to cool slowly for maximum machinability.

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-67


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-68

Hi-Abrasion Premium hard surfacing electrode for severe abrasion AC or DC reverse polarity

VINCULUM™ HI-ABRASION is designed for parts subjected to severe abrasion and light impact. Also for surfaces that must resist abrasion combined with scaling. Features: • • • •

High deposition rate. • Smooth beads. Self releasing slag. • Easily controlled arc. Excessive dilution with base metal easily prevented. High chromium content to maintain abrasion resistance. Applications:

• • • •

Equipment for processing coal, rock, soil, cement and ceramic matter • Earth scrapers • Earth augers Grinding plates • Annealing furnaces • Rock crushers Conveying chains Open-hearth tools Procedures:

All unsound metal or foreign material should be removed from the surface to be welded. An elastic cushion layer should be applied before surfacing for best results. On carbon and manganese steel use VINCULUM™ HI-ALLOY. When making the final surface, keep the electrode vertical to the work piece and maintain a short arc. Thin deposits never more than two layers thick should be used. Alternate welding area to prevent excessive local heat build-up. Allow part to cool slowly.

Technical Data: Hardness........................................................ RC 56 - 60 Current....................... AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Color.................................................................................. Gray

No.

Dia.

Amperage

71558

1/8

80-125

71560 5/32

HI-ABRASION ROD IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

100-160


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

INC.

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

Fix-A-Cast NC Premium nonside arcing electrode for welding cast iron; maxiumum machinability AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode +) Also available in 4 pack assortment 379P VINCULUM™ FIX-A-CAST NC is the ideal electrode for welding in areas where the side of the electrode comes in contact with the part being welded and side arcing can't be tolerated. The specially coated electrode gives a deposit that is also easily machined. Applications: Joining of regular grades of gray cast iron to themselves or other iron alloys. Designed for welding on light and medium sized castings, either joining or build-up, where maximum machinability is needed. Ideal for repair on thin sections of cast iron. Procedures: Pre-heating or post-heating will not be necessary in most cases but in cold weather when special machining qualities are desired, the part should be preheated to 400°F (204°C). Stresses and cracks can be reduced by the use of stringer beads, intermittent welds or by peening while still hot. Allow part to cool slowly.

Technical Data: Tensile Strength......... up to 50,000 psi (35 kg/mm2) Hardness........................................................................approx 150 Current....... AC or DC Reverse Polarity (Electrode +) Color............................................................... similar to cast iron No.

Dia.

71696 3/32 71698

1/8

71700 5/32

Amperage 40-75 65-115

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S

100-150

FIX-A-CAST NC IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES

S-69


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Vinculum S05

Vinculum "THE CONNECTING MEDIUM"

W E L D I N G P R O D U C T S S-70

All Position Stainless Special vertical position stainless steel electrode • Unique “Fast-Freeze” coating simplifies vertical down and up welding. • Ideal for poor fit-up joints in all positions. • Controlled weld puddle allows for filling holes on stainless steels. INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

AWS/ASME IIC SFA 5.4 E 316L-16 DIN 8556 E19123L R 23 ISO 3581 E19.12.3L R 23 BS 2926 - 1984 19.12.3L R

APPLICATIONS: Especially suited for vertical down and up welding of thin to medium gauge molybdenum bearing stainless steels. MICROSTRUCTURE: Austenite with 3-9% ferrite. Typical ferrite number is 6. ALL WELD METAL ANALYSIS (Typical Weight%): C

Mn

Si

S

P

Cr

Ni

Mo

Cu

Fe

.018

.9

.75

.01

.02

19

12

2.65

.1

bal

WELDING TECHNIQUES: For vertical welding, set amperage at high end of the scale. Maintain a sharp angle with the electrode pointing upward. Whip the electrode quickly back and forth while moving up or down. Electrode may show a red color from the excess amperage which is normal.

Technical Data: Tensile strength.......................... up to 80,000 psi Yield strength..............................................56,000 psi Current .................................... DC Reverse (+) or AC Elongation....................................................................... 42% Hardness..................Rockwell B96, Brinnell 209 Welding Positions..........................Flat, Vertical Up Vertical Down, Horizontal, Overhead Color.................................................................................. Ivory

No.

Dia. x Lg Amperage

71690 5/64 X 12

35-55

71692 3/32 x 12

60 - 80

71694

1/8 x 14

90 - 110

ALL POSITION STAINLESS IS SOLD IN 5 & 10 LB PACKAGES


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Sealants & Adhesives S10

RayCrete™ THE ORIGINAL MULTI-MENDER™ The Maintenance Connection, Inc. has partnered with Valiant Technologies, the makers of RayCrete™ to bring this phenomenal product to the forefront of the industrial marketplace! Not since the invention of superglue has there been a new, general purpose adhesive or bonding agent for the industrial consumer market. With the strength of concrete, RayCrete™ adheres seamlessly to itself or most surfaces. It forms a rigid connection between materials, permanently filling and sealing even when large gaps between surfaces exist. Extremely versatile, RayCrete™ is workable while curing and can be applied and cures nearly anywhere, including extremes of temperature, humidity, even in standing or running water. Cured RayCrete™ is so durable it can be drilled, nailed, sawed, tapped, sanded, machined, etc., while providing a lasting bond even under continuous exposure to demanding environmental conditions. As a Multi-Mender, RayCrete™ is the ideal solution for nearly any project involving wood, metal, concrete, masonry, plaster, plastic, ceramics, glass, fiberglass, porcelain, tile, rubber, fabric, etc., and even bonds to itself. Safe for use indoors or outside, RayCrete has no toxic vapors or volatile organic compounds (VOC's). It has no odors, and cleans up with ordinary cleaning products such as lemon juice.

Jars (Part A & Part B)

Spak-Paks® oz. Pkg Qty.

No.

ml/(oz.)

Pkg Qty.

No.

73158

200/(6.8)

1

73150

1

1

1

73152

3

1

1

73154

6

1

73156

12

1

73160 420/(14.25) 73162

850/(29)

A D H E S I V E S

S-71


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Specially Priced Assortments Z08

RayCrete™ Combo Packs No.

Description

Contents (1 ) 1 oz SP (1 ) 3 oz SP

96604

RAYCRETE™ SAMPLER 1 Unit of each SKU

(1 ) 6 oz SP (1 ) 12 oz SP (1 ) 200 ml JAR (1 ) 420 ml JAR (1 ) 850 ml JAR (6 ) 1 oz SP

A D H E S I V E S

(3 ) 3 oz SP RAYCRETE™ COMBO 96608 (12) Spak-Paks™ & (3) Jars 5.6 lbs. total

(2 ) 6 oz SP (1 ) 12 oz SP (1 ) 200 ml JAR (1 ) 420 ml JAR (1 ) 850 ml JAR (6 ) 1 oz SP

RAYCRETE™ MEGA COMBO 96609

(13) Spak-Paks™ (6) Jars 7.1 lbs. total

(4 ) 3 oz SP (2 ) 6 oz SP (1 ) 12 oz SP (3 ) 200 ml JAR (2 ) 420 ml JAR (1 ) 850 ml JAR

SPAK-PAK™ STARTER 96603

(7) Spak-Pak Assortment

(4 ) 1 oz SP (2 ) 3 oz SP (1 ) 6 oz SP

1 oz. SPAK-PAK™ 96607

(12 ) 1 oz SP

(12) "Half Rack" (7 ) 1 oz SP

96605

SPAK-PAK™ SAMPLER

(3 ) 3 oz SP

(13) Spak-Paks

(2 ) 6 oz SP (1 ) 12 oz SP

JAR SAMPLER 96606

(7) Jars — 5.25 lbs. total

(4 ) 200 ml JAR (2 ) 420 ml JAR (1 ) 850 ml JAR (6 ) 1 oz SP

96602

S-72

RAYCRETE™ ASSORTMENT (3 ) 3 oz SP (11) Spak-Paks™ (2 ) 6 oz SP (2) Flex Cut Pads

(1 ) Flex Cut Pad

Locking Steel Storage Box

(1 ) Flex Cut HD Pad (1 ) Steel Drawer


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Sealants & Adhesives

INC.

RayCrete™ Technical Information FEATURES & CHARACTERISTICS

CONTROLLABLE FEATURES & CHARACTERISTICS

• Workable while it cures • Changes consistency from liquid to paste to putty to a solid • Cut, drill, sand, paint carve, shape, even nail within 2 hrs • Workable with power tools within 2 hours: Lathe, Router, Sander, Drill, etc. STRONG: • Works as a structural filler, ideal for wood & concrete repairs • Ideal for moulding: can be shaped and trimmed while curing EASY-TO-USE: • Minimal surface preparation • Convenient 1 to 1 mix ratio by volume • Forms seamless bonds to itself - no need for surface preparation • Bonds and adheres to dissimilar surfaces, wood, concrete, metals, fiberglass, glass, etc. (not Teflon) SAFE: • Contains no solvents or volatiles (no VOC's or odors) VERSATILE: • Colorable with any dry powder colorant • Cures in freezing temperatures • Cures under water (fresh or salt water)

CORROSION RESISTANT • Resistant to most organic & inorganic solvents: • Water • Acetone

• Nitric acid • Hydrochloric acid • Sulfuric acid • Steric acid • Other caustic agents

REGULATORY INFORMATION • No DOT Regulations required • No Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC's) • No toxic fumes or vapors • Ozone safe • 100% recyclable when cured

Curing Schedule: Cures at room temperature or more quickly at elevated temperatures. Viscosity: Significantly lower viscosity at elevated temperatures Radioactive environments: Resistant to high gamma environments Cleanup: Uncured, cleanup can be achieved with acetone or soap and water

WEATHERPROOF & WATERPROOF • Forms a watertight seal • Withstands unlimited exposure to sun and the elements • Cures within the range from 0 - 200°F • Withstands temperatures below -100° to +250°F

UNDERWATER CURING PROPERTIES RayCrete™ can be poured directly through standing or flowing water. RayCrete™ displaces the water and seeks the lowest level where it seeps into crevices or open spaces and sets up. Apply RayCrete directly when it cures to the consistency of putty.

A D H E S I V E S

May be used to repair active leaks Excellent repairing leaks in masonry ponds. Boat repairs can be made above or below the waterline. In underwater boat repairs, backpressure must be applied to the patch until the RayCrete has completely cured., approximately 24 hours.

S-73


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Sealants & Adhesives S10

Technical Information: Mixing ratio, by volume, part A to B .................................................. 1:1G Viscosity, part A, 75°F .............................................................. 21,000 cps Viscosity, part B, 75°F ............................................................. 22,000 cps Maximum bulk curing temperature .......................................... ~120°F Temperature change in cure phase ...................................... ~5-40°F

Cure Schedule at 75°F 90° maximum strength developed within ............................. 12 hrs

A D H E S I V E S

Physical Properties Compressive strength @75°F ............................................. >3,000 psi Tensile strength @75°F .............................................................. >1,000 psi Cured Density ............................................................................................ ~1 g/cc Shelf Life @ 75°F ..................................................................................... >1 year

ASTM Properties D790-98 Flexure .............................................................................. 2920 psi D638 Tensile ............................................................................................ 1210 psi C695 Compression ............................................................................ 3110 psi D1002 Lap Shear (on aluminum) ................................................ 169 psi D2240 Shore Hardness .............................................................................. 70

Radiation Survivability 1200R/hr for a total exposure of 9x105 Roentgen ................................................................. No Degradation

Working Environment Environmental Temperature (Working) ................ 0°F to +200°F Environmental Temperature (Storage) ........... -110°F to +200°F Service Temperature (tested range) ............... -110°F to +200°F RayCrete™ Adheres to Nearly Any Material - EVEN ITSELF

The only adhesive that is workable WHILE IT CURES! Fully Cured

Glass Pine Wood Hard Wood Steel Concrete Aluminum

S-74

Plastic Ceramic Tile

Plaster Stone Putty

Product State Pancake Batter Liquid 5 min

10 min

20 min

2 hrs

Time After Mixing

24 hrs


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Sealants & Adhesives

INC.

RayCrete™ Uses & Applications Industrial Use Form to any shape, inject or work it like putty while curing. Once cured, RayCrete™ can be drilled, cut, machined, tapped, sawed, nailed, sanded, painted. . . .

Construction RayCrete™ is as strong as concrete and can be used in the most demanding projects. Large cracks and voids are not a problem for RayCrete™.

Plumbing No more sweat soldering! Put a small amount of toilet paper in the pipe. Apply RayCrete™ to the inside of the larger pipe & push the fittings together. Wait 24 hrs. Bonds PVC to copper!

Underwater Works in wet conditions. RayCrete™ can even be applied and cured underwater. Perfect for leaking ponds, pools and quick plumbing repairs!

Tools RayCrete™ adheres to nearly any surface and can withstand the stress of a working tool.

Woodworking & Furniture Repair RayCrete™ is better than wood glue and wood putty and will stand up to the elements. Use for repair and restoration. Large cracks or voids are not a problem.

Marine Repairs Do cosmetic repairs, structural repairs, preventative maintenance, water sealing. Fix surfboards, boats, kayaks, just about anything that gets wet!

Outdoor Applications RayCrete™ is immune to weather, solvents, and acids. Stones or brick falling off a retaining wall? Anchor bolts falling out of a cinder block? Raycrete™ them back in place.

Household Repair Fix almost anything - reset nails, screws and bolts. Fix wallboard, plaster, masonry, rain gutters, doors, windows & more. Great for emergency repairs.

A D H E S I V E S

Arts & Crafts RayCrete™ has different workable consistencies that give you unlimited possibilities for creativity.

Limitations Polyethylene & Polypropylene: RayCrete™ does not bond to these plastics. It will pop off when pressure is applied to the bond. Flexible Surfaces: RayCrete™ is strong, but not particularly flexible. If used on a flexible surface, it may peel away as the surface bends. Lacquers: RayCrete™ does not take lacquer for either wood or metal. The lacquer simply fails to cure. MEK: RayCrete™ is unaffected by most solvents (gasoline, alcohols, acids, bases, etc.), but it is affected by prolonged exposure to MEK. After several hours of exposure, blistering will occur and the cured RayCrete™ will take on a rubbery consistency. Once RayCrete™ is removed from the MEK, the blisters go away in a few minutes. Within 24 hours, the RayCrete™ will re-harden.

S-75


Stain Removers

CHEMICALS

StainLift-R™ Instant Stain Remover

Instantly Removes the Toughest Stains…..Safely and Effectively!

Features:

Applications:

• Unique, Proprietary Formulation — Provides Incredible Stain Removal Performance • Water-Based Formulation — Safe for Virtually Any Application • Contains No Harsh Solvents or Hazardous Ingredients – Less Harmful to the User and the Environment • Multi-Purpose Formula — Ideal for All Carpet, Upholstery and Other Fabrics • Virtually Odorless — Leaves Surfaces Clean and Fresh

• • • • • • • • • • • •

No.

Size

Description

Qty

74152

1 Quart (32oz)

StainLift-R™

12

Blood Chocolate Crayon Kool-Aid® Grass Iodine Oil Shoe Polish Candle Wax Coffee Food Grease

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Latex Paint Pet Stains Tea Wine Ketchup Cosmetics Fruit Juice Grime Liquor Urine Washable Ink And Many More

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

01.02.07

| S-76 |

TMC’s STAIN LIFT-R actually lifts stains from carpets, upholstery and fabrics quickly and easily. Simply rub it in and blot up. Leaves surfaces clean and fresh smelling . . . without a soapy residue. It contains no solvents, acids or other hazardous materials.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Cabinets

If your stock room looks like this

Then you could benefit from the TMC, Incorporated Inventory Control System

C A B I N E T S

We’ll have you smiling in no time! T-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Cabinets

Inventory Control On 15,000 High Quality Maintenance Products

The Supplies You Need Where You Can Find Them! With TMC Incorporated cabinets and drawers the right part is always available when and where you need it. No more endless searching through piles of parts and through countless unidentified boxes for that 1/4" lockwasher you purchased last week. With the TMC inventory system you'll always know what you have and what you need to order. TMC' Sales Agent will work with you to specially design your system to meet your companies specific and unique needs.

C A B I N E T S

T-2

The TMC Sales Agent will: • • • • • •

Recommend required storage equipment. Identify each part carried. Determine inventory needs. Set minimum and maximum quantities. Check stock on a regular basis. Organize and clean bins.

TMC Inventory Control Helps To Eliminate: • • • •

Excessive downtime. High maintenance costs. Stock-outs. Excessive inventories.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Cabinets T01

Drawers • Made of prime cold rolled steel. • Rust & acid resistant baked enamel finish. • Compartments have rounded scoops to facilitate removal of small parts. • Covers are designed to stay open to allow easy access. • All drawers have handles and pull-down catches.

82081

82082

82080

No.

Length

Depth

Height

Compartments

82080

18

12

3

Variable

82082

18

12

3

Variable

82081

18

12

3

Variable

82083

18

12

3

12

82084

18

12

3

16

82085

18

12

3

20

82086

18

12

3

21

82087

18

12

3

24

82092

18

12

3

32

C A B I N E T S

15 20-1/4 12-1/2 Holds 4 Drawers 82090 Dividers For 82081 - Sold in packages of 12 82091 Dividers For 82082 - Sold in packages of 9 82071

82098

20-3/8

12-1/8

15-1/8

Base For 82071

T-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Cabinets

82083

C A B I N E T S

82084

82086

82085

82092

82087

82098

82071

T-4


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Cabinets T01

Storage Bins • Heavy duty bins for storage of small parts. • Made of prime cold rolled steel to prevent warping, twisting and sagging. • Label holders provide space for product identification and are hemmed to prevent sharp edges. • Dividers are hemmed to prevent sharp edges and are ribbed to provide extra strength. • Rust and acid resistant baked enamel finish.

82062

82067Ships in two parts (1) 82063 and (1) 82064.

82096 Bin Stand

Height Depth # Bins Bin Depth Bin Ht Bin Width

No.

Width

82067

33-3/4

42

8-1/2

72

8-3/8

4-1/2

4

82066

33-3/4

42

8-1/2

56

8-3/8

4-5/8

4-7/8

80264

33-3/4

22-1/4

8-1/2

40

8-3/8

4

4

82063 53-3/4

19-1/4

8-1/2

32

8-3/8

4-1/2

4

28

8-3/8

4-5/8

4-7/8

82062

33-3/4

21

8-1/2

82096

34

5-3/4

12-1/4

82060

33-3/4

12

12

11-7/8

23-7/8

12

40

11-7/8

4-1/2

4

82065 33-3/4

C A B I N E T S

Base For 82067, 82066, 82064, 82063 & 82062

82097 Hinged door set for 82064 T-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Cabinets

Storage Bins Cont…

C A B I N E T S

82063

82064

82066

T-6


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Cabinets T01

Miscellaneous Racks Hose Clamp Rack No. 82125 • Ten post rack holds clamps from miniclamp through #36 - 21/2 diameter clamp. • Built in hanger loops allow for mounting on wall or counter top. • Clamp diameters listed on sign panel.

Large Size Clamp Rack No. 82126 • Similar to above but holds five sizes of clamps from #40 through #56.

Aerosol Cabinet No. 82123 • Holds up to 72 - 2-3/4 diameter cans. • Divided into 4 equal compartments. • Contents protected by a double door with a key lock.

Key Stock Rack No. 82122 • 10 compartments for holding key stock from 1/8 through 3/4 square and 12 long. • 3 back panel allows for product identification labels. • Keyholes in panel allow for wall mounting. Description

No.

Width

Height

Depth

Sections

82120

24-1/8

2

6-7/8

18

Threaded Rod Rack

82121

26-1/8

37-1/8

6

4

Wire Spool Rack

82124

26-1/8

17-7/8

6

2

Wire Spool Rack

82122

12-1/4

12

6-1/8

10

Key Stock Rack

33-13/16 22-5/16 9-1/16

4

Aerosol Cabinet

82123

C A B I N E T S

82125

23-1/4

15

5-1/4

10

Hose Clamp Rack

82126

23-1/4

15

5-1/4

5

Hose Clamp Rack

82127

16-1/8

8-1/8

18-1/2

6

Welding Rod Cabinet

T-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Cabinets T01

Miscellaneous Racks Wire Spool Rack No. 82121 • Four plated steel tubes and accomodates heavy spools up to 10" in diameter. • Allows for separation of wire by gauge.

No. 82124 • Two plated steel tubes. • Ideal for small shops and for bench roll assortments.

C A B I N E T S

Threaded Rod Rack No. 82120 • 18 sections for separating and protecting threaded rod. • Sections are 21/8 in diameter.

Welding Rod Cabinet No. 82127 • Holds welding rod up to 18" Long in six compartments.

Drill Gauges • Made of steel. • 3 x 6 x 1/16 No.

Type

82000

#1-#60 Wire Gauge

82002 Fractional drills - 1/16 to 1/2 T-8


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Cabinets T01

Storage Cabinets • • • • •

Made of prime cold-rolled steel. Rust and acid resistant baked enamel finish. Strengthened by vertical supports. Embossed mounting holes to allowing stacking cabinets. Drawers have two runners for smooth, easy travel and positive stops to prevent being accidentally pulled out. • Drawers feature interlocked design for unequalled strength, full width handles for easy opening and card holders for product identification. • Provided with two dividers per drawer. Snap-in feature keeps them in place, yet are still easily removable.

C A B I N E T S

82055

82051

82052

Dr. Width

Dr. Ht

Dr. Depth

9

5-3/8

2-3/4

11-1/4

11-5/8

18

5-3/8

2-3/4

11-1/4

14-3/8 11-5/8

24

5-3/8

2-3/4

11-1/4

No.

Width

Height Depth # Drawers

82055

17-1/4

10-7/8

11-5/8

82051

33-3/4

10-7/8

82052 33-3/4 82088

Dividers for drawers - Sold in packages of 12

T-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Cabinets T01

Drill & Tap Dispensers • Three drawer design. (Number drill is a 5 drawer). • Dimensions: 14-5/8 wide x 7-3/4 tall x 7-3/8 deep. • Top drawer of tap dispenser is cork lined. Size

Type

No.

82006 Fractional Drills 1/16 to 1/2 by 64ths

C A B I N E T S

82007

Number Drills

#1 to #60

82008

Letter Drills

A to Z

82024

Fractional Taps

1/4 to 1

Drill Cases No.

Pieces

Type

Size

82009

13

Fractional Drills

1/16 to 1/4 by 64ths

82010

13

Fract. Drills-Black

1/16 to 1/4 by 64ths

82017

21

Fractional Drills

1/16 to 3/8 by 64ths

82011

15

Fractional Drills

1/16 to 1/2 by 32nds

82012

15

Fract. Drills-Black

1/16 to 1/2 by 32nds

82013

29

Fractional Drills

1/16 to 1/2 by 64ths

82014

29

Fract. Drills-Black

1/16 to 1/2 by 64ths

82015

26

Letter Drills

A to Z

82016

60

Number Drills

#1 to #60

82021

8

S & D Drills

9/16 to 1 Plastic case

82022

8

S & D Drills

9/16 to 1 Steel case

82031

18

Metric Tap & Drills

M2.5 to M12

82034

13

Carbide Burs

1/4 Shank tools

82046

29

Stubby Drills

1/16” to 1/2 by 64ths

82047

29

Jobber Drills

1/16” to 1/2 by 64ths

Tap and Drill Case No. 82025

T-10

• Organizes 9 taps with the correct drill bit. • Protects delicate taps. • National Coarse. Taps: 6-32; 8-32; 10-24; 10-32; 1/4-20; 5/16-18; 3/8-16; 7/16-14; 1/2-13 Drills: #36; #29; #25; #21; #7; F; 5/16; U; 27/64


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Tarp Cord U01

Tarp Cord & Hooks The 7/16" tarp cord with attachable hooks is ideal for use with canvas, tarpaulins, covers and lids on RV’s, boats, cars, trucks, trailers and motorcycles. It comes in a 125 ft. roll so that it can be cut to length for any use. The hooks can be attached easily and quickly. It’s perfect for holding extra gear on trucks and trailers, or for holding down tarps and canvas covers. It’s made of the highest quality Neoprene so it won’t rot, peel or crack under normal usage––even in demanding outdoor conditions. No.

Description

Qty

84022

7/16" dia. Neoprene cord - 125'

1

84020

Galvanized double eye hooks

25

Tarp Cord Stretchability Cut Length ............. Stretches To 12" ....................................... 18" 24" ....................................... 40" 36" ....................................... 60"

To Apply Fastener Hooks To Tarp Cord

H A R D W A R E &

1. Insert rope through eye of hook.

2. Return through second position of eye, to form a loop.

3. Pull end through loop, forming a knot.

4. Same procedure at other end provides a tie-down strap that has many uses.

S P R I N G S U-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E

Tarp Cord U01

Snappi-Hookers Molded Tie-Down Straps Heavy-Duty Rubber Hold-Down Straps With “S” Hooks

Trucking Snappi-Hookers feature reusability and long life. Thay have a symmetrical design that allows either side to be used against a surface and extra stretchability over most other tie-downs. They maintain their elasticity at temperatures up to 200°F and are resistant to sunlight, smog, diesel fumes and salt water. They have a rated tensile strength of 1600 psi.

& S P R I N G S U-2

Boating

Farming No.

Length Box Pkg

84040

9"

50

Ea.

84042

15"

50

Ea.

84044

20"

50

Ea.

84046

30"

50

Ea.

Recreational Vehicles

Camping


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware U02

Machinery Hoist Eyes Shoulder Pattern Eyebolts Made from drop forged steel. Heat treated after forging.

Maximum load rating for eyebolts are based on a straight vertical lift in a gradually increasing manner. Angular lifts will significantly lower loads and should be avoided whenever possible. If an angular lift is required, a properly seated Machinery Hoist Eye should be used and the lifting angle must not be more than a 45째 pull. Refer to the chart below for the maximum load ratings for straight and 45째 pulls.

H A R D W A R E &

Machinery Hoist Eyes Eye

Shank

Max Load (lbs) Pkg

Straight

45째 Pull Qty

Length

I.D.

O.D.

Pull

84290 1/4-20

1

3/4

1-1/4

500

125

5

84292 5/16-18

1-1/8

7/8

1-1/2

900

225

5

84294 3/8-16

1-1/4

1

1-21/32

1400

350

5

84296 7/16-14

1-3/8

1-3/32 1-27/32

2000

500

3

1/2-13

1-1/2

1-3/16

2600

650

2

1-5/8

1-9/32 2-9/32

3000

750

2

No.

84298

Size

84300 9/16-12 84302

5/8-11

84304 3/4-10

2-1/6

1-3/4

1-3/8

2-1/2

4000

1000

2

2

1-1/2

2-13/16

6000

1500

2

3-1/4

7000

1750

2

9000

2250

2

84306

7/8-9

2-1/4

1-11/16

84308

1-8

2-1/2

1-13/16 3-9/16

S P R I N G S U-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E & S P R I N G S U-4

Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware U02

Turned Eye Bolts Turned Eyebolts are manufactured from low carbon cold drawn steel wire, threaded and supplied with a nut. Dimensions in inches Max Load Pkg T

(lbs)

Qty

3/8 2-11/16

1

38

10

3

3/8 3-11/16

1-1/2

38

10

1/4-20

2

1/2

3

1-1/4

74

10

84146

1/4-20

3

1/2

4

1-1/2

74

10

84148

1/4-20

4

1/2

5

2-1/2

74

10

84150

1/4-20

5

1/2

6

3

74

10

84152

5/16-18

2

5/8

3-1/8

1-1/4

96

10

84154

5/16-18

3

5/8

4-1/8

1-1/2

96

10

84156

5/16-18

4

5/8

5-1/8

2-1/2

96

10

84158

5/16-18

5

5/8

6-1/8

3

96

10

84160

5/16-18

6

5/8

7-1/8

4

96

10

84162

3/8-16

2

3/4

3-1/2

1-1/4

144

10

84164

3/8-16

3

3/4

4-1/2

1-1/2

144

10

84166

3/8-16

4

3/4

5-1/2

2-1/2

144

10

84168

3/8-16

5

3/4

6-1/2

3

144

10

84170

3/8-16

6

3/4

7-1/2

4

144

10

No.

A

B

84140

3/16

2

84142

3/16

84144

C

D

C

D B T A


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware U02

Clevis Grab Hooks • Made for use on Hi-Test Chain. All hooks are heat treated. They can also be used on BBB & proof coil. • High test (H.T.) stamped on every hook. • Zinc plated for corrosion resistance.

Pkg

Chain Work Load B

No.

Size

in lbs

A&E

84440

1/4

2,600

5/16

84442

5/16

4,000

3/8

2-1/4

84444

3/8

5,400

7/16

2-11/16

D

F

Qty

3-3/8

2

2

C

1-15/16 3/8

7/16 3-15/16 2-3/8

2

2-11/16

2

1/2

4-1/2

H A R D W A R E &

Wire Rope Clips

Rope

U-Bolt Dimensions

Pkg

No.

Size

A

B

C

T

Qty

84240

1/8

1/4-20

15/16

5/16

5/8

5

84242

3/16

1/4-20

3/4

5/16

5/8

5

84244

1/4

5/16-18

15/16

3/8

3/4

5

84246

5/16

3/8-16

1-5/32

1/2

1

5

84248

3/8

7/16-14

1-1/2

9/16

7/8

5

84250

1/2

1/2-13

1-7/8

5/8

1-1/4

5

S P R I N G S U-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E

Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware U02

Screw Pin Shackles Loads are based on a safety factor of 5 to 1. When tested all shackles are pulled at a uniform rate of speed in a direct tension. Any deviations as angular lifts, shock loads, modification of the basic forging, etc., will result in drastically reduced maximum loads.

Anchor Screw Pin Shackles Dimensions - inches Inside

Max.

Tol. Width Tol. O.D. Length @ bow tons Dia. @ eyes Eyes -+ -+ 7/8 1/16 9/16 3/8 84390 1/3 3/16 1/16 5/8 No.

Load Size

Width

U-6

Bolt

Pkg

Dia.

Qty

1/4

2

84392

1/2

1/4

15/32

1/16

3/4

1-1/8

1/16

3/4

5/16

2

84394

3/4

5/16

17/32

1/16

15/16

1-1/4

1/16

7/8

3/8

2

84396

1

3/8

21/32

1/16

1-1/8

1-7/16

1/16

1

7/16

2

& S P R I N G S

Pin or

Wire Stops

No.

Description

Qty

84520

1/4, .062 Max. Wire Dia.

25

84522

5/16, .062 Max. Wire Dia.

25

84524

3/8, .125 Max. Wire Dia.

25

Cold Shuts Repair links for chain. No. 84490

Size Qty 1/4

5

84492 5/16

5

3/8

5

84494


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware

S Hooks U02 Quick Links U02

• Zinc plated. • Used in light duty applications for temporary hangings and connections. No.

Wire

Diameter Length Qty

No.

Link

Overall

Size Opening Length Qty

84600

.105

1-3/32

5

84650

1/8

1/4

1-9/16

5

84602

7/64

5

84652

3/16

11/32

2

5

84604

3/16

2-7/8

5

84654

1/4

3/8

2-3/8

5

84606

1/4

2-1/2

5

84656

5/16

7/16

3

5

84608

5/16

2-5/8

5

84658

3/8

1/2

3-1/4

5

84610

3/8

4-5/8

5

84660

1/2

5/8

4-1/4

5

Quick Link Assortments Z02 No. 95405 ¬ 6 Item • 76 Pieces

84650 1/8"

&

84654 1/4" 84658 3/8"

84652 3/6"

84660 1/2"

84656 5/16"

The Rope Ratchet T06 No. 99511 • • • •

H A R D W A R E

Quickly secures items TIGHTLY, without slipping. Releases with thumb lever. No complicated knots to tie and untie. Will not stretch like elastic cords. Holds cargo firmly in place. • Made of tough, weather-resistant nylon for years of hard use. • 3/8 x 10 feet.

S P R I N G S U-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E

Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware U02

Chain Parts Slip Fit Connecting Links Slip Fit Connecting Links or Rivet-Type Connecting Links are furnished with a pin link plate and a spring clip. Once the connecting link is inserted between the chain links, slide the pin link plate over ring and assemble with spring clip grooves on pins. No.

Chain No.

Description

Qty

85400

#35

.375 Pitch Connecting Link

10

85402

#40

.500 Pitch Connecting Link

10

85404

#41

.500 Pitch Connecting Link

10

85406

#50

.625 Pitch Connecting Link

10

85410

#60

.750 Pitch Connecting Link

10

85412

#80

1.00 Pitch Connecting Link

5

Offset Links

& S P R I N G S U-8

This is in reality a roll link at one end, and a pin link at the other end. An offset link is used whenever an odd number of pitches is required. The pin is removed to assemble the link into a chain. No.

Chain No.

Description

Qty

85450

#35

.375 Pitch Offset (Half)

10

85452

#40

.500 Pitch Offset (Half)

10

85454

#41

.500 Pitch Offset (Half)

10

85456

#50

.625 Pitch Offset (Half)

10

85458

#60

.750 Pitch Offset (Half)

10

85460

#80

1.00 Pitch Offset (Half)

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Eyebolts, Chain & Wire Hardware

Chain Repair Tools U02

#1 Chain Breaker No. 85462 A quality tool with forged jaws. The "push-out" pins are of tempered alloy steel. Simplifies the disassembly of the roller chain. Overall Length: 6 inches Overall width: 3 inches Weight: 11 oz.

For disassembly of: Single pitch chains Nos. 25 thru 60 (1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8 and 3/4 pitch) Double pitch chains, 1 and 1-1/4 pitch

Roller Chain Links/Offset Chain Links Assortment Z02 No. 95407 15 Items • 69 Pieces

#35 .375 Pitch Conn Link 85400

#40 .500 Pitch Conn Link 85402

#41 .500 Pitch Conn Link 85404

#50 .625 Pitch Conn Link 85406

#60 .750 Pitch Conn Link 85410

#40 .500 Pitch Offset (Half) 85452

#41 .500 Pitch Offset (Half) 85454

#50 .625 Pitch Offset (Half) 85456

#60 .750 Pitch Offset (Half) 85458

#80 1.00 Pitch Conn Link 85412

#35 .375 Pitch Offset (Half) 85450

#80 1.00 Pitch Offset (Half) 85460

#1 Chain Breaker 85462

H A R D W A R E & S P R I N G S U-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E

Springs U03

General Information Compression & Extension Springs Compression springs generally have closed ends and the number of active coils (N) are two less than the total number of coils. Extension springs - All coils are active and the body length is the number of coils + 1 times the wire diameter. For extension type springs the rate per inch is effective only after enough load is applied to separate the close wound coils and accept the initial tension load first. Additional Notes: 1. Compression springs should be used between 20% and 80% of travel for optimum performance. 2. Compression springs that are over-stressed will take a set prior to full travel. 3. Rates of compression springs with less than two active coils will be subject to a plus or minus 20% load tolerance. 4. Initial tension of extension springs as shown in catalog is for reference only. This factor can vary with tensile of metal.

Spring Wire Gauge

Basic Formula For Round Wire

American Steel & Wire Co.

Compression & Extension Springs

Gauge

& S P R I N G S U-10

Decimal Gauge Decimal

R=

G d4 8 N D3

4/0

.3938

16

.0625

3/0

.3625

17

.0540

2/0

.3310

18

.0475

1/0

.3065

19

.0410

1

.2830

20

.0348

2

.2625

21

.0317

3

.2437

22

.0286

4

.2253

23

.0258

D = Mean Diameter––Inches

5

.2070

24

.0230

d = Wire Diameter––Inches

6

.1920

25

.0204

7

.1770

26

.0180

8

.1620

27

.0173

9

.1483

28

.0162

10

.1350

29

.0150

11

.1205

30

.0140

12

.1055

31

.0132

13

.0915

32

.0128

14

.0800

33

.0118

15

.0720

34

.0104

— S=

8DP p d3

R = Rate in pounds per inch of Deflection P = Load in Pounds

G = Modulus of Elasticity––Steel = 11.5 x 106 psi N = Number of Active Coils S = Torsional Stress––p.s.i.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Springs U03

Compression Springs Free

Wire

O.D.

Length

Dia.

No.

(in.)

(in.)

(in.) Mat'l

84950

3/16

1

84952

5/16

84954

5/16

84956

Solid

Calc.

Total

Hgt

Rate

Coils

(in.)

(#/in.)

Ends

Finish

.014

A

10-1/2

.161

1.25

Closed

Zinc

1-19/32 .024

B

15-1/2

.360

1.36

Cl/Grd

None

10

.047

C

76-1/2 3.643

5.06

Closed

Cad.

3/8

3/4

.041

D

6-3/4

.318

22.95 Closed

Zinc

84958

3/8

12

.062

D

119

7.440

Closed

Zinc

84959

7/16

2-7/8

.076

D

24

1.824 45.95

Cl/Grd

Cad.

84962

1/2

1

.072

D

8

.576

82.12

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84964

1/2

2-1/2

.062

D

18

1.178

15.80

Closed

Zinc

2-1/2

.072

D

12

.864

27.32

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84960 19/32

5.92

84968

5/8

2-3/4

.072

C

15

1.080

17.57

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84970

5/8

12

.062

D

60

3.782

2.05

Closed

Zinc

84972

11/16

4

.105

D

23-1/4 2.441

41.71

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84974

7/8

2-1/32

.122

C

11-7/8

1.449 75.53

Cl/Grd

Gld/Ir

84976

7/8

3

.091

D

12-1/2

1.138

19.48

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84978

7/8

12

.080

D

2.88

Closed

Zinc

84980 15/16

2-1/4

.100

C

10

1.000 30.53

Cl/Grd

Zinc

84982 1-1/64

3-1/8

.058

C

8

.522

3.09

Closed

Zinc

84984 1-1/16

3-5/8

.107

C

12

1.284

21.63

Cl/Grd

Zinc

42-2/3 3.493

pitch Inside dia. Outside dia.

Wire diameter

Material Code A = Music Wire B = Stainless C = Spring Steel D = Hard Drawn

Solid length Max. loaded length Initial loaded length Free length SOLD EACH

H A R D W A R E & S P R I N G S U-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

H A R D W A R E &

Springs U03

Extension Springs Length Wire No.

O.D.

Inside

Dia.

(in.)

Hooks

(in.)

1-1/32

.023

A

85050 15/64

U-12

Rate

Max

(#/in.)

Deflect.

Load

Finish

.25

1.63

1.45

2.62

Cad.

Initial Mat'l Tension

85054

1/4

4

.028

A

.49

0.65

5.92

4.33

Zinc

85056

1/4

5

.031

D

.76

0.84

4.75

4.76

Zinc

85058 19/64

13/16

.060

C

9.14

202.48

.10

28.66

Cad.

85062 21/64

5-7/8

.042

C

1.49

1.47

4.87

8.66

Zinc

11/32 1-13/32 .050

C

2.86

18.80

.58

13.75

Zinc

85064 85070

3/8

3

.041

C

.99

1.82

3.26

6.92

Zinc

85076

7/16

4-1/2

.041

C

.71

0.68

7.53

5.84

Zinc

85080

7/16

7

.062

D

4.13

3.87

4.05

19.82

Zinc

85082

1/2

1-5/8

.080

D

9.12

66.23

.41

36.40

Zinc

85086

1/2

9-5/8

.062

C

3.02

1.81

7.72

16.97

Zinc

5

.075

C

4.63

5.69

3.52

24.64 Gld/Ir

8-1/2

.072

D

3.45

2.14

8.00

20.60

Zinc

.120

C

22.77

72.41

.79

79.83

Zinc

3-7/8

.064

C

1.47

1.93

5.50

12.10

Blk/Ox

85088 19/32 85090

5/8

85092 23/32 3-3/16 85094 47/64

S P R I N G S

Calculated

85096

3/4

4-1/2

.062

D

1.23

1.19

8.07

10.80

Zinc

85098

13/16

8-1/2

.072

D

1.93

0.92

14.69

15.39

Zinc

85100

1

8-1/2

.091

D

3.26

1.66

12.48

23.99

Zinc

85102

1-1/16

5-1/2

.120

D

9.18

9.51

4.36

50.68 Gld/Ir

length of body coils inside dia. outside dia.

length inside hooks unloaded initial extended length inside hooks max. extended length inside hooks

SOLD EACH

wire dia.

Material Code A = Music Wire B = Stainless C = Spring Steel D = Hard Drawn


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Universal Extension Spring Asst. No. 96900 • 18 Items - 54 Pieces 9-5/8" 1/2" O.D. 85086

5-1/2" 1-1/16" O.D. 85102

8-1/2" 5/8" O.D. 85090

5" lgth 19/32" O.D. 85088

8-1/2" 13/16" O.D. 85098

7" lgth 7/16" O.D. 85080

8-1/2" 1" O.D. 85100

5-7/8" 21/64" O.D. 85062

4" lgth 1/4" O.D. 85054 1-5/8" 1/2" O.D. 85082

13/16" 19/64" O.D. 85058

3" lgth 3/8" O.D. 85070

4-1/2" 7/16" O.D. 85076

1-13/32" 11/32" O.D. 85064

1-1/32" 15/64" O.D. 85050

5" lgth 1/4" O.D. 85056 3-3/16 23/32" O.D. 85092

3-7/8" 47/64" O.D. 85094

Universal Compression Spring Asst. No. 96901 • 18 Items - 54 Pieces 84962 O.D. 1/2" Lgth. 1"

84952 O.D. 5/16" Lgth. 1-19/32"

84958 O.D. 3/8" Lgth. 12"

84950 O.D. 3/16" Lgth. 1"

47007 O.D. 3/8" Lgth. 3/4"

84970 O.D. 5/8" Lgth. 12"

84956 O.D. 1-1/64" Lgth. 3-1/8"

84978 O.D. 7/8" Lgth. 12"

84982 O.D. 11/16" Lgth. 4"

84954 O.D. 5/16" Lgth. 10"

84960 O.D. 19/32" Lgth. 2-1/2"

84968 O.D. 5/8" Lgth. 2-3/4"

84964 O.D. 1/2" Lgth. 2-1/2"

84959 O.D. 7/16" Lgth. 2-7/8"

84980 O.D. 15/16" Lgth. 2-1/4"

84974 O.D. 7/8" Lgth. 2-1/32"

84976 O.D. 7/8" Lgth. 3"

84984 O.D. 1-1/16" Lgth. 3-5/8"

H A R D W A R E & S P R I N G S U-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Miscellaneous

H A R D W A R E

TMC, Inc. — Bowman Spring Interchange

&

POP Pro Wrench

S P R I N G S U-14

Extension Springs

Compression Springs

TMC No. ... Bowman No. 85086...............21694 850 90...............21695 850 98.............21695-1 85100..............21696 85082............21681 850 58...............21684 850 64...............21685 850 50...............21667 850 54...............21659 850 70...............21660 85076................NA 85056...........21657 85062...........21658 85080............21655 85088............21654 85102.............NA 85092...........21698 850 94..............21699

TMC No. .....Bowman No. 84954...............21679 849 58...............21651 849 70...............21652 849 78...............21653 849 62...............21680 849 52..............21688 84950...........21666 84956...........21664 849 82...........21690-1 84972...........21689 84960...........21682 84964.........21685-1 84968...........21692 84959...........21693 84980...........21688 84974...........21690 84976..........21691 84984...........21663

No. 83464 The new POP Pro Wrench with self-adjusting jaws and fast ratchet action handles any nut or bolt from 1/4 to 3/4. Lifetime warranty included. 1. The angled tooth jaws automatically grip hard around nuts and bolts. It can withstand 100 lbs./ft. of torque. 2. The patented head features a fast ratchet action, spring loaded design with exclusive rack and pinion functions. 3. Made of a durable hardened high tensile steel, chromed to a superior finish. Components feature strength supports like these two sandwiched steel handle plates riveted at nine different points. 4. The handle is specially designed for gripping and is made of industrial nylonmolded around full-length steel plates. High impact, 4 insulated handle 3 withstands even the 2 1 toughest conditions.

NEW!


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories

Couplers & Plugs COUPLER

PLUG

Locking Balls

Groove

Quick disconnect couplers are the fastest, easiest and most reliable means of joining pneumatic and fluid transfer lines. All quick disconnect couplers work on the same principle: • Hardened balls or pins engage a groove in the coupler plug to hold it securely against a soft seal while permitting the assembly to swivel, thereby preventing kinking or twisting of hoses.

CONNECTED

Seal Shutoff Valve

Sliding Sleeve

• A sliding sleeve releases the locking balls when retracted, permitting the plug to be inserted or removed. The sleeve automatically returns to the locked position when released. • An automatic shutoff valve in the coupler seals instantly upon uncoupling, eliminating the need for a separate shutoff.

Features & Benefits LONG SERVICE LIFE • Zinc plated to provide a noncorrosive finish. • Heat treated to harden critical wear points. • Molded Buna-n seals create a leak proof connection. VARIETY OF SIZES AND STYLES • Available in 1/4, 3/8, and 1/2 bodies with male and female pipe threads, or hose barb ends.

A I R

EFFICIENT PERFORMANCE • Tubular valve design provides high flow rates. • Steel locking balls ensure connection holds tight under the most rugged applications. • Spring loaded sliding outer sleeve allows quick connect/disconnect. INTERCHANGEABILITY • Fully interchangeable with couplers and plugs made by other manufacturers. (See accompanying interchange chart.)

L I N E F I T T I N G S V-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories V03

Industrial Interchange Series

A I R

• Plated steel couplers with hardened steel springs WARNING: Couplers and plugs are intended for use on compressed air lines only. All have a maximum rated working pressure of 300 PSI.

1/4 Series Couplers Male Thread

Plugs Male Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg

L I N E F I T T I N G S V-2

No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87024

1/4

5

87226

1/4

5

87026

3/8

5

87228

3/8

5

Female Thread

Female Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87016

1/4

5

87222

1/4

5

87018

3/8

5

87224

3/8

5

Hose Barb

Hose Barb NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87020

1/4

5

87230

1/4

5

87022

3/8

5

87232

3/8

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

Industrial Interchange Series 3/8 Series Couplers

Plugs

Male Thread

Male Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87030

1/4

5

87236

1/4

5

87028

3/8

5

87234

3/8

5

Female Thread Female Thread No.

NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg

No.

Size Qty

87242

1/4

5

87240

3/8

5

87034

1/4

5

87032

3/8

5

Size Qty

Hose Barb NPT Pkg No. 87238

Size Qty 3/8

5

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories V03

Industrial Interchange Series

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-4

1/2 Series Couplers

Plugs

Male Thread

Male Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No. 87048

Size Qty 1/2

Size Qty

No.

5

87214

1/2

5

87216

3/8

5

Female Thread NPT Pkg No. 87002

Size Qty 1/2

5

The ARO Series 1/4 Series Couplers

Plugs

Male Thread

Male Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No. 87036

Size Qty 1/4

5

Female Thread

No. 87246

87038

Size Qty 1/4

5

1/4

5

Female Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No. 87248

Size Qty 1/4

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

Automotive Standard Series WARNING: Couplers and Plugs on these pages are intended for use on compressed air lines only. All have a maximum rated working pressure of 300 PSI.

1/4 Series Couplers Male Thread

Plugs Male Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87000

1/4

5

87200

1/4

5

87004

3/8

5

87202

3/8

5

Female Thread

Female Thread NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87008

1/4

5

87218

1/4

5

87010

3/8

5

87220

3/8

5

Hose Barb

Hose Barb NPT Pkg

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

No.

Size Qty

87012

1/4

5

87204

1/4

5

87014

3/8

5

87206

3/8

5

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories V03

Automotive Standard Series

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-6

3/8 Series Couplers

Plugs

Male Thread

Male Thread

NPT Pkg No.

NPT Pkg

Size Qty

Size Qty

No.

87044

1/4

5

87254

1/4

5

87040

3/8

5

87250

3/8

5

Female Thread

Female Thread

NPT Pkg No.

NPT Pkg

Size Qty

Size Qty

No.

87046

1/4

5

87256

1/4

5

87042

3/8

5

87252

3/8

5

1/2 Series Couplers

Plugs

Male Thread

Male Thread

NPT Pkg No. 87048

Size Qty 1/2

5

Female Thread

NPT Pkg No. 87258

87002

Size Qty 1/2

5

1/2

5

Female Thread

NPT Pkg No.

Size Qty

NPT Pkg No. 87208

Size Qty 1/2

5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

Universal Airline Fittings • • • •

Fits Industrial, Automotive and ARO 1/4 series plugs. Brass construction for durability and long life. Durable four ball locking mechanism for secure connections. Unique design keeps locking ring cocked when uncoupled allowing for quick, easy coupling with plugs. Simply push the coupling onto the plug and the locking ring snaps into place for a secure connection. Type

Qty

87400 1/4

Female thread

5

87402 1/4

Male thread

5

No.

NPT

Universal Safety Coupler The Universal Safety Coupler is an exhaust type coupler that is designed to exhaust air pressure prior to disconnection. The black valve sleeve acts as an integral shut-off valve that allows coupling and uncoupling at zero pressure. When the valve sleeve is moved to shut off airflow, it automatically vents downstream pressure. This greatly reduces the force required to couple and uncouple and minimizes the possibility of hazardous hose whip. The valve sleeve is operated independently of the gold locking sleeve. A built in sleeve lock mechanically locks the locking sleeve to prevent accidental disconnects. Proven six ball locking mechanism evenly distributes load to resist wear and provide positive connections. The ball lock mechanism also provides accurate alignment and allows a swiveling action to reduce hose torque.

INDUSTRIAL

O

L I N E F I T T I N G S

TE

LA

U-F

TR

AR

A I R

V-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories V03

Universal Safety Airline Couplers

A I R

Female Safety Coupler

ARO

AL RI

V-8

ST DU IN

E

MOTIV AUTO

F I T T I N G S

• Fits Industrial, Automotive, ARO and Lincoln 1/4" series plugs. • Brass construction for durability and long life. • Unique design keeps locking ring cocked when uncoupled allowing for quick, easy coupling with plugs. Simply push the coupling onto the plug and the locking ring snaps into place for a secure connection. • Rugged lightweight aluminum construction with corrosion resistant hard coat anodize finish & seals. • Designed to exhaust air pressure prior to disconnection - minimizes the possibility of hazardous hose whip. • Black valve sleeve acts as a shut-off valve that allows coupling and uncoupling at zero pressure and operates independently of the gold locking sleeve. • Built-in sleeve lock mechanically locks the locking sleeve to help prevent accidental disconnects. • Six ball locking mechanism evenly distributes load to resist wear. • Knurling and grooves on the sleeves provide a gripping surface for ease of operation.

LIN CO LN

L I N E

Male Safety Coupler

87450

1/4" Female NPT

87452

1/4" Male NPT

87454

3/8" Female NPT


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories

Coupler Interchange No.

ARO

Camel

Coilhose

Foster

Hansen

Schrader

Truflate

C1

TFCM22

61-524

162

TF3103

786

12

3503

13-124

C1-01

TFCM21

TF2903

C2

TFCF22

61-523

160

TF3003

785

13

3504

13-134

C2-21

TFCF21

TF2803

C2R

61-487

787

13R

3505

13-136

C5

61-554

591

TF4304

1806

14

3515

13-604

C6

61-553

590

TF4204

1805

15

3516

13-612

C7

61-478

593

TF4104

14C

13-602

C8

61-476

592

TF4004

1803

15C

3521

13-610

C9

61-564

122

5305

530

1816

16

3511

13-704

C9-03

121

5105

510

1814

16E

C10

61-563

120

5205

520

1815

17

3512

13-712

C10-23

61-472

123

5005

500

1813

17E

3516

13-710

Milton Parker

C20

23102-200

61-573

150

3003

3000

715

23

5142-12

13-234

C20-21

23102-1

158

2803

2800

707

C20-23

23102-3

61-103

151

3203

3200

718

5263-12

C21

23102-212

61-574

152

3103

3100

716

22

5141-12

13-224

C21-01

23102-11

159

2903

2900

708

C21-03

23102-213

61-101

155

3303

3300

719

5140-12

C25

23103-313

61-483

581

4304

4300

1836

24

13-526

C26

23103-300

61-482

580

4204

4200

1835

25

3541

13-536

C27

61-486

LN3103

790

72

13-424

C28

61-548

170

LN3003

73

3528

13-434

C30

795

C31

796

C35

310-313

61-160

310-4304

C36

310

61-161

380

310-4204

C37

61-527

142

52

3525

13-324

C38

61-526

140

53

3526

13-334

C38-23

210-203

61-961

141

210-3203

53E

C40

23002-201

61-013

FM3003

22AS-25F

755

33

5138-12

C41

23002-212

61-011

FM3103

22AS-25M

756

32

5139-12

C45

210-212

210-3103

20AS-25M

C46

210

210-3003

20AS-25F

775

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories

Coupler Plug Interchange

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-10

No.

ARO

Camel

Coilhose

Foster

Hansen

Schrader

Truflate

CP1

TFPM22

61-538

1601

TF10

783

2C

3506

12-124

CP1-01

TFPM21

61-542

TF12

0C

12-120

CP1-03

TFPM23

61-150

TF14

2C-E

CP2

TFPF22

61-539

1602

TF11

784

3C

3507

12-134

CP2-21

TFPF21

TF13

1C

CP2-23

TFPF23

TF15

3C-E

CP5

61-558

5901

TF42

107

2E

3517

12-604

CP6

61-559

5902

TF43

1808

3E

3518

12-612

Milton Parker

CP7

61-480

5903

TF40

1809

0E

3519

12-602

CP8

61-481

5904

TF41

1810

1E

3520

12-610

CP9

61-586

54-5

54

1817

2F

3513

12-704

CP9-03

61-474

52-5

52

1819

0F

3537

12-702

CP10

61-569

55-5

55

1818

3F

3514

12-712

CP10-23

61-475

53-5

53

1820

1F

12-710

CP12

61-500

779

3508

12-104

CP14

61-552

781

3510

12-108

CP17

23904-410

61-134

1201

54-5

54

1857

H2F

12-752

CP18

23904-400

61-137

1202

55-5

55

1858

H3F

12-762

CP20

23902-200 61-579

1502

11-3

11

728

H3C

5139-11

12-234

13-3

H1C

CP20-23

23902-3

61-107

1505

15-3

15

732

H3C-E

5263-11

12-236

CP21

23902-210

61-578

1501

10-3

10

727

H2C

5138-11

12-224

CP21-01

23902-110

61-534

12-3

12

726

H0C

CP21-03 23902-310

61-535

1503

14-3

14

733

H2C-E

12-226

CP20-21 23902-100

CP25

23903-310

61-484

5801

42-4

42

1837

H2E

3542

12-526

CP26

23903-300 61-485

5802

43-4

43

1838

H3E

3543

12-536

CP27

61-550

1701

LN11

791

L2C

3531

12-424

CP28

61-551

1702

LN10

792

L3C

3532

12-434

CP33

797

CP34

798

CP35

3804

61-162

3801

310-42

CP36

3806

61-163

3802

310-43

CP37

2608

61-528

1401

210-10

1G3

777

A2C

3529

12-324

CP38

2609

61-529

1402

210-11

1G2

778

A3C

3530

12-334


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

Compressed Air Line Blow Guns All Brass internal parts for rust free operation Chrome plated zinc cast body for long service life

3 "O" Rings for leakproof operation

<

Bottom mounted nut allows for field repair

Features & Benefits • Precision machined chrome plated castings • All brass internal parts • Made in the U.S.A. All are non-corrosive, leak resistant, lightweight and designed to fit comfortably in the user's hand. All models have 1/4 female NPT inlet thread and 1/8 NPT outlet thread.

WARNING: The blow guns featured here do not have a safety by-pass to prevent build up of tip pressure in the event of tip blockage. They may be used for general cleaning purposes only if the air supply (inlet pressure) has been reduced to 30 psi or less.

Heavy Duty Angle Blow Gun No.: 86616 For those preferring a larger, heavier blow gun. Bent upwards with a rubber tip for blowing out automatic transmissions, oil passages, etc.

Rubber Tip

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S

No.: 86610 Will not scratch delicate surfaces. Fits No. 86608 and 86616 guns.

V-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Air Line Accessories V03

Compressed Air Lines Blow Guns

A I R

Standard Rugged Blow Gun No. : 86606 Fits comfortably in the users hand. 1/8 NPT outlet threads accepts full range of accessories. Features a hang up hook.

Rubber Tipped Blow Gun

L I N E F I T T I N G S V-12

No. : 86608 Provides leak proof seal between gun and fluid line or other opening. Excellent for cleaning molds or delicate surfaces where a metal tip might scratch or otherwise harm critical areas.

WARNING: The blow guns featured here do not have a safety by-pass to Prevent build up of tip pressure in the event of tip blockage. They may be used for general cleaning purposes only if the air supply (inlet Pressure) has been reduced to 30 psi or less.

Vinyl Hose Guards Most assembly failures occur right behind the coupling. You can extend the life of your air hose as much as 75% by using a strong life saving support. Vinyl Hose Guards are just as effective as metal spring guards yet the are less expensive and less cumbersome. They wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t catch or scratch finished surfaces in manufacturing or auto repair applications. To install simply heat the Vinyl Hose Guard by inserting it into a bucket of hot water for a few minutes, or use a heat lamp, to expand it and slip it over the hose end. Allow it a couple minutes to cool down. Once it cools it will contract around the hose end providing a snug fit.

No.

Size Qty

87500

1/4

2

87502

3/8

2


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

3 in 1 Manifolds Strong, lightweight machined aluminum construction. Each manifold accepts 3 outlet hoses or couplers. • Supply 3 air operated tools from a single supply hose. • Mount to pipe at workbench or overhead. • Mount 3 different style couplers on one manifold. Inlet

Outlet

Pkg

Thread

Thread

Qty

86618 1/4 NPT

1/4 NPT

1

86620 3/8 NPT 3/8 NPT

1

No.

Water Service Couplings • Brass and stainless steel construction for heavy duty service. • Durable four ball locking mechanism for secure connections. • Quality, temperature-resistant nitrile seals for a leak-free service life. These water service couplings are ideal for use wherever water hoses are frequently connected and disconnected. They have a wide variety of applications which include garden hoses, wash down systems and mobile water tank lines. The valveless design permits maximum flow with minimum pressure drop. Body Size Thread Size Qty

No.

Description

87006

Coupler

3/4

3/4-11-1/2

5

87212

Nipple

3/4

3/4-11-1/2

5

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S

Rubber Washers For Use in Water Service Couplings No. 87210 SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF 5 (FIVE).

V-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

A I R L I N E F I T T I N G S V-14

Air Line Accessories V03

Heavy Duty Industrial Air & Water Hose & Hose Assemblies Tube: Cover: Reinforcement: Temp. Range:

Black EPDM Red EPDM Spiral Synthetic Yarn -40°F to +200°F

This is an economical and versatile general purpose hose. Excellent for air and water service it can also be used for agricultural spray, air tools and general service. It’s EPDM tube and cover resists heat, sunlight, ozone, aging and weather. It is lightweight and flexible at temperatures from -40°F to +200°F. It is tough and highly resistant to oil and grease. Both hose and assemblies have a maximum working pressure of 300 lbs and a maximum burst pressure of 1200 lbs. Hose is available by the foot without fittings, or as an assembly in either 25 or 50 foot lengths with male fittings on each end. The assemblies also have vinyl guard bend restrictors and are 100% guaranteed for 2 full years against defects in material and workmanship. Max. Working

Max. Burst

Unit

No.

I.D.

O.D.

Color

Press. psi

Press. psi

Quantity

86800

1/4

5/8

Red

300

1200

per foot

86802

3/8

23/32

Red

300

1200

per foot

86804

1/4

5/8

Red

300

1200

25'

86806

1/4

5/8

Red

300

1200

50'

86808

3/8

23/32

Red

300

1200

25'

86810

3/8

23/32

Red

300

1200

50'

Brass Ferrules Use with standard hose barb fittings to make perfect connections to hose. Select ferrule I.D. dimension to closely match your hose O.D.

9/16" I.D.

3/4" I.D.

21/32" I.D.

11/16" I.D.

Ferrule

Pkg

No.

I.D.

Qty

86900

9/16

25

86902

39/64

25

86904

21/32

25

86906

11/16

25

86908

.725

25

86910

3/4

25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Air Line Accessories V03

Hose Crimper No. : 86628 • Provides production capability for crimping standard hose. • Gives "big tool" crimping advantages • Self-contained: All dies in one place, at just a fraction of the cost. ready for use. • Comes with 5 dies to crimp 1/4-1 • Portable: Can be carried to the job braid to 3/8 - 2 braid. or mounted on a workbench. • Die Sizes: 5/8, 37/64, 17/32, 31/64, 11/16. • One-hand operation: Positive • Rugged Construction: High camming action allows for good strength ductile iron casting. leverage at end of lever stroke.

Tire Inflator Gauge • Heavy, chrome plated castings with protective vinyl sleeve over dial tube. • All brass internal parts. • Plated steel is riveted to body - will not come off. • Solid brass triangle dial with extra large markings can be read easily from any angle. • Valve and dial units easily replaced in the field. • Calibrated 10 - 120 psi in 2 psi increments. • 12" hose with swivel dual-foot chuck.

No. : 86602

Qty : 1

Air Line Chuck

Key Ring

No. 86604

No. : 86626 Qty : 1

Ball Foot Chuck with Clip 1/4 NPT Female LIVE Air Line Only Qty: 1 Connects together like a coupler and plug.

Swivel Fitting

Angle Chuck

No. 87404

No. 86600

1/4" Qty: 1

For inner dual wheels with tilted valves. Has 6” extension. 1/4" NPT female thread Qty: 1

• 360° Turning • Swivels

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings

Fitting Measurements Tip Turning Radius

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-16

Overall Length Shank Length

Effective Thread Length

Fittings listed on these pages are shown approximately actual size with the complete dimensional data as indicated at right.

Select Proper Drills & Taps From This Table

Thread (tap) Size

1/8 Pipe Thread

1/4-28 Straight or Taper Thread

Drill Size

11/32 (For soft metal use "R" drill)

#3 (For soft metal use #5 drill)


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grinding Wheels

Installation Seal can be maintained up to 20 dg. total angularity range.

Tighten to snug fit but do not force thread.

Locate hole so fitting tip will point to clear space for free operation of hand gun.

Note required tip turning radius. Tighten fitting so that tip will point outwards as shown.

IMPORTANT - The tips of all fittings should be positioned to permit a clear space in a straight line away from fitting for free operation of a hand gun or control valve (seal can be maintained up to 20째 total angularity range).

1. Select the proper angle or straight fitting to provide for proper clearance. 2. Be careful in positioning fittings in subassemblies to avoid interference from parts of other assemblies. It is essential that all holes be accurately tapped so that fittings do not have to be screwed in too tight.

1. If original fittings are screwed in too far, the holes will become overly enlarged and service replacements will be difficult. 2. Overtightening, also, can easily strip the threads in soft alloyed metals frequently encountered. Accurate threads and moderate tightening will ensure a leakproof joint.

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-17


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings Z02

Grease Fitting Assortments 1/4-28 Taper Thread 1/4-28 Taper Thread 1/4-28 Taper Thread 1/4-28 Taper Thread 1/4-28 Taper Thread Straight 3/16" Straight 23/64" Straight 5/8" 45° 19/64" 90° 13 /64" 1641-B 1652-B 1680-B 1637-B 1911-B

G R E A S E

1/8 Pipe Thread Straight 15/64" 1644-B

1/8 Pipe Thread 45° 19/64" 1688-B

Drive Fittings Straight 1/4" Drill 1743B

Drive Fittings Straight 5/16" Drill 1608-B

Drive Fittings Straight 3/16" Drill 1728B

Drive Fittings Straight 3/8" Drill 1666-NB

Special Thread 5/16-24 UNF-2A 1711-B

Thread Forming 1/8 Pipe Thread 1720-B

Thread Forming 1/4-28 Taper Thread 3038-B

Rubber Zerk Cap 5251

1/4-28 Taper thread Straight 3/16" 1641-B

1/4-28 Taper thread 1/4-28 Taper thread Straight 23/64" 45° 13/64" 1652-B 1637-B

1/8 Pipe thread 45° 19/64" 1688-B

1/8 Pipe Thread 90° 19/64" 1613-B

1/4 Pipe Thread 67.5° 11/32" 1629-B

No. 97002

Drive Fittings 65° 3/16" Drill 1646-B

21 Items - 180 pieces

1/4-28 Taper thread 90° 13/64" 1911-B

1/8 Pipe thread 90° 19/64" 1613-B

No. 97004 5/16" Drive Fitting Straight 5/16" Drill 1608-B

12 Items - 178 pieces

3/16" Drive Fitting Straight 3/16" Drill 1728B

Rubber Zerk Cap 5251

1/8 NPTF Coupler Narrow 308730

1/8 NPTF Lubricator Extension Hose 317850-1

M6-1.0 Straight Z-1600

M6-1.0 45° Z-1621

M6-1.0 90° Z-1690

M-8-1.0 Straight Z-2103

M8-1.0 45° Z-2104

M8-1.0 90° Z-2105

Metric No. 97005 10 Items - 175 pieces

M10-1.0 Straight Z-2109

Rubber Zerk Cap 5251

V-18

1/8 Pipe Thread 30° 19/64" 1611-B

English Standard

1/8 Pipe thread Straight 19/64" 1610-B

F I T T I N G S

1/8 Pipe Thread Straight 25/32" 1607-B

1/8 Pipe Thread Straight 19/64" 1610-B

M10-1.0 45° Z-2110

M10-1.0 90° Z-2111


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grease Fittings V01

Master Grease Fittings Standard & Metric Assortment No. 97001 STRAIGHT 8MM x 1.00

45° 8MM x 1.00

90° 8MM x 1.00

STRAIGHT 10MM x 1.00

45° 10MM x 1.00

90° 10MM x 1.00

90° 10MM x 1.50

Z-2103

Z-2104

Z-2105

Z-2109

Z-2110

Z-2111

STRAIGHT 6MM x 1.00

45° 6MM x 1.00

90° 6MM x 1.00

STRAIGHT 8MM x 1.25

45° 8MM x 1.25

90° 8MM x 1.25

STRAIGHT 10MM x 1.50

45° 10MM x 1.50

Z-2106

Z-2121

Z-2122

Z-2107

Z-2108

Z-2112

Z-2113

Z-2114

STRAIGHT SHORT 1/8 NPT

1/8 NPT x 1-1/4

45° 1/8 NPT

65° 1/8 NPT

90° 1/8 NPT

STRAIGHT 1/4 NPT

1644-B

1607-B

1688-B

1612-B

1613-B

1627-B

1/4-28 65°

90° 1/4-28

3010-B

1911-B

STRAIGHT 1/4-28

1641-B

STRAIGHT 45° SHORT 1/4 - 28 1/4-28 X 11/16 1/4-28 X 31/32

1652-B

1680-B

1636-B

Z-2123

Hydraulic Lubrication Fittings 1/8 Pipe Thread • Positive seal. • Thick wall construction. • Made of high grade steel, case hardened and zinc plated to provide resistance to nicks, corrosion and wear. • With high pressure ball check, unless otherwise specified.

86036 1-3/4 Long Straight Qty : 15

86004 Straight Qty : 25

86040 2-5/8 Long Straight Qty : 10

86028 Short Straight Qty : 25

86000 1-1/4 Long Straight Qty : 15

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-19


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings V01

Hydraulic Lubrication Fittings 1/8 Pipe Thread

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-20

86006 30° Qty : 15 °

86042 45° Qty : 25

86010 90° Qty: 25

86012 Female Straight Qty: 25

86008 65° Qty : 15

86024 30° 2-3/32 Qty: 10

1/4 Pipe Thread • Recommended for heavy lubricants in cold weather. • Typical application: Large bearings on farm machinery and industrial equipment.

86014 Straight

86016 67.5 ° Qty : 15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grease Fittings V01

Hydraulic Lubrication Fittings 1/4-28 Taper Thread • Conforms to Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) lubrication thread specification. • Their small thread size make these fittings very popular for most cars and trucks.

86026 Tapered Thread Straight Qty : 25

86020 45° Short Qty : 15

86032 Tapered Thread Straight Qty: 25

86022 Tapered Thread 45° Qty : 25

86030 Tapered Thread 31/32 Straight Qty : 25

86054Tapered Thread 90° Qty : 25

Rubber Zerk Cap

86300 Qty. 25

These rubber caps easily slip on and off grease fittings to provide protection against dirt, rocks, chemicals and impact from other sources. Reusable.

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-21


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings V01

Thread Forming Fittings

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-22

• Special tapered drive threads reshape the material in an untapped hole to provide a leakproof seal. • Most effectively installed by spinning into an untapped hole but may also be driven straight into an untapped hole. • May be replaced by any standard threaded fitting. • Dyed red for identification.

1/8 Pipe Special Taper Thread Rec. Hole Size - .373 to .380"

1/4-28 Special Taper Thread Rec. Hole Size - .230 to .235"

86048 Straight Thread-Cutting Qty : 25

86060 Straight Thread-Cutting Qty : 25

Special Thread • Leaf springs. • 5/16-24 UNF - 2A.

86046 Qty : 25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grease Fittings V01

Hydraulic Lubrication Fittings Drive Fittings • Serrated shank grips securely and simplifies the replacement of damaged fittings in old or oversize holes. • Recommended for low and medium pressures only. • Indicated drill sizes are for guidance only. Actual drill size will vary depending on metal hardness. Exact drill size can only be determined by sample drilling of the actual metal. When drilled to proper tolerance the serrated edge of the fitting will provide a secure, lasting grip.

86058 1/8 Straight No Ball Check Qty : 15

86050 3/16 Straight Ball Check Qty : 25

86038 3/16 45° Qty : 15

86052 1/4 Straight Ball Check Qty : 25

86002 5/16 Straight Ball Check Qty : 25

86034 3/8 Straight No Ball Check Qty : 15

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-23


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings V01

Hydraulic Lubrication Fittings Metric Thread

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S

6mm x 1mm (pitch) Taper Metric Thread

86412 Straight Qty : 25 86414 45° Qty : 25

8mm x 1mm (pitch) Taper Metric Thread

86406 Straight Qty : 15

86408 45° Qty : 15

86410 90° Qty : 15

10mm x 1mm (pitch) Taper Metric Thread

86418 Straight Qty : 15 86420 45° Qty : 15

V-24

86416 90° Qty : 25

86422 90° Qty : 15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grease Fittings

Hydraulic Couplers V01 • Provides quick, positive leak-proof connection with hydraulic fittings. • Grease pressure forces 3 hardened steel jaws against fitting.

86204 No. 86204 86352

Type Narrow Swivel

Thread 1/8 NPTF 1/8 NPTF

Qty 5 1

Swivel Coupler

86352

• • • •

Coupler swivels a full 360°. Locks in any of eight positions. Ideal for engaging out-of-the way fittings. Use 1/8 NPTF pipe extension to connect coupler to gun outlet. • Narrow diameter coupler. • Rubber seal. • Length 4".

Hydraulic Fitting Tools T06 Drive tools for straight and angle-type drive fittings No. 83702 83703

For Drive Fittings 86034, 86052, 86058 86002, 86052

Easy-Out Fitting Tools Extract broken fittings, rethread holes and install fittings with one tool. No. 83705 83706

For Fittings w/Thread 1/4-28 Taper Thread 1/8 NPT

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S

TOOLS SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF ONE

V-25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Grease Fittings

Medium Duty Grease Guns T06 No. 83701

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-26

• • • • • •

Develops pressure up to 10,000 psi. Automatic variable pressure. Delivery: 1 oz. per 21 strokes. Air vent fitting. Vinyl grip. Deluxe pull handle with heavy-duty rivets & positive stop. • Heavy-duty one-piece head. • Three-way loading - loader fitting included.

No. 83704 • • • • • • • •

Three-way loading - loader fitting included. 4500/3000 psi. Automatic variable pressure. Delivery - 1 oz. per 33, 16 strokes. Air vent fitting. Vinyl grip. Deluxe pull handle with heavy duty rivets. Heavy duty one-piece head. GREASE GUNS SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF ONE

Flexible Lubricator Extension Hose V01 For Lever and Screw-type Hand Guns • End connections are 1/8 NPTF (m). • Maximum working pressure : 4800 psi. • Minimum burst pressure : 12,000 psi. No. 86206 86208

Length 12" 18"

Qty 1 1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Grease Fittings

Grease Joint CleanerRejuvenator Pro

# 86200

American Made & Assembled This innovative tool has many applications & a single purpose: allowing you to grease or lubricate any fitting, joint or bearing that may need service. APPLICATIONS: farm equipment, construction equipment, mining, well drilling, rental fleets, paving equipment machinist tools, plowing equipment, automotive service & many more. TO USE– Fill the tool body with a light oil. Tap on the piston to force the oil into the fitting or joint. This action will break up & lubricate any matter keeping the fitting or joint from being properly greased.

Grease Joint CleanerRejuvenator Pocket

• • • •

# 86202 Loosens hardened grease in joints. Lubricates & frees bearings on farm & construction equipment. Opens clogged fittings & joints. Cleans, replenishes & maintains old and dirty grease fittings.

G R E A S E F I T T I N G S V-27


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rivets

Low Profile Blind Rivets • • • • • • •

Strong, positive assembly, neat appearance. Quick and easy installation for low in-place cost. Vibration and tamper resistant. Will not mar painted work surface. Eliminates thread strip out. Quickly set by one person from one side of the assembly. Fasten metal to metal, wood and plastics to metal, all materials to fiberglass, and most other materials. • Available in steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. • Available in buttonhead and large flange designs. • Large flange rivets are especially useful when fastening soft or brittle top panels where greater load bearing surface is needed.

R I V E T S &

1. Insert rivet mandrel in rivet setting tool.

2. Using tool as a guide, insert rivet into prepared hole.

1. Insert rivet mandrel in rivet setting tool. Squeeze trigger or handles to set rivet. Mandrel ejects after rivet is set.

Rivet Code Explanation Example: ABL6-6A A—First Letter ....................... Rivet Material (A-Aluminum, S-Steel, SS-Stainless Steel) B—Second Letter ................ Style of Head (B-Buttonhead) L—Third Letter (if any) .... Large Flange Head 6—First Number ................... Diameter in 32nd's 6—Second Number ............ Maximum Grip Length in 16th's A—Final Letter ....................... Mandrel Material (A-Aluminum, S-Stainless Steel). No letter indicates steel.

I N S E R T S W-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Rivets

3-2

R I V E T S

8-4

3-4 4-1

8-6

4-2 8-8 4-3 4-4

8-12

4-5 4-6 L4-3 4-8 L4-4

&

5-2 5-3 L6-4 5-4

I N S E R T S

5-6 5-8

L6-8 6-2 6-4

L6-10

6-6 L6-12 6-8 6-10 6-12

W-2

L6-6

6-16


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rivets W01

Buttonhead Rivets Aluminum Rivet & Mandrel Rivet

Head

Head

Ultimate

Rivet

Grip

Length

Range

Strength

Pkg

Dia.

Drill

Dia.

Height

Inch

No.

Inch

Inch

(mm)

(mm)

In.

MM

Inch

MM

Shear

Tens.

.188

.032

.250

6.4

.032-.125

0.8-3.2

70

80

100

(4.78)

(0.81)

.375

9.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

(310)

(360)

100

88354

.212

5.4

.032-.062

0.8-1.6

100

88356

.275

7.0

.063-.125

1.7-3.2

100

No.

(mm) 883 50

3/32

88352

(2.4)

88358

#41

lbs (N)

Qty

.337

8.6

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

88362

.462

11.7

.251-.312

6.5-7.9

100

88364

.525

13.4

.313-.375

8.0-9.5

100

88366

.650

16.5

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88368

.300

7.6

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

.362

9.2

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

.425

10.8

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

88374

.550

14.0

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

100

88376

.675

17.2

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88360

88370 88372

.250

1/8 (3.2)

#30

5/32 (4.0)

#20

(6.35)

.040 (1.02)

.312

.045

(7.92)

(1.14)

120

150

(530)

(670)

190

230

(850)

(1020)

100 100

100 100

88378

.325

8.3

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

88380

.450

11.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

100

88382

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

88386

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

100

88388

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

100

88390

1.20

30.5

.751-1.00

19.2-25.4

100

88392

.500

12.7

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

100

15.9

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

88384

3/16 (4.8)

88394

1/4

88396

(6.4)

#11

"F"

.375 (9.53)

.055 (1.40)

260 (1160)

320 (1420)

100 100

.500

.074

.625

(12.7)

(1.88)

.750

19.1

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

(2580) (3910) 100

1.00

25.4

.501-.750

12.8-19.1

100

88398

580

880

100

Large Flange 88550

1/8

88552

(3.2)

#30

.375

.045

.337

8.6

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

120

150

100

(9.53)

(1.14)

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

(530)

(670)

100

.450

11.5

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

88554 88556 88558

3/16 (4.8)

#11

.625

.082

(15.9)

(2.08)

100

260

320

(1160)

(1420)

100

R I V E T S & I N S E R T S

100

88560

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

100

88562

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

100

W-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Rivets W01

Buttonhead Rivets Aluminum Rivet & Steel Mandrel

R I V E T S

Rivet

Head

Length

Range

Strength

Pkg

Dia.

Height

Inch

No.

Inch

Inch

(mm)

(mm)

In.

MM

Inch

MM

Shear

Tens.

.188

.032

.250

6.4

.032-.125

0.8-3.2

70

80

100

(4.78)

(0.81)

.375

9.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

(310)

(360)

100

88154

.275

7.0

.063-.125

1.7-3.2

88156

.337

8.6

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

No.

(mm) 88150

3/32

88152

(2.4)

#41

lbs (N)

Qty

100 100

.250

.040

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

120

150

(6.35)

1.02

.462

11.7

.251-.312

6.5-7.9

(530)

(670)

88162

.525

13.4

.313-.375

8.0-9.5

100

88164

.650

16.5

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88166

.300

7.6

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

.362

9.2

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

.045

.425

10.8

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

(1.14)

.550

14.0

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

88174

.675

17.2

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88176

.325

8.3

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

.450

11.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

100

.055

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

(1.40)

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

88184

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

100

88186

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

100

88188

.500

12.7

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

100

88158 88160

88170 88172

1/8 (3.2)

#30

.312

5/32 (4.0)

88180

3/16

88182

(4.8)

88190

1/4

88192

(6.4)

#20

(7.92)

.375 #11

"F"

(9.53)

190

230

(850)

(1020)

260 (1160)

100 100

100 100 100

320

100

(1420) 100

.500

.074

.625

15.9

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

(12.7)

(1.88)

.750

19.1

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

(2580) (3910) 100

1.00

25.4

.501-.750

12.8-19.1

100

88194

580

880

100

Large Flange 88550

1/8

88552

(3.2)

#30

.375

.045

.337

8.6

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

120

150

100

(9.53)

(1.14)

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

(530)

(670)

100

.450

11.5

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

88554 88556 88558 88560 88562

W-4

Grip

Drill

88178

I N S E R T S

Ultimate

Rivet

Dia.

88168

&

Head

3/16 (4.8)

#11

.625

.082

(15.9)

(2.08)

100

260

320

(1160)

(1420)

100 100 100 100


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rivets W01

Buttonhead Rivets Steel Rivet & Mandrel Rivet No.

Head

Dia.

Drill

Dia.

Height

Inch

No.

Inch

Inch

(mm)

(mm)

.188

.032

(4.78)

(0.81)

(mm) 3/32 88800

Head

#41

(2.4)

Ultimate

Rivet

Grip

Length

Range

Strength lbs (N)

In.

MM

Inch

MM

.375

9.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

Pkg Qty

Shear

Tens.

130

170

100

(580)

(760)

100

88802

.275

7.0

.063-.125

1.7-3.2

100

88804

.337

8.6

.126-.187

3.3-4.8

100

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

260

310

100

.462

11.7

.251-.312

6.5-7.9

(1160)

(1380)

100

.525

13.4

.313-.375

8.0-9.5

100

88812

.650

16.5

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88814

.300

7.6

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

88806 88808 88810

1/8

#30

(3.2)

88816

5/32

88818

(4.0)

.250

.040

(6.35)

1.02

.312

.045

.425

10.8

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

370

(7.92)

(1.14)

.550

14.0

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

(1650)

88820

.675

17.2

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

100

88822

.325

8.3

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

100

88824

.450

11.5

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

100

88826

3/16

88828

(4.8)

#20

470

100

(2090) 100

.375

.055

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

(9.53)

(1.40)

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

540 680 100 (2400) (3020) 100

88830

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

100

88832

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

100

88834

.500

12.7

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

100

88836

1/4

88838

(6.4)

#11

"F"

.500

.074

.625

15.9

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

1150

1500

100

(12.7)

(1.88)

.750

19.1

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

(5110)

(6670)

100

1.00

25.4

.501-.750

12.8-19.1

88840

100

Large Flange 89000

1/8 (3.2)

#30

.375

.045

(9.53)

(1.14)

89004 89006 89008 89010

3/16 (4.8)

#11

.625

.082

(15.9)

(2.08)

89012

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

.450

11.5

.062-.250

1.6-6.4

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

.825

21.0

.501-.625

12.8-15.9

.950

24.2

.626-.750

16.0-19.1

260

310

100

(1160)

(1380)

100 100

540

680

(2400) (3020)

R I V E T S

100 100 100 100

& I N S E R T S

Rivet Code Explanation Example: ABL6-6A A—First Letter ....................... Rivet Material (A-Aluminum, S-Steel, SS-Stainless Steel) B—Second Letter ................ Style of Head (B-Buttonhead) L—Third Letter (if any) .... Large Flange Head 6—First Number ................... Diameter in 32nd's 6—Second Number ............ Maximum Grip Length in 16th's A—Final Letter ....................... Mandrel Material (A-Aluminum, S-Stainless Steel). No letter indicates steel.

W-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Assortments Z02

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .032 - .125 AB3-2A

R I V E T S

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .251 - .375 AB5-6A

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .126 - .250 AB3-4A

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .376 - .500 AB5-8A

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .063 - .126 AB4-2A

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .126 - .250 AB6-4A

W-6

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .188 - .250 AB4-4A

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .126 - .187 AB5-3A

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .188 - .250 AB5-4A

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .251 - .375 AB6-6A

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .376 - .500 AB6-8A

Aluminum Blind (Pop) Rivet No. 97100 16 Items - 1050 pieces

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .501 - .625 AB6-10A

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .251 - .375 ABL6-6A

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .376 - .500 ABL6-8A

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .501 - .625 ABL6-10A

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .126 - .250 SB3-4

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .063 - .126 SB4-2

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .126 - .187 SB4-3

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .188 - .250 SB4-4

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .062 - .125 SB5-2

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .188 - .250 SB5-4

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .126 - .250 SB6-4

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .251 - .375 SB6-6

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .376 - .500 SB6-8

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .251 - .375 SBL6-6

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .376 - .500 SBL6-8

Diameter 3/32 Grip Range .501 - .625 SBL6-10

& I N S E R T S

Diameter 1/8 Grip Range .126 - .187 AB4-3A

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .251 - .375 SB5-6

Diameter 3/16 Grip Range .501 - .625 SB6-10

Diameter 5/32 Grip Range .376 - .500 SB5-8

Large Flange 1/8 Dia. 1/32 – 3/16 Grip Range 170406

Large Flange 1/8 Dia. 1/8 – 5/16 Grip Range 170408

Large Flange 3/16 Dia. 1/4 – 1/2 Grip Range 170608

Large Flange 3/16 Dia. 1/2 – 25/32 Grip Range 170612

Regular Flange 1/8 Dia. 1/32 – 3/16 Grip Range 171406

Regular Flange 1/8 Dia. 1/8 – 5/16 Grip Range 171408

Regular Flange 3/16 Dia. 1/16 – 1/4 Grip Range 171608

Regular Flange 3/16 Dia. 3/16 – 7/16 Grip Range 171612

Large Flange 5/32 Dia. 3/64 – 1/4 Grip Range 170508

Steel Blind (Pop) Rivet No. 97101 15 Items - 1015 pieces

Swivel Head Professional Rivet Tool HP-5

Multi-Grip Blind Rivet No. 97304 Regular Flange 5/32 Dia. 3/64 – 1/4 Grip Range 171508

11 Items - 1000 pieces plus tool


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rivets

Buttonhead Rivets W01 Stainless Steel Rivet & Stainless Mandrel

No.

Head

Head

Dia.

Dia.

Height

Inch

Inch

(mm)

(mm)

In.

MM

Inch

MM

Shear

Tens.

.250

.040

.400

10.2

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

420

530

100

1.02

.525

13.4

.313-.375

8.0-9.5

(1870)

(2360)

100

.045

.425

10.8

.188-.250

4.9-6.4

650

820

100

(1.14)

.550

14.0

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.325

8.3

.062-.125

1.6-3.2

.126-.250

3.3-6.4

Inch (mm)

89102

1/8

89104

(3.2)

89106

5/32

89108

(4.0)

Drill No.

#30 (6.35) .312 #20 (7.92)

89110 89112

3/16

89114

Ultimate

Rivet

(4.8)

#11

Rivet

Grip

Length

Range

Strength lbs (N)

.375

.055

.450

11.5

(9.53)

(1.40)

.575

14.6

.251-.375

6.5-9.5

.700

17.8

.376-.500

9.6-12.7

89116

(2890) (3650) 950

1200

(4230) (5340)

Aluminum Round Back-Up Washers are .056" thick for use when fastening soft materials or to compensate for oversize holes where access to both sides of the work is possible. Hole Size

Dia.

Qty

88750

1/8

3/8

100

88752

5/32

7/16

100

88754

3/16

1/2

100

Swivel Head Professional Rivet Tool T08 No. 83826 • • • • •

Rivet head swivels 360° for riveting at any angle. Hardened steel construction. Extended nosepiece for hard to reach locations. Comfortable non-slip handle grips. Ideal for the tradesman and heavy use.

Qty

100 100

Back-Up Washers W01

No.

Pkg

100 100 100

R I V E T S & I N S E R T S W-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Rivets

Multi-Grip Blind Rivets W01 Aluminum Rivet • Steel Zinc Yellow Mandrel

R I V E T S & I N S E R T S W-8

• Resists pull through on both thin and thick material. • Greater holding power on areas with high vibration. • Great for holes that are too large or have become elongated.

Large Flange Dome Head

Regular Dome Head

No.

Dia.

Grip Range

Qty

No.

Dia.

Grip Range

Qty

88000

1/8

1/32 - 3/16

100

88050

1/8

1/32 - 3/16

100

88002

1/8

1/8 - 5/16

100

88052

1/8

1/8 - 5/16

100

88004

5/32

3/64 - 1/4

100

88054

5/32

3/64 - 1/4

100

88006

3/16

1/4 - 1/2

100

88056

3/16

1/16 - 1/4

100

88008

3/16

1/2 - 25/32

100

88058

3/16

3/16 - 7/16

100

Multi-Grip & Tri-Fold Rivets Z02 Assortment No. 97105 - 13 items - 801 pieces Large Flange Multi-Grip 1/8" Dia. 1/32-3/16 Grip 170406

Large Flange Multi-Grip 1/8" Dia. 1/8-5/16 Grip 170408

Large Flange Multi-Grip 5/32" Dia. 3/64-1/4 Grip 170508

Large Flange Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 1/4-1/2 Grip 170608

Large Flange Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 1/2-25/32 Grip 170612

Tri-Fold Multi-Grip 5/32" Dia. 3/64-3/8 Grip 17256

Regular Flange Multi-Grip 1/8" Dia. 1/32-3/16 Grip 171406

Regular Flange Multi-Grip 1/8" Dia. 1/8-5/16 Grip 171408

Tri-Fold Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 1/16-1/4 Grip 17264

Regular Flange Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 1/16-1/4 Grip 171608

Regular Flange Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 3/16-7/16 Grip 171612

Tri-Fold Multi-Grip 3/16" Dia. 3/16-3/8 Grip 17266

Professional Swivel Head Rivet Tool HP-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Rivets W01

Tri-Fold Rivets Tri-fold Rivets form three large folded wings which create excellent clamp-up and large blind side bearing surface.

• • • • • •

Multi-Grip - Adjusts to wide variation in application thickness. Large Blindside Footprint - Eliminates need for backup washer. Distributed Clamping - Helps prevent cracking of brittle materials. Corrosion Resistant - All aluminum construction. High Pullout Resistance - When used in thin or ductile materials. Reduced Hole Sensitivity – Works in oversized, misaligned or irregularly shaped holes. • Positive Mandrel Retention - Rattle free fastener.

&

D—Body Diameter (Maximum) B—Head Height (Nominal) A—Head Diameter (Nominal) L—Rivet Body Length (Nominal)

Dimensions

Hole Head

Rivet

Style

Dia.

No.

Grip

Size

Range

Drill

D

B*

A

L*

F

No. 88100 5/32 88102 Dome

88104 3/16

88106 88108

.040.250 .040.375

.162.167

.770 .161

#20

.187.375 .312.500

Typ. Strength lbs. Shear

Tensile

200

225

350

450

.880

.055 .312

.062.250

.832

.942

.750

.875

.875

1.000

1.000

1.125

.209.221

R I V E T S

.205 .075 .385

#4

I N S E R T S

Package Quantity = 50 W-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Thread Inserts W02

Rivet Nut Systems & Installation

R I V E T S

Flanged Rivet Nuts and “Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts enjoy a wide range of applications. They are especially useful where threaded holes are needed, but both sides of the material cannot be reached. Flanged rivet nuts and Flanged Rivet Nut “Thin Skin” Rivet Nut “Thin Skin” rivet nuts can assure captive load bearing in materials too thin to independently provide efficient thread strength. They can easily be installed by one person from one side of the assembly using either air or hand powered tools. Flanged Rivet Nuts, because of their large diameter head, can be used in soft materials which inherently offer little or no thread strength. “Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts allow for a nearly flush installation along with an excellent fit to mating materials.

4 Easy Steps To Installation

& I N S E R T S W-10

Drill hole to Actuate tool to Complete your The positive correct diameter, 2. properly set fastening operariveting action of 1. 3. 4. thread fastener onto fastener into material. tion with a bolt or both Flanged and "Thin tool mandrel and insert into hole.

(Follow the instructions screw with the proper provided with your thread. tool.)

Product Strength - Flanged Rivet Nuts Typical Strength Thread Size

Shear

Tensile

Aluminum Steel

Aluminum Steel

6-32

215

365

225

525

8-32

280

525

285

575

10-24

300

650

415

815

10-32

300

650

415

815

1/4-20

525

700

650

1250

5/16-18

640

900

905

1400

3/8-16

1000

1370

1300

1500

Skin" Rivet Nuts provide consistent firm fastening. Push-out and shake-loose are virtually eliminated.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts W02

Flanged Rivet Nuts Zinc Plated Steel Or Aluminum Flanged or Flathead Rivet Nuts provide the most bearing surface for higher torque applications. The larger flange has a surface mount and extends above the material in which it is installed. They are available in either aluminum or steel in thread sizes from 6-32 to 3/8-16.

B C

A D

Thread

No.

Size

Steel

6-32

89450

Alum.

D Nom. Dia. .189

6-32

89451 89550 .183

8-32

89452

8-32

89474 89552 .214

.221

10-24 89454

.250

10-32 89456 10-24

89554

10-32

89556

10-24 89476

.245

10-32 89478

.332

89458 89558

1/4-20

89560 89562 5/16-18 89460 89462 3/8-16

.245

Hole size

B

C

A

Head Head Body Dia.

Ht.

Lgth.

.411 .413

Grip

Pkg

Range

Qty

.32

.032 .438 .010/.080

100

.189/.193

.281

.032 .368 .010/.080

100

#2

.357

.032 .438 .010/.075

100

.221/.226

.312

.032 .368 .010/.080

100

#12

1/4 .250/.254 1/4 .250/.254 'F' .257/.261 'Q'

.406 .038

.531

'Z' .413/.423 12.5MM

.490 .490/.500

.010/.080

.344 .038 .442 .010/.080 .344 .038 .442 .010/.080 .475

50 50 50 50 50 25

.020/.125

25

.080/.140

25

.562 .050 .649 .030/.125

25

.750 .030/.125

25

.875 .125/.200

25

.625 .050 .645 .020/.125

25

.781

25

.665 .062

.088 .844

.030/.115

&

50

.058 .625 .020/.080

.329 .332/.338 .438 .050 .628

89564 .488 89464

Drill No.

R I V E T S

I N S E R T S W-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Thread Inserts W02

“Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts Low Carbon Steel Zinc Plated

R I V E T S

“Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts feature a small flange which allows for two distinct finishes: Flushmount - obtained by drilling a standard hole and offers a low B profile to the surface of the application. Countersunk - obtained by drilling a countersunk hole and A allows the rivet nut to be set below the surface. During installation of the “Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts the threaded body draws upward against the blind side of the application material, while the flange clamps onto the surface and lock D the fastener into place. They are available in aluminum and low carbon steel in sizes from 6-32 to 3/8-16. D

Thread

& I N S E R T S W-12

B

A

Grip

Pkg

Range

Qty

.410

.010/.080

100

.218

.380

.010/.080

100

1/4

.250

.380

.010/.080

100

.214

#2

.250

.380

.010/.080

100

.245

"F"

.281

.430

.010/.080

50

.010/.080

50

.245

"F"

.281

.430

.010/.080

"R"

.375

.495

.010/.080

"R"

.375

.495

.010/.080

.411

27/64 .665

.454

.020/.125

.410

27/64 .454

.665

.020/.125

.658

.535

.020/.125

Max.

Drill

Head

Body

Dia.

No.

Dia.

Length

6-32

89650 Steel .249

1/4

.218

6-32

89250 Alum.

.183

#12

8-32

89652 Steel

.214

8-32

89252 Alum.

10-24

89254 Alum.

Size

No.

Mat'l

10-32

89256 Alum.

10-24

89654 Steel

10-32

89656 Steel

1/4-20

89258 Alum. .329

1/4-20

89658 Steel

1/4-28

89660 Steel

5/16-18

89260 Alum.

5/16-18

89662 Steel

5/16-24 89664 Steel 3/8-16

.329

89262 Alum. .488

1/2

50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Thread Inserts

“Nutsert” Type Thread Inserts W02 “Nutserts” are very versatile fasteners and have a variety of applications. They can be used in any thickness of metal, plastics, fiberglass, or any rigid material. They eliminate the need for tapping, welding and brazing. Their design consists of an upper sleeve and a base which has both internal and external threads. During installation the base is drawn upwards inside the upper sleeve forcing a 360° contact between their sleeve and parent material. No special preparation is needed; just drill or punch a hole in the material. Their unique setting ability allows them to be used in virtually any thickness of material.

Thread

No.

Size Steel

Alum.

Mat’l

Mat’l

Thickness

Thickness

3/32 - 5/32

5/32 - Infinity

Hole

1/4-20

49810 49910

5/16-18

49811

3/8-16

49812 49912 .5625

49911

Drill

B

M

Pkg Qty

Drill

.3906 25/64

.372

.408

.510

25

1/2

.5156

33/64

.496

.537

.615

25

9/16

.5781

37/64

.559 .600

.740

25

.3906 25/64 .500

Hole

A

R I V E T S &

Thread Setter Kit Z02 No. 34501 The Thread Setter Kit contains the thread setter tool, mandrels and nosepieces for 6-32, 8-32, 10-24 sizes and mandrels for 1/4-20 size. Also included in the kit are 100 assorted Flanged Rivet Nuts and “Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts with instructions in a convenient compartmented plastic carrying case.

Rivet Nut Kit Z02 No. 97109 The Rivet Nut Kit features a “rivet nutter” tool, 7 mandrels, and 4 nosepieces. Also included in the kit are 10 each aluminum “Thin Skin” Rivet Nuts in sizes 6-32, 8-32, 10-32, 1/4-20, and 6 each of the 5/16-18 and 3/8-16. Complete with instructions and a handy plastic carrying case.

I N S E R T S W-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Thread Inserts W02

Knurled Nutserts Cadmium Plated Steel

R I V E T S & I N S E R T S W-14

With Clear Protective Coating

These new blind threaded inserts with a large head are ideal for applications where large or irregular holes are a problem. These knurled nutserts work in sheet metal, structural foam, fiberglass, and some plastics. The axial knurl is first forced into the parent material and then upset over the backside to engage the knurl into the parent material providing very high resistance to spinning. The “bubble” of material over the backside provides very high pull-out loads. • Usable in oversize and irregular holes. • High torque-out values resists spinning due to cross threading or overtightening. • High pull-out values – Very hard to pull through material due to the “bubble” on the backside. • Blind installation – No access to the backside required. • Wide Grip Range – One length does the job of numerous other inserts. • Nearly flush. • Install after surface finish. Tool will not mar parent material. • Portable high speed tooling. Put installation tool at any convenient location on assembly line. Thread

Grip

Hole

Max.

No.

Size

Range

Size

Dia.

89750

8-32

.080-.130

17/64

.265

.375

.510

.275

25

Min.

Max.

Inst.

Pkg

Flange Length Length Qty

89752

10-24

.020-.130

19/64 .296

.400

.515

.300

25

89754

10-32

.020-.130

19/64 .296

.400

.515

.300

25

89756

1/4-20

.027-.165 25/64 .390

.500

.620

.355

25

89758

5/16-18

.027-.150

17/32

.530

.670

.735

.430

25

89760

3/8-16

.027-.150

17/32

.530

.670

.735

.430

25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Knurled Nutsert Assortment No. 97106 - 13 Items â&#x20AC;˘ 157 Pieces Mandrel & Nose Piece 3/8-16 49514 Mandrel & Nose Piece 5/16-18 49513

Knurled Nutsert 10-32 49503

Knurled Nutsert 3/8-16 49506

Knurled Nutsert 10-24 49502

Knurled Nutsert 5/16-18 49505

Mandrel & Nose Piece 1/4-20 49512 Mandrel & Nose Piece 10-32 49511 Mandrel & Nose Piece 10-24 49510 Mandrel & Nose Piece 8-32 49508

Knurled Nutsert 1/4-20 49500 Knurled Nutsert 8-32 49501

Knurled Nutsert 1/4-20 49504

Aluminum Nutsert Assortment

R I V E T S &

No. 97107 - 14 Items â&#x20AC;˘ 181 Pieces Mandrel & Nose Piece 3/8-16 49514 Mandrel & Nose Piece 5/16-18 49513

Aluminum Rivet Nut 10-32 49345

Aluminum Rivet Nut 3/8-16 49385

Aluminum Rivet Nut 10-24 49335

Aluminum Rivet Nut 5/16-18 49375

Mandrel & Nose Piece 1/4-20 49512 Mandrel & Nose Piece 10-32 49511 Mandrel & Nose Piece 10-24 49510 Mandrel & Nose Piece 8-32 49508

Knurled Nutsert 1/4-20 49500 Aluminum Rivet Nut 8-32 49325

Aluminum Rivet Nut 1/4-20 49355

I N S E R T S W-15


Bolt/Screw Extractors Double-Edge Bolt and Screw Extractors

The Easiest, Most Reliable Tool for Removing Broken Bolts TMC's amazing and patented double-edged Pow-R-Outs™ broken bolt/screw extractors are made from hardened chrome vanadium steel with a burnished finish. The razor-sharp cutting edges are polished and the dimensions are laser marked on the shank for easy identification. Pow-R-Outs™ are incredibly easy to use and are virtually guaranteed to get your broken bolts out faster than any other remover on the market. The high hex head allows for the strongest reversing torque on the broken bolt because you can use a wrench, socket and ratchet and even a breaker bar for those stubborn cases. To use, simply drill recommended hole with left-hand drill bit and tap Pow-R-Outs™ in with hammer, put a wrench on it and crack it lose with a wrench and it's out!

Applications:

• Fast and Easy to Use — Pow-R-Outs™ will always be the first extractor you grab for. • Unique Double Edge Design — The only extractors that remove both left and right thread bolts/screws. • Non-Slip Engagement — No other bolt/screw extractor provides a stronger grip. • Rugged, Hardened Steel Alloy — Cuts into stainless and high strength cap screws with ease. • Won't Damage Threads — Eliminates risk of having to re-tap holes. • Convenient Storage Pouch — Safely stores 5 most popular sizes. • Clearly Superior to Popular Designs — Easily outperforms spiral, square, left hand drill and combo designs.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

11.09.06

No.

Description

53261

Double-Edged Screw Extractor Set — 5-PC Set

| X-01 |

Features:

Broken Bolts Broken Cap Screws Broken Screws Rounded Heads Stripped Socket Cap Screws Stripped Pipe Plugs Stripped Slotted, Phillips, Torx Screws Damaged Screw Heads Rounded Bolt Heads Rounded Square Plug Heads Automotive Fleet Marine Industrial Machinery Equipment Biomedical

From Bolt/Screw Size Left/ Hand Drill Size # 10 to 3/4”

No.

Qty

1

26011

Double-Edged Screw Extractor # 1

# 10 to 1/4”

1/8”

15944

1

26012

Double-Edged Screw Extractor # 2

5/16” to 3/8”

3/16”

15948

1

26013

Double-Edged Screw Extractor # 3

7/16” to 1/2”

1/4”

15953

1

26014

Double-Edged Screw Extractor # 4

1/2” to 9/16”

11/32”

15959

1

26015

Double-Edged Screw Extractor # 5

5/8” to 3/4”

7/16”

15965

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2006

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com ™

SHOP SUPPLIES & MISC.

Pow-R-Outs™


Tap Extractors

Remove broken taps and save the threads! TMC’s tap extractors let you remove broken taps without drilling, lasers, damaged threads, scrapped parts or repair inserts.

Features:

Applications:

• Hardened Steel Fingers — Fit in the Flutes of a Broken Tap to Back it Out Simply and Safely

• Removing a broken tap from a cylinder head • Extracting a broken tap from a cast part

No.

| X-02 |

Qty

No.

52485

Description #4 Tap Extractors - 3 Flute

1

97314

5 Piece Tap Extractor Set

1

52486

#5 Tap Extractors - 3 Flute

1

97315

7 Piece Tap Extractor Set

1

52487

#6 Tap Extractors - 3 Flute

1

52491

#6 Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52492

#8 Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52493

#10 Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52494

#12 Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52495

1/4" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52496

5/16" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52497

3/8" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52498

7/16" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52499

1/2" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52500

5/8" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

52501

3/4" Tap Extractors - 4 Flute

1

Description

Qty

Remove Broken Taps Easily In 3 Simple Steps! 1

3

2

Thoroughly remove all chips of the broken tap. Insert the extractor fingers into the flutes of the broken tap, pushing them gently but firmly into position.

Push the holder down until it touches the broken tap. Slide the sleeve down until it touches the work. (Both are important.)

Apply a tap wrench to the square end of the holder. Twist forward and backward a few times to loosen, then back out the broken tap.

Tap Extractor Replacement Fingers When fingers become bent or broken or are too short for further use, order replacement fingers listed below. They are sold as one set of 3 or 4 depending on tap extractor. Qty

No.

52488

#4 Replacement Fingers - 3 Flute

1

52506

1/4" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52489

#5 Replacement Fingers - 3 Flute

1

52507

5/16" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

No.

Description

Qty

Description

52490

#6 Replacement Fingers - 3 Flute

1

52508

3/8" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52502

#6 Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52509

7/16" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52503

#8 Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52510

1/2" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52504

#10 Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52511

5/8" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52505

#12 Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

52512

3/4" Replacement Fingers - 4 Flute

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

04.27.07

SHOP SUPPLIES & MISC.

Tap Extractors


Pipe Extractors

Remove broken taps and save the threads! TMC’s tap extractors let you remove broken taps without drilling, lasers, damaged threads, scrapped parts or repair inserts.

Applications:

• Four Point Grip — Assures Strong Bite • Works with a Shallow Grip — Reducing Expansion and Jamming • Pulls Rather Than Reams • Releases Instantly From Bite After Job is Completed • Designed for Strength — Durability and Easy Handling • Rust-Resistant — Black Oxide Finish • All 9 Extractors — Fits Every Size and Class of Pipe From 1/8" To 2" • The Same Set of Tools Fits Every Stud and Screw from 3/8" To 3-1/2"

• Pipes • Studs • Screws

04.27.07

No.

Description

No.

Description

Qty

52513

#1 Pipe Extractor

1

97312

6 Piece Pipe Extractor Set

1

52514

#2 Pipe Extractor

1

97313

13 Piece Pipe Extractor Set

1

52515

#3 Pipe Extractor

1

52516

#4 Pipe Extractor

1

52517

#5 Pipe Extractor

1

52518

#6 Pipe Extractor

1

52519

#7 Pipe Extractor

1

52520

#8 Pipe Extractor

1

52521

#9 Pipe Extractor

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

Qty

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

| X-03 |

Features:

SHOP SUPPLIES & MISC.

Pipe, Stud & Screw Extractors


SHOP SUPPLIES & MISC.

Angle Prybar/File Handles Pry-Angle™ Adjustable Angle Prybar

Unique Claw Head Angles and Locks Into 5 Positions.

Features/Benefits: • Clawhead is indexed to lock into 5 positions: 180° (straight), 155°, 130°, 105°, 80°. • Super tough locking mechanism with thumb lever allows one-handed angle changes. • Industrial quality high carbon steel construction meets ANSI standard, rated at 300 foot/lbs. torque.

No.

Description

Qty

83069

16" Pry-Angle™ Prybar

1

83070

20" Pry-Angle™ Prybar

1

Ergonomic File Handle Protect Your Hands and be More Efficient With Ergonomic File Handles! The Ergonomic File Handle's design incorporates the natural wrist angle of approximately 35°. The handle is constructed such that the tool's axis is better aligned with the forearm, significantly reducing muscle fatigue. It allows the operator to rotate the arm slightly to change the angle of the file, while still applying the necessary pressure to keep the file in contact with the work piece. Studies show that even repetitive filing jobs have become more comfortable, safe and efficient as a result of this design.

No.

Description

Qty

52526

4" Ergonomic File Handle

1

52527

6" & 8" Ergonomic File Handle

1

52528

10" & 12" Ergonomic File Handle

1

52529

14" Ergonomic File Handle

1

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com

04.27.07

| X-04 |

For Comfortable Production Filing


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Screw & Bolt Anchors The information on the following pages is designed to be used as a reference in selecting anchors and fasteners. It is intended to provide the user with practical information for the most common applications. It is not possible to include information on all applications and data for all construction materials. It is the responsibility of the user to verify the accuracy of the text and the data contained in this handbook as it pertains to each unique application.

Selection and Specification of Anchors Until the beginning of this century, an anchor was a piece of wood or a plug of lead carved to size and wedged into a hole, into which a nail or screw was driven. These early anchors were then followed by lead and fiber anchors with hollow cores which were mass produced in a variety of sizes to match hole sizes and screw sizes. A multitude of anchor types have been developed in subsequent years leading to today’s proliferation of choices. But while this variety of choices does provide a better match up of anchors to specific needs, it also makes the selection process that much more difficult. For that reason, before selecting the type, size and number of anchors to be used for any given application, all of the following factors should be taken into consideration.

Base Material The strength of the masonry material is a key factor in selecting an anchor. Maximum anchor performance requires that the material in which the anchor is installed can also sustain the load to which the anchor will be subjected. Anchors installed in stone and dense concrete can withstand far greater “pullout loads” than the same anchor installed in lightweight concrete, block or brick. Medium-heavy to heavy loads cannot be safely installed in soft materials such as stucco, grout, plaster or plasterboard. Materials should be fully cured prior to anchor installation. The length, width, and thickness of the base material should be considered. Normally, the width should be at least twice the recommended edge distance. The depth of anchor embedment should not exceed 80% of the base material thickness.

A N C H O R S

Material Composition of Anchors The Maintenance Connection offers a selection of anchors to meet the requirements of most applications. When reviewing the basic considerations for selection of an anchor, the material from which the anchor is manufactured should be considered. Anchors selected should be manufactured from a material which is suitable for their intended use. For example, anchors manufactured from a material with a melting point of less than 1000° F. are not normally recommended for overhead applications. Examples of these materials would include zinc (Zamac), lead, plastic and adhesives. Consideration should also be given to the strength of the anchor material in relation to the applied loads, including bending. The bolts used in conjunction with an anchor should be capable of sustaining the applied loads. Information on this and the following pages obtained from Rawl Catalog #0013 ©1989 The Rawlplug Company, Inc.

Y-1


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Loading Conditions

Anchor Functioning

The holding power required should be calculated to include not only the load factor, but also the way the load is transmitted to the anchor. The conditions of use should be reviewed. Will the installed anchors be used to support a static load, or will they be subjected to vibration and/or shock loads?

A N C H O R S

STATIC or Dead Load … constant and unchanging.

TENSION Load … direct axial load applied to installed anchor.

Anchor functioning is based on one of the following categories: friction, compression, clamping, undercutting, and adhesion. In some cases a combination of functions is used. Friction fasteners develop their load capacity by creating a friction force between the fastener and the base material. Fasteners of this type may be driven into the base material without predrilling and are suitable for light duty static loads. Clamping describes the category of anchors which is used to fasten to hollow base materials. Tension loads are sustained by spreading the load over a large bearing surface in the hollow walls while shear is resisted by the friction developed between the fixture and the base material. Most anchors function by developing a compression force against DYNAMIC or Vibration the wall of the drilled hole which resists the applied Load … intermittent loads. This compression force is generated by a and of varying sleeve, ring, or wedge assembly which is actuated intensity. by a tapered cone, tapered plug, a nail or a screw depending upon the type. Undercut anchors expand into the base material at the bottom of the drilled hole. As they undercut the base material, a large load bearing surface is formed which can transfer greater loads to the base material. Adhesion involves bonding the anchor rod to the base IMPACT or Shock Load … material. This type of anchor can generally sustain the highest loads. periodic load of substantial intensity.

COMBINED Load…a load applied to the anchor at any angle between 0 and 90 °.

SHEAR Load … a load applied at a right angle to the installed anchor. EXPANSION against the wall of the drilled hole.

UNDERCUTTING the masonry material at the base of the drilled hole.

FLOOR … may be tension, shear or combined load. WALL … usually either combined or shear load.

CElLlNG … usually direct axial (tension) load.

Y-2

FRICTION between the fastener and the masonry material.

CLAMPING the item to be fastened to the masonry material.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Safety Factors Because of varying conditions of field installations a 4:1 safety factor (25% of the ultimate value) is the minimum accepted industry standard for static loads. Critical applications (vibratory loads, overhead installations, etc.) may require a safety factor of as much as 10:1 or more.

Anchor Installation Torque Recommended installation procedures are detailed on the product catalog pages which follow. The effect of fixture coatings, lubrication of the anchor components due to the use of sealants, etc., strength of the base material, and other factors which affect the torque/tension relationship should be considered. The installation torque value used should be adjusted to suit the particular application. As an anchor is expanded by applying a specified torque, a tension force is induced in the anchor. This tensioning force will govern the load vs. deflection characteristics of the anchor. As load is applied, the induced tension force is relieved. When vibratory loads are applied to an anchor, it is standard practice to induce a tension force in the anchor which is equal to 1.5 to 2.0 times the working load.

Load Capacity Tests To assist in the selection and specification of anchors, load test data is provided for those products most frequently used in structural fastening and other critical applications. Such data are derived from tests performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM standard E488. Illustrated below is a typical test setup for direct axial loading of an embedded anchor as governed by the ASTM standard. Detailed information is found in the product descriptions.

Spacing Recommendations The load on an anchor is transmitted to the base material in which it is installed. Loading of anchors in closely spaced clusters of two or more can result in interaction of forces on the base material and lead to a reduction in anchor performance. The expansion anchor industry has established a minimum standard of 10 anchor diameters for spacing and 5 anchor diameters for edge distance to provide 100% anchor efficiency. Spacing may be reduced to 5 diameters with a 50% proportionate reduction in load. The installation conditions are often determined by the manufacturer of the fixture or equipment to be fastened. The equipment or fixture often contains a specific number of mounting holes of a given screw or bolt size at a fixed spacing.

Installation Costs A factor far less tangible than those previously discussed is the total installation cost. This includes the cost of the anchor, the drills, the drilling equipment, and the labor involved. Some anchors take longer to install than others; some require greater skill; some require deeper holes to obtain the same load capacity; some require layout or hole spotting while others do not. Ultimately, the selection and specification of an anchor requires a review of the application requirements such as the loading, base material, installation conditions, and other factors to assure maximum performance of the products. When properly selected, The Maintenance Connection anchors can provide the best, most cost effective solution for most applications.

A N C H O R S

Corrosion Guide The corrosive environment in which an anchor will be installed should be evaluated. The basic forms of corrosion can be described as chemical, electrochemical and galvanic. In addition, the pH factor of the environment should also be considered. To assure adequate protection, a detailed knowledge of corrosion is required to analyze the specific application.

Y-3


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Screw Anchors Bantam Plugs

A N C H O R S

Bantam Plugs are lightweight plastic anchors that can be used with either wood, sheet metal or lag screws. These economical anchors can be used for a number of different Installation Procedure light duty applications for fastening Drill hole 1/4 deeper that fixtures such as mirrors and shelving the length of the anchor. brackets. Their load capacity will Insert the anchor so it is flush with the wall surface. vary depending on the the integrity of Insert the wood or sheet the base material into which they metal screw through the are installed. It is recommended that fixture and into the anchor. they be used for light duty static Tighten the screw so that applications where holding power is the anchor will expand and not a critical factor. Collar flange hold firmly. allows for easy installation into hollow For best results the screw walls. They are made of corrosion should protrude 1/4 through the bottom of the resistant plastic and can be used in concrete, block, wallboard, tile or anchor. brick.

No.

Size

92350

6-8 x 3/4

3/16

3/4

100

92352

8-10 x 7/8

3/16

7/8

100

92354

10-12 x 1

1/4

1

100

5/16

1-1/2

50

Drill Dia. Min. Depth Pkg Qty

92356 14-16 x 1-1/2

Fluted Plastic Screw Anchors Fluted Plastic Screw Anchors are collarless screw anchors which have the same diameter throughout and are designed for light duty applications in solid building materials. Similar to the bantam plugs, the load capacity of these anchors depends on the integrity of the base material. Color-coded for easy selection.

No.

Size

Color

91600

10-12 x 1

Green

1/4

1

100

10-12 x 1-1/2 Green

1/4

1-1/2

100

91604

Y-4

Drill Dia. Min. Depth

Qty

91606

14 x 1-1/2

Blue

5/16

1-1/2

100

91608

#14 x 2

Blue

5/16

2

100


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors Y01

Screw Anchors Contâ&#x20AC;Ś Lead Anchors Lead Anchors are multi-size anchors for use with sheet metal, wood or lag screws. They are made entirely of a unique lead alloy which is soft enough for easy installation yet still hard enough to give sure, secure holding power. They will withstand extreme changes in temperatures and are not affected by chemicals or moisture. They feature a quartered design which allows them complete circumferential expansion and a flange for use in hollow material. They are not recommended for vibratory or shock loads. The load capacities of these anchors is dependent on the integrity of the base material in which they are installed. It is recommended that they only be used in light duty static applications where holding power is not a critical factor.

No.

Size

Drill Dia.

Min. Depth

Qty

91300

6-8 x 3/4

1/4

3/4

100

91302

6-8 x1

1/4

1

100

91304

6-8 x 1-1/2

1/4

1-1/2

100

91306

10-14 x 1

5/16

1

100

91308

10-14 x 1-1/2

5/16

1-1/2

100

91310

16-18 x 1

3/8

1

100

91312

16-18 x 1-1/2

3/8

1-1/2

25

A N C H O R S

Pullout Load Test* Anchor Size

6-8 x 3/4

6-8 x 1

6-8 x 1-1/4

Tension load (lbs)

200

300

400

Anchor Size

10-14 x1

10-14 x 1-1/2

16-18 x 1-1/2

Tension load (lbs)

700

900

1,300

*NOTE: Test data above represent ultimate load sustained in concrete having minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi with #8, #14, and #18 sheet metal screws.

Y-5


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Screw Anchors Contâ&#x20AC;Ś Lag Shields Lag shields are precision die-cast expansion shields made of rustproof zinc alloy. They are used with lag bolts to provide secure anchorage in mortar joints and concrete. They range in size from 1/4" short to 1/2" long. They feature heavy external corrugations to assure powerful gripping action.

A N C H O R S

Drill recommended hole size. Lag shield should be installed flush with or slightly below the surface.

Position the fixture, insert lag screw and tighten. Bolt length should be selected to assure full thread engagement in anchor.

No.

Size

91400

1/4 Long

1/2

1-1/2

50

91500

1/4 Short

1/2

1

50

91402

5/16 Long

1/2

1-3/4

50

91502 5/16 Short

1/2

1-1/4

50

91404

3/8 Long

5/8

2-1/2

50

91504

3/8 Short

5/8

1-3/4

50

91406

1/2 Long

3/4

2

50

91506

1/2 Short

3/4

3

50

Precision internal threads permit easy turning of lag screw without lubrication.

Drill Dia. Min. Depth Qty

Pullout Load Test* Short Style Anchor Size

1/4

Tension load 450

5/16

3/8

1/2

800

1,200

2,000

3/8

1/2

Long Style In mortar joints, place lag shield between solid brick so sides bear against brick.

Y-6

Anchor Size

1/4

Tension load 600

5/16 1,200

2,000 3,000

*NOTE: Test data above represent average ultimate load sustained in concrete having minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Screw Anchors Contâ&#x20AC;Ś

Super Plastic Anchors Super Plastic Anchors are multi-size lightweight plastic anchors for use with wood, sheet metal and lag screws. Designed for light duty applications, they feature a ribbed body and pop-out anchors which grip the material into which they are installed allowing them to provide more gripping power than ordinary plastic anchors

No.

Screw Size

Length

Drill

Qty

91800

#4-6-8

1

3/16

100

91802

#8-10-12

1-1/4

3/16

100

91804

#12-14-16

1-1/2

1/4

100

Recommended Screw Sizes Phil Flat

Phil Pan

Size

20412

20260

6 x 1-1/2

20474 20520

20322 20520

10 x 1-1/2 14 x 1-1/2

Use with Super Plastic Anchor No. 91800 Super Plastic Anchor No. 91802 Super Plastic Anchor

A N C H O R S

No. 91804

Y-7


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Hollow Wall Anchors Mungo Jet Plugs Mungo Jet Plugs are one of the fastest and easiest hollow wall anchors that can be used in wallboard. They feature a unique drill tip configuration that uses four offset blades to insure fast and true cutting. Two blades are cutting blades while the other two are used to stabilize the anchor for speed and accuracy.

A N C H O R S

Their unique thread design features thin, knife-like oversize threads that achieve unusually high holding power in gypsum without sacrificing speed. The tapered root compacts the wall material around the anchor, further increasing holding power. The anchor is held in place by anti-rotation ratchet teeth under the collar. This allows removal of the screw without removing the anchor.

No.

Anchor

Anchor

Description

Material

90350

Zinc

Max. Qty Thickness

100

Special Features:

Engineered for:

• Self drilling plug-eliminates pre-drilling. • Deep thread engagement offers excellent pull-out values. • Zinc Die Cast will not corrode.

• • • • •

Up to 1

HVAC Contractors. Drywall, chipboard, & plasterboard. Security System installers. Interior Finishers. Shelving Contractors.

Pullout Values (lbs) Mungo Jet Plug

Plasterboard

3/8

1/2

79

101

Recommended Screw Sizes

Phil Flat

Phil Pan

Size

20296

20448

8x1

20300

20452

8 x 1-1/2

Use With Mungo Jet Plug

8-32 Machine Screws may also be used with these anchors.

Y-8


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors Y0

E-Z Anchors Self-Drilling, One-Piece Anchor for Light Duty Drywall Attachments Anchor

Pkg

Max.

Use with

Description

Material

Qty

Thickness

No.

E-Z Mini Ancor® E-Z Ancor®

20258 90360

90352

E-Z Toggle™

Heavy Duty

Medium Duty

Light Duty

No.

Anchor

Zinc

100

#6 x 1-1/4 SMS

3/4

20298 #8 x 1-1/4 SMS

Zinc White

90354

100

20300

3/4

#8 x 1-1/2 SMS

Nylon

Includes 91900 91902

50 #8 x 2-1/8 SMS

50

Zinc

5/8

50

50 #8 x 2-1/8 SMS Large Washer Face

Product Features: • No hole preparation necessary; pre-drills own small precise hole in gypsum wallboard. • Replaces plugs and plastic toggles. • Deep thread design provides strong engagement in 3/8”, 1/2” and 5/8” gypsum wallboard. • Installs quickly and easily with a #2 phillips screwdriver or power driver. • Full range of anchors to cover all wall fastening applications. • Available in corrosion resistant, non-conductive white nylon. • Can be easily backed-out. • Low profile head.

A N C H O R S

PERFORMANCE DATA Pullout

Shear

(ultimate average lbs.)

(ultimate average lbs.)

Gypsum Thickness

Gypsum Thickness

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/8

1/2

5/8

E-Z Mini-Ancor

30

40

50

90

110

140

E-Z Ancor

40

50

75

135

150

200

E-Z Toggle

70

85

150

200

230

300

These performance values are averages obtained under laboratory conditions. Note that these values will change depending on age, moisture content and surface treatment of the drywall (gypsum) material. Appropriate safety factors should be applied to these values for design purposes.

Y-9


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

E-Z Anchors Self-Drilling, One-Piece Anchor for Light Duty Drywall Attachments (continued)

Installation Guidelines E-Z Mini-Ancor & Medium Duty E-Z Ancor 1. Place #2 Phillips screwdriver into recess of E-Z Mini Ancor or E-Z Ancor. 2. Press into drywall while turning the anchor clockwise until it is sealed flush with the wall. 3. Place fixture in position over installed E-Z Mini Anchor or E-Z Anchor. Insert with screwdriver. Tighten fixture in place.

A N C H O R S

Heavy Duty E-Z Toggle 1 .Place #2 screwdriver into recess of E-Z Toggle. Press into drywall while turning the anchor clockwise until it is sealed flush with wall and arrows on head are parallel to stud. 2. Place fixture in position over installed E-Z Toggle. Insert screw and push through E-Z Toggle to engage clamp. 3. Continue turning screw until tight. The clamp will move back against the drywall as the screw is turned.

Applications • • • • • • •

Electrical Fixtures Thermostats HVAC Fixtures Plumbing Fixtures Bathroom Accessories Shelving & Supports Telecommunications Equipment • Decorative Wall Hangings

Y-10

• • • • • • • • •

Plaques & Awards Closet Organizers Coat Racks Curtain Rods Signs Bulletin Boards Control Systems Picture Frames Remote Control Boxes

• • • • • • • •

Office Material Holders Smoke Detectors Clocks Kitchen Accessories Doorbells Mirrors Chalk Boards Brackets


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Hollow Wall Anchor Assortments No. 97200 • 16 Items • 650 Pieces 4-6-8 x 1

6x1 Phil Pan T/S 7698

Winged Plastic Anchors

Mini EZ Anchor 55038

55230

8x1 Phil Pan T/S 7717

8 x 1-1/2 Phil Pan T/S 7719

10 x 1 Phil Pan T/S 7733

10 x 1-1/2 Phil Pan T/S 7735

14 x 1 Phil Pan T/S 7763

14 x 1-1/2 Phil Pan T/S 7765

8-10-12 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchors

EZ Anchor - Nylon 55037

55231

8-10-12 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchors

EZ Anchor - Zinc 55036

Mungo Jet Plug 55035

55231

12-14-16 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchors

EZ Toggle 55240

55232

No. 97201 • 13 Items • 675 Pieces 6x1 Phil Pan T/S 7698

4-6-8 x 1 Winged Plastic Anchor 55230

Mini EZ Anchor 55038

8x1 Phil Pan T/S 7717

8-10-12 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchor 55231

Mungo Jet Plug 55035

10 x 1-1/2 Phil Pan T/S 7735

8-10-12 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchor 55231

EZ Anchor (Zinc) 55036

14 x 1-1/2 Phil Pan T/S 7765

12-14-16 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchor 55232

12-14-16 x 1-1/2 Winged Plastic Anchor 55232

A N C H O R S

EZ Anchor - Nylon 55037

Y-11


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Hollow Wall Anchors contâ&#x20AC;Ś Screw Anchors

A N C H O R S

Y-12

Hollow Wall Screw Anchors are designed for use in hollow materials, such as plaster, wallboard, concrete, block, hollow tile, paneling, etc. They are made of steel and do not require additional fasteners. Slotted round head screws come with each anchor. As the screw is tightened, the legs of the screw anchor expand and are drawn up tight in three planes against the inside wall of the hollow material, thus providing a secure firm grip. After setting the anchor the screw may be removed and replaced repeatedly without affecting the screw anchor.

Drill hole completely through hollow wall and insert the screw anchor. Tap head with back of screwdriver until gripper prongs are imbedded in wall. Maintain pressure with screwdriver (to prevent anchor from rotating in hole) while turning in screw until a definite resistance is felt. Remove screw, line up mounting hole of item to be fastened, reinsert screw and tighten.

No.

Size

Drill

90250

1/8 Ex. Short

5/16

1/16 to 1/4

100

90252

1/8 Short

5/16

1/8 to 1/2

100

90254

1/8 Long

5/16

5/8 to 7/8

100

90256

1/8 Ex. Long

5/16

1-1/4 to 1-1/2

100

90258

3/16 Short

3/8

1/8 to 5/8

50

90260

3/16 Long

3/8

5/8 to 1-3/16

50

90262

3/16 Ex. Long

3/8

1-1/4 to 1-3/4

50

90264

1/4 Short

1/4

1/8 to 5/8

50

90266

1/4 Long

1/4

5/8 to 1-3/16

50

90268

1/4 Ex. Long

1/4

1-1/4 to 1-3/4

50

90450

1/8 Short

Drive

1/8 to 1/2

100

90452

1/8 Long

Drive

5/8 to 7/8

100

Wall Thickness Pkg Qty


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Hollow Wall Anchors cont… Toggle Bolts Toggle Bolts are commonly used in hollow walls, hung ceilings and horizontal surfaces where gravity-action toggles would be difficult to set. The winged head of a toggle bolt open automatically by means of a spring within the head. All toggle threads are National Standard Thread. To Install: Drill hole completely through wall. Insert the bolt through the item to be fastened and thread the toggle wings onto the end of the bolt. Fold the wings completely back and push them through the hole until the wings spring open. Pull back to hold the wings against the inside wall and tighten with a screwdriver.

Mushroom

Flat

Round

Size

90500

90800

90600

1/8 (6-32) x 2

3/8

100

90502

90802

90602

1/8 (6-32) x 3

3/8

100

90504

90804

90604

1/8 (6-32) x 4

3/8

100

90606 3/16 (10-24) x 2

1/2

100

90506

90806

90608 3/16 (10-24) x 3

1/2

100

90508

90808

90610

3/16 (10-24) x 4

1/2

100

90510

90810

90612

1/4-20 x 3

5/8

50

90512

90812

90614

1/4-20 x 4

5/8

50

90616

1/4-20 x 5

5/8

50

90814

90618

1/4-20 x 6

5/8

50

90620

5/16-18 x 3

7/8

25

90622

5/16-18 x 4

7/8

25

90624

5/16-18 x 5

7/8

25

90626

5/16-18 x 6

7/8

25

90628

3/8-16 x 3

1

25

90630

3/8-16 x 4

1

25

90632

3/8-16 x 5

1

25

90634

3/8-16 x 6

1

25

Drill Dia. Qty

A N C H O R S

Y-13


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Hollow Wall Anchors cont… Toggle Wings Only For Toggle Bolts

A N C H O R S

No.

Size

90900

1/8

3/8

100

90902

3/16

1/2

100

90904

1/4

5/8

100

90906

5/16

7/8

50

90908

3/8

7/8

50

Poly-Toggle®Screw Anchors Poly-Toggle® Screw Anchors are patented, fast, easy-to-use hollow wall anchors. They are made of polypropylene for use with sheet metal screws in wallboard, solid masonry or hollow doors. Special design in the screw path allows the poly-Toggle® screw anchor to accept screw length as short as 3/4 over the thickness of the work. This allows the Poly-Toggles® to be used where plywood is used for furring strips. They also feature two pressure pads which help the Poly-Toggle® shape into a rigid, stable structure truss that spreads and distributes the load away from the hole. The net effect is increased holding power even when the inside of the hole is rough and other anchors tend to get pulled into the wallboard and distorted, losing shape and pull-out resistance.

Wallboard

Y-14

Drill Qty

No.

Size

Thick

91000

Small

0 - 1/4

120

100

91002

Medium

1/4 - 1/2

135

91004

Large

1/2 - 3/4

150

Tension

Concrete Block

Shear Tension

Drill Qty

Shear

Dia.

5/16

100

165

240

220

5/16

100

220

280

230

5/16

100


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

One Step Anchors Nylon Nail-In Anchors Nylon Nail-In Anchors install quickly, easily and economically in concrete, block, brick or wallboard. They are made of nylon casing with steel nails and the head design is mushroom (truss) style. They withstand vibration and shock and have excellent thermal and insulating properties. They resist chemicals, fungus and rot and can be used in hollow or solid base applications.

No.

Size

Drill

Qty

90050

3/16 x 1

3/16

100

90052

1/4 x 3/4

1/4

100

90054

1/4 x 1

1/4

100

90056

1/4 x 1-1/2

1/4

100

90058

1/4 x 2

1/4

100

Drill hole same diameter as Nylon Nail-In Anchor (3/16 or 1/4) but slightly deeper than the anchor length.

Insert Nylon Nail-In Anchor through item to be fastened and into drilled hole.

Drive expander pin flush with head of anchor. Nylon anchor expands and is permanently anchored. If desired, the Nylon Nail-In anchor can be removed with a screwdriver and reused.

Solid Application The entire length of the nylon body is compressed against the sidewalls of the hole.

Hollow Application A secure fastening is obtained when legs of Nylon Nail-In anchor are expanded.

A N C H O R S

Y-15


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

One Step Anchors Zamac Nail-In Anchors Zamac Nail-In Anchors have a body made of Zamac #7, a special zinc alloy developed for its resistance to corrosion. The expansion device is a steel nail which is driven through the body. The head design is mushroom (truss) style. The anchors are tamper proof and can be used in concrete, block, brick or stone.

A N C H O R S

No.

Size

Drill

Qty

90150

1/4 x 1

1/4

100

90152

1/4 x 1-1/4

1/4

100

90154

1/4 x 1-1/2

1/4

100

90156

1/4 x 2

1/4

100

Drill hole same diameter as Zamac Nail-In Anchor (3/16 or 1/4) but slightly deeper than the anchor length.

Insert Zamac Nail-In Anchor through item to be fastened and into drilled hole.

Drive expander pin flush with head of anchor. Zamac anchor expands and is permanently anchored. If desired, the Zamac Nail-In anchor can be removed with a screwdriver and reused.

Y-16

Solid Application The entire length of the Zamac body is compressed against the sidewalls of the hole.

Hollow Application A secure fastening is obtained when legs of Zamac Nail-In anchor are expanded.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

One Step Anchors Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors are one-piece anchor bolts made of standard low carbon steel for use in highly corrosive environments. Typical applications include: Heavy Construction: bridges, dams, power plants, highway guard railings; General Construction: fastening elevator equipment, electro/mechanical apparatus, railings, door and window framing; Industrial Maintenance: fastening conveyors, machinery, storage racks, loading docks.

No.

Size

Min. Depth

Thd. Length

Qty

91100

1/4 x 2-1/4

1-1/8

3/4

100

91102

1/4 x 3-1/4

1-1/8

3/4

100

91110

3/8 x 2-3/4

1-1/2

1-1/8

100

91112

3/8 x 3

1-1/2

1-1/8

100

91114

3/8 x 3-3/4

1-1/2

1-1/8

100

91116

3/8 x 5

1-1/2

1-1/8

50

91118

1/2 x 2-3/4

2-1/4

1-1/4

50

91120

1/2 x 3-3/4

2-1/4

1-1/4

50

91122

1/2 x 4-1/4

2-1/4

1-1/4

25

91124

1/2 x 5-1/2

2-1/4

1-1/4

25

91126

5/8 x 3-1/2

2-3/4

2

25

91128

5/8 x 4-1/2

2-3/4

2

25

91130

5/8 x 5

2-3/4

2

25

91132

5/8 x 6

2-3/4

2

25

90034

3/4 x 4-1/4

3-1/4

2

20

91136

3/4 x 4-3/4

3-1/4

2

20

91138

3/4 x 5-1/2

3-1/4

2

20

A N C H O R S

Y-17


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

One Step Anchors contâ&#x20AC;Ś Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchor Installation Procedure

1.

A N C H O R S

2.

Drill hole in concrete (hole diameter same as thread diameter). Maximum depth of drilled hole could be any depth beyond minimum recommended.

Embed-

3.

Drive wedge anchor into drilled hole through fixture so that nut is flush with fixture.

Tighten nut until wrench resistance is felt (approximately 3 to 4 full turns of the nut after snugged up). Anchorage is now complete.

Install

Anchor

ment

Torque 2,000 psi 4,000 psi 6,000 psi

Size

Depth

(ft-lbs)

1/4

1-1/8

8

1,670

2,380

2,195

1/4

1-1/2

8

2,120

2,585

2,560

1/4

2

8

2.725

2,925

3,050

3/8

1-5/8

28

3,566

4,125

4,150

3/8

2

28

3,900

4,310

4,400

3/8

3

28

4,800

4,800

5,070

1/2

2-1/4

60

6,525

6,625

6,625

1/2

3

60

7,135

8,050

8,050

1/2

4

60

7,945

9,945

9,945

5/8

2-3/4

90

7,330

8,365

8,390

5/8

4

90

9,375

10,140

11,565

5/8

5

90

11,010

11,555

14,100

3/4

3-3/8

175

10,745

10,745

15,525

3/4

5

175

14,855

15,695

19,380

3/4

6

175

17,385

18,745

21,755

* NOTE: Test data above represent average ultimate loads sustained in concrete having minimum compressive strengths as indicated.

Y-18


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

One Step Anchors contâ&#x20AC;Ś Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors feature dual-pressure expansion collars to distribute the load equally in the lateral planes of the concrete, thereby preventing bolt cocking and premature rupture of the concrete due to distortion or uneven distribution of the load.

The Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchor is ideal for fastening angle brackets, support angles for floors and formwork, and high-load shelving.

The Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors are also used to securely attach highway and commercial sign supports to a wide variety of masonry materials.

Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchors are also used to securely fasten supports for piping conduits and electrical junction boxes.

The Wedge Type Stud/Bolt Anchor is also ideal for the installation of equipment and elevator guide rails.

A N C H O R S

Y-19


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Bolt Anchors Open Tampin Anchors Open End Open Tampin Anchors are precision cast calking type machine screw anchors and are used in concrete, brick, or stone. They can be used with either machine screws or bolts. They are made up of a lead sleeve and zinc alloy cone to protect against rust and corrosion.

A N C H O R S

The zinc alloy cone is chamfered at the top for easy screw starting. The sharp collar prevents the cone from being drawn up through the sleeve when overloads are applied. Screw engagement should be a minimum of 2/3 of the anchor threads.

No.

Size

Drill

Safe Working Pkg

Depth

Load (lbs.)

Qty

91700

6-32

5/16

1/2

100

100

91702

8-32

5/16

1/2

100

100

91704

10-24

3/8

5/8

150

100

91706

1/4-20

1/2

7/8

200

100

91708

5/16-18

5/8

1

300

100

91710

3/8-16

3/4

1-1/4

450

50

Open Tampin Anchor Installation Procedure

Drill hole in masonry. Insert open tampin anchor conical end first.

Y-20

Min.

Use setting tool to expand lead sleeve into masonry.

Install work by inserting and tightening a standard machine bolt or screw.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Masonry Fastening System The original masonry anchor . . . cuts threads into concrete, brick and cement block. Stalgard速 coating offers better corrosion protection than zinc or cadmium.

Thread Patented twin-lead design literally taps threads into concrete. The high thread with notched cutting edges cuts easily into masonry. The low threads provide stability.

Shank Tapered shank creates progressive tapping action that cuts threads into concrete. 3/16" or 1/4" diameters available.

Point Nail point guides anchor into pre-drilled hole. Also allows drilling into wood. Anchor is also reversible for easy removal.

The System: Drill Just drill the hole

Drive

Fastened

then drive the anchor

replaces a wide variety of anchors, plugs and screws.

Selection/Specification: Thickness of the fixture being anchored and the desired embedment in the masonry material determines the anchor length. A minimum of 1 and a maximum of 1-3/4 embedment is recommended. 1/4 diameter anchors are recommended in lightweight block applications where strip-out may be a problem.

A N C H O R S

Recomended Fixture Thickness

Anchor Length

Anchor

Bit

Diameter

Length

0 - 1/4

1-1/4

3/16 or 1/4

3-1/2

1/4 - 3/4

1-3/4

3/16 or 1/4

3-1/2

3/4 - 1-1/4

2-1/4

3/16 or 1/4

4-1/2

1-1/4 - 1-3/4

2-3/4

3/16 or 1/4

4-1/2

1-3/4 - 2-1/4

3-1/4

3/16 or 1/4

5-1/2

Y-21


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Masonry Fastening System cont… Y01 Slotted Hex Washer Head

A N C H O R S

No.

Size

Drill Bit No.

No.

Size

Drill Bit No.

92150

3/16 x 1-1/4

53502

92156

1/4 x 1-1/4

53496

92152

3/16 x 1-3/4

53504

92158

1/4 x 1-3/4

53492

92160

1/4 x 2-1/4

53496

92162

1/4 x 2-3/4

53496

92164

1/4 x 3-1/4

53496

Phillips Flat Head

No.

Size

Drill Bit No.

No.

Size

Drill Bit No.

92250

3/16 x 1-1/4

53492

92262

1/4 x 1-3/4

53496

92252

3/16 x 1-3/4

53492

92264

1/4 x 2-1/4

53496

92254

3/16 x 2-1/4

35304

92266 1/4 x 2-3/4

53496

92256 3/16 x 2-3/4

35304

92268

1/4 x 3-1/4

53496

92258

35304

3/16 x 3-1/4

DRILL BITS ORDERED SEPARATELY.

Tool Kit for Concrete Screws Z02

SDS Drill Bits P12 for use with Tool Kit for Concrete Screws

No. 97203 A two-step, multi-purpose tool which allows you to both drill the hole and drive the fastener. Fits the chucks of standard hammer drills.

Y-22

No.

Size

53500

5/32 x 3-1/2

53502

5/32 x 4-1/2

53504

5/32 x 5-1/2

53490

3/16 x 3-1/2

53492

3/16 x 4-1/2

53496

3/16 x 5-1/2

53498

3/16 x 6-1/2

ALL SOLD IN QUANTITIES OF ONE.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Assortments Z02

Electrician's Concrete Screw Anchoring Asst

Installation Tools for Concrete Screws 55330

No. 97206 5 Items - 204 pieces

1/4 x 1-1/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screws 55307

1/4 x 1-3/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screws 55308

3/16 x 5-1/2 SDS Hex Shank Carbide Drill Bits M14655

3/16 x 5-1/2 (use with 1/4 screws) SDS Hex Shank Carbide Drill Bit M14655

3/16 x 2-3/4 Phillips Flat Head Concrete Screws 55317

1/4 x 1-1/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screws 55307

General Contractor's Concrete Screw Anchoring Asst No. 97204

Installation Tools for Concrete Tools 55330

5 Items - 204 pieces 5/32 x 5-1/2 (use with 3/16 screws) SDS Hex Shank Carbide Drill Bit M14555

1/4 x 2-1/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screw 55309

3/16 x 2-1/4 Phil Flat Head Concrete Screw 55316

1/4 x 1-3/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screw 55308

3/16 x 1-3/4 Phil Flat Head Concrete Screw 55315

1/4 x 1-1/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screw 55307

3/16 x 1-1/4 Phil Flat Head Concrete Screw 55314

3/16 x 1-1/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screw 55300

1/4 x 2-3/4 Hex Washer Head Concrete Screw 55310

A N C H O R S

M14555 5/32 x 5-1/2 (use with 3/16 screws)

M14665 3/16 x 6-1/2 (use with 1/4 screws

SDS Hex Carbide Drill Bit

Installation Tools for Concrete Screws 55330

Top 10 Concrete Screws with Drills & Installation Kit No. 97205

3/16 x 2-3/4 Phil Flat Head Concrete Screws 55317

1/4 x 2-3/4 Phil Flat Head Concrete Screws 55324

15 Items - 255 pieces

Y-23


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

KapToggles

• Easy installation. • Locks in place permitting fixtures to be installed or removed over and over without losing toggle. • Washer design eliminates mis-alignment.

A N C H O R S

No.

Size

92450

1/8

3/8

100

92452

3/16

1/2

50

92454

1/4

5/8

50

PUSH KapToggle thru drilled hole and grasp strap end.

SLIDE washer evenly along straps until inner rim of washer seals completely inside drilled hole.

Y-24

Hole Size Qty

PULL KapToggle snugly against inside wall.

SNAP OFF plastic straps flush with washer.

INSERT screw thru fixture, engage head, and secure with screwdriver.


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. Anchors

Super Hold Anchor Features Super Hold Anchors should not be confused with plastic anchors used for lightweight anchoring. Many metal mechanical anchor uses have been replaced by Super Hold Anchors. Other competing plugs may look similar but are not manufactured with the same engineering benefits. Review the following features to understand why Super Hold Anchors are the best plugs available in today's market.

1. Polyamide 6 Nylon The nylon used in Super Hold Anchors is of top quality and has been tested for long periods under extreme conditions. It is impact proof and tolerant to temperatures ranging from -104째F to +176째F (-40째C to +80째C).

2. Knock-In Protection The Super Hold Anchors will not expand too early due to it's in-built knock-in protection. Knock-in protection allows the user the freedom to tap the plug complete with screw into the drill hole without fear of the plug expanding before it is completely in the hole. Knock-in protecting also allows the plug to be adjusted back and forth in drilled hole.

3. Stabilization Points The Super Hold Anchors is firmly connected by means of stabilization points. These points prevent the plug from breaking open while being inserted into the hole thus ensuring positive expansion of the plug when the screw is fitted.

4. Screw Guide The Super Hold Anchors come with a built-in screw guide which ensures positive parallel tracking of the screw down the entire length of the plug.

A N C H O R S

5. M-Teeth The M-Teeth stabilization points and screw guides jointly produce a 100% radial expansion of the plug.

6. Offset Block Profile Offset block profile ensures that when the plug expansion begins, the plug holds firmly against the drilled hole.

7. Fins The fins are purposely designed to prevent the plug from falling out of the drilled hole in overhead applications. Further, they have the effect of preventing the plug from turning while the screw is being fitted.

8. Screw Types Super Hold Anchors will accept all standard screw types, thus allowing the user flexibility in selecting the right screw for the job. Coarse thread screws are recommended.

Y-25


THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION, INC. INC.

Anchors

Super Hold Anchors Super Hold Anchors should not be confused with standard plastic anchors used for lightweight anchoring. These easy to install high performance plugs are specially engineered to out perform many mechanical anchors at a fraction of the cost. Use with either sheet metal screws or lag screws for applications in concrete, brick, block or stone.

A N C H O R S

Tension Test Chart f'c=4000psi

No.

Size

Qty

91950

3/16 x 1

100

91952

1/4 x 1-3/8

100

No

91954

5/16 x 1-1/2

100

91956

3/8 x 2

50

91958

1/2 x 2-3/8

25

91960

5/8 x 3-1/8

10

91962

3/4 x 3-9/16

5

Anchor Anchor/Drill

Fastener

Ultimate

Diameter

Used

Load (lbs.)

91952

1/4

#10 Screw

448

91954

5/16

1/4 LAG

453

91956

3/8

5/16 LAG

792

91958

7/16

3/8 LAG

1258

Universal Super Hold Anchors

This Universal Super Hold Anchor "knots up" when expanded and is especially suited for applications in plaster or drywall.

No.

Size

Qty

92050

1/4 x 1-7/16

100

92052

5/16 x 2

50

92554

3/8 x 2-3/8

25

Hollow Block Anchor/Drill

Fastener

Diameter

Used

Tension

Shear

92050

1/4

#8*

258

432

92052

5/16

#14

785

1785

92554

3/8

5/16**

1619

1895

Anchor

Ultimate Load (lbs.)

Y-26 * Sheet Metal Screw ** Lag Screw


Picture & Mirror Hangers ANCHORS

PUSH-N-HANG™ Picture and Mirror Hangers

Installs Instantly….Simply the Best Hanger for Use in Drywall! Once you use PUSH & HANG™ to hang pictures, mirrors, wall decor and more….you will never reach for another hanger again! Simply push into wall with thumb and hang picture or mirror…it is absolutely the fastest and easiest to use hanger…period.

Features:

Applications:

• Incredibly Fast and Easy to Use — Nothing’s Faster or Easier! • No Drilling…No Tools…No Mess — Just PUSH & HANG • No Searching for Studs or Having to Avoid Them – PUSH & HANG Does Not Need to be Installed into a Stud and They Won’t Interfere if You Find One • No Need to Mess with Anchors, Drills and Tools — Just Push with Your Thumb and Hang • No Repainting of Walls — Simply Remove PUSH & HANG Like Nails, Screws and Anchors – Leaves Tiny Slits Not Even Requiring Repair • Will Not Damage Walls Like Nails, Screws and Anchors — Leaves Just Tiny Slits Not Even Requiring Repair • Two Sizes Available — Standard PUSH & HANG for Pictures and Mirrors up to 60 lbs.* and PUSH & HANG Lite for Smaller Items up to 10 lbs.* • Easily Removable and Reusable — Making PUSH & HANG Extremely Cost Effective • Unique Patented Design — Enables PUSH & HANG to Hold an Amazing Amount of Weight in Standard Drywall • Hang Virtually any Picture or Mirror in Just Seconds!

• • • • • • • • • • • •

| Y-27 |

Pictures Wall Decor First Aid Kits Awards Bulletin Boards Frames Signs Art Work Mirrors Plaques Clocks And Much More

* Maximum holding capacity is for comparison purposes only. Actual results depend on quality and condition of drywall.

01.02.07

WARNING: Specific pound ratings are for comparison purposes only. Proper installation and performance of this product is dependent upon varying conditions and qualities of materials and workmanship of the wall it is being install onto. Therefore, it is the responsibility of the user to insure the drywall is suitable for the application, in good condition and the object being hung is static and placed out of the reach of children or where it could cause injury to people. TMC’s liability, expressed or implied, is limited to the sales price of any defective goods. No.

Size

90380

10lb Capacity

Description PUSH-N-HANG Lite Picture/Mirror Hanger

Qty 25

90382

60lb Capacity

PUSH-N-HANG Picture/Mirror Hanger

50

THE MAINTENANCE CONNECTION ©2007

The Maintenance Connection, Inc.

(888) 298-8585 • Fax (207) 857-9221 www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


SYNTHETIC MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE

Greases

Mfg# Description 82340 .....................................................1 cc Packet of Grease 21006....................................................................6 cc Syringe 21010.....................................................1/2 oz Tube of Grease 21014 ........................................1/2 oz Tube of Grease - BULK 21030........................................................3 oz Tube of Grease 21036 .................................................3 oz Cartridge of Grease 41150 ........................................................400 gram Cartridge 41160.................................................................400 gram Can 41050 ..........................................................5 lb Pail of Grease 41030 ........................................................30 lb Pail of Grease 41120 ......................................................120 lb Keg of Grease 41140 ...................................................400 lb Drum of Grease

SILICONE DIELECTRIC & VACUUM GREASE 91003 ........................................................................3 oz Tube 91016 ................................................................400 Gram Can 91030 ........................................................................30 lb Pail 91400 ...................................................................400 lb Drum

Greases

SILICONE LUBRICATING GREASE

Super Lube® Multi Purpose Synthetic Grease is a patented synthetic NLGI grade 2 heavy-duty, multipurpose lubricant with PTFE. Synthetic base fluids and the addition of PTFE micro powders combine to form a premium lubricant that provides longer life protection against friction, wear, rust and corrosion. Machinery lasts longer, downtime is reduced, and productivity is increased. Does not run, drip, evaporate, or form gummy deposits and will not melt or separate. A synthetic, heavy-duty lubricant that is compatible with most other lubricants. USDA and NSF registered H-1 safe for incidental food contact. Benefits: Clean, non-toxic, non-staining; Dielectric; Impervious to salt water, safe in potable water; Long lasting; Reduces friction; Wide Temperature Range -40° to 450°F. SILICONE DIELECTRIC Grease is waterproof and protects against moisture and contaminants in electrical connections. Applications: Lubricates and moisture proofs; Protects battery cables, spark plugs, distributor caps, terminal strips and cable connections.

92003 ........................................................................3 oz Tube 92150 ........................................................400 gram Cartridge 92016.................................................................400 gram Can 92005 ..........................................................................5 lb Pail 92030 ........................................................................30 lb Pail 92400 ...................................................................400 lb Drum

SYNTHETIC HIGH TEMPERATURE E.P. GREASE 70006 .................................................6 cc High Temp Syringe 71150 ........................................................400 gram Cartridge 71160.................................................................400 gram Can 70050 ..........................................................................5 lb Pail 70300 ........................................................................30 lb Pail

SYNTHETIC RAILROAD GREASE 41040 ........................................................................40 lb Pail 41400 ...................................................................400 lb Drum

SILICONE Lubricating Grease with Syncolon (PTFE) has a wider operating range than petroleum based lubricants; Excellent water protection and moisture barrier. Applications: Plastic gears, plastic threads, damping medium for dash pots; O-Rings; Electrical motor bearings; Rubber. High Temperature/Extreme Pressure Grease is a NLGI #2 grade grease ideal for manufacturing facilities where safety, thermal stability, and extended service is critical. Temperature range from -30°F to 475°F; Resistant to detergents and saltwater; Will not dry out or form deposits; Resists corrosive chemicals; No separation; Outlasts others!! Applications: Bearings; plain, anti-friction, or roller; Bakery conveyors; Blower fans; Lithographic ovens; Tenter frames.

®

1-800-253-LUBE (5823) •• 631-567-5300 631-567-5359 • www.super-lube.com The Maintenance Connection (888) 298-8585• • Fax: www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


Aerosols/Non-Aerosol Pump Sprays

Mfg# Description 31040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 oz Aerosol 31110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz Aerosol 32015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 oz Aerosol

DRI-FILM AEROSOL 11016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz Aerosol

SILICONE AEROSOL

Does not drip, run, or evaporate or form gummy deposits. Will not melt or separate. Outlasts conventional greases 50-100% and has excellent adhesion properties.

91110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz Aerosol

SYNCOPEN SYNTHETIC PENETRANT AEROSOL 85011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 oz Aerosol

Benefits: Clean, non-toxic, non-staining; Dielectric; USDA Rating H-1; Impervious to salt water; safe in potable water; Long lasting; Prevents rust and corrosion while reducing friction.

MULTI-PURPOSE NON-AEROSOL (OIL W/PTFE) 51600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quart Trigger Sprayer

MULTI-PURPOSE NON-AEROSOL BULK Dri-Film Lubricant Aerosol cleans while it lubricates. A protective shield lubricant that doesn't attract dust. It can be used on wood, paper, glass, rubber, fabric, leather, and metal.

*PLEASE USE OIL W/PTFE PART NUMBERS WHEN ORDERING BULK FOR REFILL

SYNCOPEN SYNTHETIC PENETRANT NON-AEROSOL 85032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Quart Trigger Sprayer

SYNCOPEN SYNTHETIC PENETRANT BULK 85010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gallon 85050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Gallon 85055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Gallon

Silicone Aerosol is formulated for auto, agricultural, Industrial. Food Grade H-1 Rating; rust and corrosion resistant; Safe to use on plastic or rubber.

Syncopen penetrates hard to reach areas to allow easy removal of rusted and corroded screws, nuts or bolts. It also lubricates and leaves a protective film to help prevent future rusting or corrosion. Non-Aerosol Pump Trigger Sprayer, for facilities that do not allow aerosol. (Better for the environment) Benefits: Cleans & penetrates; Loosens rusty parts; Drives out moisture; Protects against rust/corrosion; Stops squeaks; Frees sticky mechanisms, and leaves a protective lubricating film.

The 1-800-253-LUBE Maintenance Connection 298-8585 ••www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com (5823) ••(888) 631-567-5300 Fax: 631-567-5359 • www.super-lube.com

Aerosols/Non-Aerosol Pump Sprays

Super Lube® Multi-Purpose Aerosol with PTFE is safe to use on anything that slides, swivels, rolls, or squeaks. (Temperature Range -40°F to 450°F) A USDA listed Food Grade lubricant, rated H-1, for incidental food contact.

SYNTHETIC MULTI-PURPOSE AEROSOL


Synthetic Oils

Synthetic Oils SYNTHETIC OIL WITH PTFE (High viscosity)

Oil w/PTFE is a premium synthetic oil with suspended PTFE particles that bond to the surfaces of moving parts resulting in machinery that lasts longer. Downtime is reduced, and productivity is increased. “Simply The Best”

Mfg# Description 51010 .........................................................7 ml Precision Oiler 51014...............................................(Bulk) 7 ml Precision Oiler 51004........................................................................4 oz Bottle 51040............................................................................1 Gallon 51050............................................................................5 Gallon 51550..........................................................................55 Gallon

Applications: Protection against friction/wear & rust/corrosion; Roller bearings; Machine tools; Central lubricating systems; Chains; Conveyors; Gears and motors; Anything that slides, swivels, rolls, or squeaks

SYNTHETIC AIR TOOL LUBRICANT 12004........................................................................4 oz Bottle 12016......................................................................16 oz Bottle 12032......................................................................32 oz Bottle 12040 .................................................................1 Gallon Bottle 12050.....................................................................5 Gallon Pail 12155................................................................55 Gallon Drum

Air Tool Lubricant absorbs water eliminating ice buildup/ frost in air tools so they can be used in temperatures as low as -40°F.

SYNTHETIC OIL WITHOUT PTFE (Low viscosity, Light weight oil) 52004........................................................................4 oz Bottle 52020......................................................................16 oz Bottle 52030......................................................................32 oz Bottle 52040............................................................................1 Gallon 52050............................................................................5 Gallon 52550..........................................................................55 Gallon

NON-FLAMMABLE HYDRAULIC OIL 86050.....................................................................5 Gallon Pail 86055................................................................55 Gallon Drum

Synthetic Gear Oil is a USDA, H-1 listed Food Grade lubricant. Applications: Translucent; Anti-wear properties; Prevents rust and corrosion; Wide temperature range; Oxidation resistant; Gears; Chains; Rack & pinion; Bearings; Circulating systems; Helical; Worm gears

RAILROAD SWITCHPLATE LUBRICANT 58010 .................................................................1 Gallon Bottle 58050.....................................................................5 Gallon Pail

SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL ISO 150 54100 .............................................................................1 Quart 54101............................................................................1 Gallon 54105............................................................................5 Gallon 54155..........................................................................55 Gallon

SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL ISO 220

Lightweight Oil has a lower viscosity level and can be used for misting, dripping, spindle oil applications, and as a food-grade chain lubricant and rust inhibitor. (great for low temperatures)

54200 .............................................................................1 Quart 54201............................................................................1 Gallon 54205............................................................................5 Gallon 54255..........................................................................55 Gallon

SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL ISO 320 54300 .............................................................................1 Quart 54301............................................................................1 Gallon 54305............................................................................5 Gallon 54355..........................................................................55 Gallon

SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL ISO 460 Applications: General light oil; Textile spindles; Grinder arbor bearings; Bottle and airline oilers; Enclosed chains; Food grade

54432 .............................................................................1 Quart 54401............................................................................1 Gallon 54405............................................................................5 Gallon 54455..........................................................................55 Gallon

Precision Oiler

®

1-800-253-LUBE (5823) •• 631-567-5300 • • Fax: 631-567-5359 • www.super-lube.com www.buySuperLube.com • 298-8585 (631) 242-7962 • Fax (631) 242-2254 The Maintenance Connection (888) www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com


Specialty Products/Superkleen Mfg#........................................................................Description 20320 ............................................................................1 Quart 20040....................................................................4 oz Booster 20020 .................................................4 oz Motorcycle Booster

ANTI CORROSION AND CONNECTOR GEL 82003.........................................................................3 oz Tube 82016 .................................................................400 Gram Can

Applications: Anti-wear, antirust, and anti-corrosion properties; Resistant to salt water; Compatible w/oils

HEAT SINK 98003.........................................................................3 oz Tube

SUPERPULL ELECTRICAL/FIBER OPTIC PULLING COMPOUND Anti-Corrosion Gel is formulated for plugs and connectors, Electrical terminals, Electrical fittings, Spark plugs, Coil connectors, Ignition switches, Fuse holders, Light switches/sockets, Dielectric, Winterizing, Exposed metal surfaces, Electrical/battery terminals.

80320 ............................................................................1 Quart 80010...........................................................................1 Gallon 80050...........................................................................5 Gallon

SUPERKLEEN NON-FLAMMABLE CLEANER 10004....................................................................4 oz Spritzer 10032 .....................................................................32 oz Bottle 10001...........................................................................1 Gallon 10005...........................................................................5 Gallon 10060.........................................................................55 Gallon

Silicone Heat Sink Compound has thermally conductive, fine metal oxide powders. Applications: Interface to facilitate the transfer of heat from an electrical device to the heat sink or chassis. Extends life of heat sensitive electrical parts; Super conductive quality; Wide temperature range

SuperPull Compound is an aqueous polymeric gel with PTFE and it has an extremely low coefficient of friction. SuperPull Compound will not burn, and can be used in temperatures from -15°F to 220°F. It completely wets the cable surface with a very slippery coating, allowing the cable to be pulled with minimum friction.

SUPERKLEEN is a specially formulated, industrial strength, multi-purpose cleaner/degreaser for use on any washable surface. (Use full-strength/diluted) Typical Applications: Cleans: Aluminum, formica, stainless steel, walls, tools, aircraft equipment, machinery, white wall tires, batteries, engines, garage walls/floors, marine equipment, rubber mats, concrete floors, ovens, fans, ducts, rugs/carpets, upholstery, woodwork, terrazzo, tile, most any washable surface.

Applications: Lubricates power, electric, telephone and fiber optic cable; Pulling all types of cable through conduits; Electrical commercialcontractors; Telecommunication Companies

The 1-800-253-LUBE Maintenance Connection 298-8585 ••www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com (5823) ••(888) 631-567-5300 Fax: 631-567-5359 • www.super-lube.com www.buySuperLube.com • (631) 242-7962 • Fax (631) 242-2254

Specialty Products/Superkleen

SYNTHETIC ENGINE TREATMENT

Engine Treatment reduces friction for increased horsepower and performance, while reducing fuel consumption and promoting engine running smoothly.


11362/5

Product Displays

Product Displays Super Lube® displays provide a premium product in an extremely attractive package containing various sizes in order to accommodate the diverse lubricating applications found in manufacturing facilities as well as throughout the home. Order No. Description 11362/5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 pc. countertop display 20350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sidekick display for Engine Treatment 31043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sidekick display for 6 oz. 31113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sidekick display for 11 oz. 31114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 oz. 1/2 stack 11520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sportsman’s Kit 21013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 pc 1/2 oz. tube counter box. 51013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 pc oiler counter box 21015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1/2 oz. clip strip 51015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Oiler clip strip

20350

31043

31113 11520

21013

21015

51015

51013

1-800-253-LUBE (5823) • 631-567-5300 • Fax: 631-567-5359 • www.super-lube.com www.buySuperLube.com • (631)• www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com 242-7962 • Fax (631) 242-2254 The Maintenance Connection • (888) 298-8585 ®


Comparison of Viscosity Classification Systems

New System

Grease NLGI Number and Corresponding ASTM Worked Penetration Range

NLGI

Worked Penetration Range

000 ..........................................445 to 475 00 ............................................400 to 430 0 ..............................................355 to 385 1 ..............................................310 to 340 2 ..............................................265 to 295 3 ..............................................220 to 250 4 ..............................................175 to 205 5 ..............................................130 to 160 6 ................................................85 to 115

PRODUCT WARRANTY The following shall supersede any provision in your company’s forms, letters and papers. There is no representation, ever, warranty or condition, whether expressed or implied by any statute or otherwise, including warranties and conditions of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or any other matter for the product or product(s) herein. While the information contained herein is believed to be reliable, Synco Chemical Corporation makes no representations as to the reliability of the results or as to the results the buyer or user will achieve. No statements or recommendations herein are to be construed as representations applicable to the particular applications of the user or now or hereafter in existence. Under no circumstances shall Synco Chemical Corporation be liable for personal injury, property, or economic loss or for incidental, consequential, special, punitive or indirect damages whatsoever of any description or amount from alleged negligence, breach of warranty or condition, strict liability, tort, contract, defective product (patent or latent) or any other legal theory, arising out of the manufacture, sale, use or handling of the product(s) referred to herein or relating in any other way to such product(s). Buyer’s sole remedy and Synco Chemical Corporation’s sole liability for any claims whatsoever, whether based upon any of the above causes or otherwise, shall be limited to the buyer’s purchase price of the product which is the subject of the claim or the amount actually paid for such product, whichever is less. Technical advice furnished by seller shall not constitute a warranty or condition, statutory or otherwise, which is expressly disclaimed, all such advice being given and accepted at the buyer’s risk. All returns with retail value exceeding $10.00 require return authorizations. Our receiving department will not accept returns without prior authorization. Returns are subject to factory inspection, and if not returned as defective, must be shipped freight prepaid and must be in resalable condition. We reserve the right to levy a restocking charge. Not responsible for typographical errors.

The 1-800-253-LUBE Maintenance Connection 298-8585 ••www.TheMaintenanceConnection.com (5823) ••(888) 631-567-5300 Fax: 631-567-5359 www.super-lube.com www.buySuperLube.com • (631) 242-7962 • Fax (631) • 242-2254

Viscosity Comparisons/Warranties

Viscosities can be related horizontally only. Viscosities based on 95 VI single-grade oils. ASTM & AGMA specified at 1000F. SAE 5W and 10W and 75W, 80W and 85W specified at 00F. Equivalent viscosities for 100 and 2100F shown. SAE 20 to 50 and 90 to 250 specified at 2100F. Old ISO grades specified at 400C (1040F). System


TMC CATALOG - BACK  

The Maintenance Connection Back - Sections "P" through "Y"

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you